- Manuals
- Brands
- Agilent
- Chromatograph
- 490-PRO Micro
- User Manual
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual PDF
Summary of Content for Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual PDF
Agilent Technologies
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual
Notices Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2016
No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form or by any means (including electronic storage and retrieval or transla- tion into a foreign language) without prior agreement and written consent from Agilent Technologies, Inc. as governed by United States and international copyright laws.
Manual Part Number
G3581-90006
Edition
Fifth edition, June 2016
Printed in USA
Agilent Technologies, Inc. 5301 Stevens Creek Boulevard Santa Clara, CA 95051 USA
Warranty
The material contained in this docu- ment is provided as is, and is sub- ject to being changed, without notice, in future editions. Further, to the max- imum extent permitted by applicable law, Agilent disclaims all warranties, either express or implied, with regard to this manual and any information contained herein, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a par- ticular purpose. Agilent shall not be liable for errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, use, or perfor- mance of this document or of any information contained herein. Should Agilent and the user have a separate written agreement with warranty terms covering the material in this document that conflict with these terms, the warranty terms in the sep- arate agreement shall control.
Technology Licenses
The hardware and/or software described in this document are furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of such license.
Restricted Rights Legend
If software is for use in the performance of a U.S. Government prime contract or sub- contract, Software is delivered and licensed as Commercial computer soft- ware as defined in DFAR 252.227-7014 (June 1995), or as a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101(a) or as Restricted computer software as defined in FAR 52.227-19 (June 1987) or any equivalent agency regulation or contract clause. Use, duplication or disclosure of Software is subject to Agilent Technologies standard commercial license terms, and non-DOD Departments and Agencies of the U.S. Government will receive no greater than Restricted Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-19(c)(1-2) (June 1987). U.S. Govern- ment users will receive no greater than Limited Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-14
(June 1987) or DFAR 252.227-7015 (b)(2) (November 1995), as applicable in any technical data.
Safety Notices
CAUTION
A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an oper- ating procedure, practice, or the like that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in damage to the product or loss of important data. Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION notice until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met.
WARNING
A WARNING notice denotes a hazard. It calls attention to an operating procedure, practice, or the like that, if not correctly per- formed or adhered to, could result in personal injury or death. Do not proceed beyond a WARNING notice until the indicated condi- tions are fully understood and met.
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 3
Contents
1 Introduction
Safety Information 16
Important safety warnings 16 Hydrogen safety 16 Safety symbols 17 Safety and regulatory information 17 General safety precautions 18
Shipping Instructions 21
Cleaning 21
Instrument Disposal 21
2 Instrument Overview
Principle of Operation 24
Front View 26
Back View 27
Inside View 28
Carrier Gas Connection 29
Sample Gas 31
Handling a sample 31 Using the external filter unit 31 Heated sample lines 32 How to connect your sample to the 490-PRO Micro GC 33
Power 40
Power source 40 Power requirements 40 Disposal 40 Specifications 41
Ambient Pressure 41
Ambient Temperature 41
Maximum Operation Altitude 41
4 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Pre-Installation Requirements 44
Inspect the Shipping Packages 44
Unpack the Micro GC 45
Review the Packing List 46
490-PRO Micro GC Installation 47
Step 1: Connect carrier gas 47 Step 2: Connect to calibration gas or checkout sample 47 Step 3: Install power supply 47 Step 4: Connect to computer or local network 48 Step 5: Install PROstation 48 Step 6: Assign IP address 48 Step 7: Complete Micro GC configuration in PROstation 51
Restore the Factory Default IP Address 52
Create the Test Method 54
Perform a Series of Runs 55
Shut Down Procedure 56
Long Storage Recovery Procedure 56
4 GC Channels
Carrier Gas 58
Micro Electronic Gas Control (EGC) 59
Inert Sample Path 59
Injector 59
Column 60
Molsieve 5 columns 61 CP-Sil 5 CB columns 62 CP-Sil 13 and CP-Sil 19 CB columns 63 PoraPlot 10 m column 64 Hayesep A 40 cm heated column 65 COX and AL203/KCI columns 66 MES (NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB columns 67 Column conditioning 68
Backflush Option 69
Tuning the backflush time (except on a HayeSep A channel) 71 Tuning the backflush time on a HayeSep A channel 72 To disable backflush 73
TCD Detector 74
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 5
490-PRO Micro GC Optional Pressure Regulators 75
G3581-S0003 75 G3581-S0004 78
5 Interfaces
Access the Connection Ports 84
Ethernet Connections 88
PROstation 88 Firewall configuration 88 FTP server 95 Modbus TCP/IP 95 Web server 102 Multiple 490-PRO analyzers 104
USB WIFI 105
Access the 490 Micro GC webserver via a wireless network 105 Access to the 490 Micro GC via PROstation 108 Change USB AP name (SSID) and passphrase (security key) 110
I/O Connections 112
External Digital I/O 112 External Analog I/O 113
Serial COM Connections 116
Connector layout 116 Stream selector valve 117 Modbus serial 118 LCD screen 118
USB Connection 119
Interface Examples 120
6 Local User Interface (LCD)
Installation Requirements 124
Environmental requirements 124 Micro GC 124 Space requirements 124 Power source 124
Micro GC LCD Module Installation 125
Inspection 125 Unpacking 125 Packing list 126 Connect LCD Module 126 How to setup the LCD 127
6 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
Mechanical Product Specifications 128
Connectors 129
Shipping Instructions 129
Cleaning Instructions 129
Disposal Instructions 129
7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme
490-PRO Cycle and Stream Selector 132
490-PRO Chromatographic Run and Electronic Pressure 134
8 PROstation Installation
System Requirements 139
Hardware 139 Software 139
Install PROstation 140
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Installation 148
Create a new instrument by importing a configuration file 150
Open Emulation Mode 153
Offline Data Processing 156
Close an Emulated Instrument 159
10 Instrument Configuration
Main Menu 162
Login procedure 162
Main Menu Functions 166
Configured instrument menu 166 Control menu 167 Virtual instrument 168
Instrument Configuration 170
490-PRO Configuration 171
Communication Frame 173
Ethernet communication 173 Find instruments on the network 173 Assign new IP address 174
Configuration Frame 175
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 7
Hardware tab 175 User settings tab 177 PROstation tab 179 Automation tab 180 Info tab 199 Exit configuration 201
Services Frame 203
Calibrate pressure sensors 203 Reboot 490-PRO Micro GC 203 End configuration 203
PROstation Operation 204
11 PROstation Instrument User Controls
Log in 208
Instrument Method Setup 209
User Log In 210
Method developer (admin) 210 Service engineer (service) 210 Operator (read only mode) 211 Off line control 212
Toolbar Instrument Control 214
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
Import/Export 216
Import FTP Service file 216 Import Galaxie ascii file 216 Import OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file 217 Export as Galaxie ascii file 217 Export as OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file 217
Method Wizard 219
Application Wizard 220
Sequence Wizard 222
Modbus Wizard 223
13 PROstation Instrument View Menu
View 226
Application workspace 226 User workspace 227
8 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Instrument Setup 230
490-PRO Micro GC tab 230 Instrument common tab 231 Instrument method channel tab 232
Integration Events 236
Chromatogram markers 236 Set peak width 237 Set threshold 238 Set solvent threshold 239 Estimate threshold 239 Set minimum height/area 239 Turn integration on/off 240 Start/Stop peak now 240 Add peaks/grouping 241 Split peak 242 Baseline processing 243 Shoulder peaks 250 Set skim ratio 250 Tangent skim next peaks on/off 250 Tangent skim rear/front 252 Exponential skim rear/front 253
Peak Identification 254
Peak identification table 254 How to build an identification table 255 Identification table columns 255 Identification process 258 Moving retention window 263
Peak Calibration 266
Calibration parameters (channel dependent) 267 Calibration parameters (channel independent) 270 Use GOST calibration 271 Initial calibration 276 Prepare a calibration method 277 Calibration chart 284
Method Advanced 292
Method Properties 293
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Normalize 296
Synchronize 298
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 9
Application Calorific Power 300
Introduction 300 Energy calculation setup 302 ISO 6976 / GOST 31369 305 GPA2172 / ASTM-D3588 314 GPA 2172 324 ASTM D3588 331 GOST 22667 333 GOST 31369 336 Accounting for water - partially saturated natural gas 338 Sum C6+ unidentified components 340 Component concentration by difference 344
Application Verification Check 345
Application Alarms 347
Application Analog Outputs 349
Parameters 351
Application Timed Relays 356
Application Analog Inputs 358
Application Digital Inputs 359
Application Local User Interface (LCD) 360
System status and info parameters 361 Channel specific status parameters 368 Channel specific result parameters 369 Component specific result parameters 370 Energy meter result parameters 372 I/O parameters 382 API21 Parameters 383
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation Sequence 388
Auto start sequence on power-up 389 Run sequence continuously 389 Continuous analysis 390 Times to repeat sequence 390 Number of repeatings 390 Run cycle time 390 Home position 390 Stream ahead scheduling 391
Sequence Table 392
Sample type 392
10 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
Replicates 392 Calib. level 392 Stream # 392 Flush time 393 Solution slot # 393
Verification Properties 394
On sequence start up 394 On runs performed (runs) 394 On time elapsed (hours) 394 On fixed time/once every n days 394
Verification Table 396
Replicates 396 Calib. level 396 Stream # 396 Flush time 396
Calibration Properties 397
On Sequence Start up 397 On Runs Performed (runs) 397 On Time Elapsed (hours) 397 On Fixed Time/Once Every n days 397 On Verification Failure 398
Calibration Table 399
Replicates 399 Calib. Level 399 Calib. Type 399 Stream # 399 Flush time 399
Automation Site Information 401
Automation Modbus Setup 402
Process settings tab 402 Synchronization with Modbus master 403 Modbus communication settings 403 Serial communication settings 403 Floating point type conversion 404 Int32 bit type conversion 404 Shift Modbus addresses 404 Registers setup tab 405 Remote system synchronization 411 Reading sample results 412 Reading stream specific results 412 Fixed values 412
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 11
Execute commands 412
Advanced Modbus Information 414
Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s) 414 Modbus pitfalls, attention points and recommendations 414 Modbus bridge 420
Modbus Parameter ID Reference 423
GC/Run mode status Modbus parameters 453 Channel method setting Modbus parameters 458 Mainboard Modbus parameters 466 Stream specific application data 569 Site info parameters 607 Read chromatogram 608 API21 parameters 610
Automation FTP Service 631
USB Storage 633
USB storage setup 633 USB menus 633 USB storage settings 636 Browse USB contents 639 Test USB storage directly 640 Save data to USB during automated runs 641
Automation Real Time Clock 645
Automation Reprocess List 647
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Start the Analyzer 650
Stop Column Reconditioning 654
Stop 654
Upload 655
Download 656
Solutions 657
Instrument Status 660
Automation 660 GC 660 GC channel 660 Enhanced status 661
Stream Selector Test 662
Control Reset I/O 663
12 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
Control Test I/O 664
Reset Alarms 665
Reboot Instrument 665
Clear Error Log 666
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
Integration Report 668
Application Report 670
Stream Application Report 674
Diagnostics 674
Print Integration/Application Report 675
Auto Print Application Report After Calibration or Alarm 675
19 Multi Level Calibration
Chromatogram 678
Calibration Options 679
Single level calibration 679 Multilevel calibration 679 Offline calibration 681 Online calibration 682
Rw Calibration 685
Relative RF 688
Setting Up a Typical Single Level Calibration 689
Environment 689 Sequence 689
Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration 692
Environment 692 Calibration of the multilevel curve 692 Sequence 695
Single Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 698
Two calibration mixtures 698 More than two calibration mixtures 699
Multiple Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 700
Calibration Validation 701
Verification run 701 Calibration limits 703
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 13
20 I/O Cases
General Setup 706
Cases preparation 707 Integration report 708
Case 1: Analog Output 709
Case 2: Alarms 713
Case 3: Timed Relays 714
Case 4: Digital Inputs 715
21 Errors
Error Handling 718
Error List 719
22 WinDCS
Setting up the WinDCS Communication 726
Serial communication settings 726 Ethernet communication settings 726 General Modbus communication settings 727
WinDCS Modbus Table 729
Register type 729 Data type 729 WinDCS Modbus table setup 729
23 History Log
Operation 734
Starting the application 734 Setup for data download 735 Data download 736 Setup for report 737 Report control 743 Chromatogram control 745 Exit history log 746
Report Data 747
Header 747 Calibration results 747 Analysis data 747 Avg/Min/Max 747 Power on 748 Alarm status change 748 Parameter change 748
14 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
1 Introduction
Safety Information 16
Shipping Instructions 21
Cleaning 21
Instrument Disposal 21
This chapter provides important information about using the Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph (Micro GC) safely. To prevent any injury to you or any damage to the instrument it is essential that you read the information in this chapter.
16 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
1 Introduction
Safety Information
Important safety warnings
There are several important safety notices that you should always keep in mind when using the Micro GC.
Hydrogen safety
Hydrogen is a commonly used GC carrier gas. When mixed with air, hydrogen can form explosive mixtures and has other dangerous characteristics.
Hydrogen is combustible over a wide range of concentrations. At atmospheric pressure, hydrogen is combustible at concentrations from 4 % to 74.2 % by volume.
Hydrogen has the highest burning velocity of any gas.
Hydrogen has a very low ignition energy.
Hydrogen that is allowed to expand rapidly from high pressure into the atmosphere can self-ignite.
Hydrogen burns with a nonluminous flame which can be invisible under bright light.
WARNING When
When handling or using chemicals for preparation or use within the Micro GC, all applicable local and national laboratory safety practices must be followed. This includes, but is not limited to, correct use of Personal Protective Equipment, correct use of storage vials, and correct handling of chemicals, as defined in the laboratorys internal safety analysis and standard operating procedures. Failure to adhere to laboratory safety practices could lead to injury or death.
WARNING When using hydrogen (H2) as the carrier gas, be aware that hydrogen gas can create a fire or explosion hazard. Be sure that the supply is turned off until all connections are made.
Hydrogen is flammable. Leaks, when confined in an enclosed space, may create a fire or explosion hazard. In any application using hydrogen, leak test all connections, lines, and valves before operating the instrument. Always turn off the hydrogen supply at its source before working on the instrument.
Introduction 1
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 17
Safety symbols
Warnings in the manual or on the instrument must be observed during all phases of operation, service, and repair of this instrument. Failure to comply with these precautions violates safety standards of design and the intended use of the instrument. Agilent Technologies assumes no liability for the customers failure to comply with these requirements.
Safety and regulatory information
This instrument and its accompanying documentation comply with the CE specifications and the safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory
See accompanying instructions for more information.
Indicates a hot surface.
Indicates hazardous voltages.
Indicates earth (ground) terminal.
Indicates potential explosion hazard.
Indicates electrostatic discharge hazard.
Indicates a hazard. See the Agilent 490-PRO Micro GC user documentation for the item labeled. Indicates that you must not discard this electrical/electronic product in domestic household waste
18 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
1 Introduction
use (CEI/IEC 1010-1)CCSAUS and FCC-b.
This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
NOTICE This instrument has been tested per applicable requirements of EMC Directive as required to carry the European Union CE Mark. As such, this equipment may be susceptible to radiation/interference levels or frequencies, which are not within the tested limits.
General safety precautions
Follow the following safety practices to ensure safe equipment operation:
Perform periodic leak checks on all supply lines and pneumatic plumbing.
Do not allow gas lines to become kinked or punctured. Place lines away from foot traffic and extreme heat or cold.
Store organic solvents in fireproof, vented and clearly labeled cabinets so they are easily identified as either toxic, or flammable, or both types of materials.
Do not accumulate waste solvents. Dispose of such materials through a regulated disposal program and not through municipal sewage lines.
Introduction 1
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 19
Avoid exposure to potentially dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all power sources before removing protective panels.
When it is necessary to use a non-original power cord and plug, ensure the replacement cord adheres to the color coding and polarity described in the manual and all local building safety codes.
Replace faulty or frayed power cords immediately with the same type and rating.
Place this instrument in a location with sufficient ventilation to remove gases and vapors. Ensure there is enough space around the instrument for it to cool off sufficiently.
Before plugging the instrument in or turning the power on, always ensure that the voltage and fuses are set appropriately for your local power source.
Do not turn on the instrument if there is a possibility of any kind of electrical damage. Instead, disconnect the power cord and contact your local Agilent sales office.
The supplied power cord must be inserted into a power outlet with a protective ground connection. When using an extension cord, ensure that the cord is also properly grounded.
Do not change any external or internal grounding connections, as this could endanger you or damage the instrument.
WARNING This instrument is designed for chromatographic analysis of appropriately prepared samples. It must be operated using appropriate gases or solvents and within specified maximum ranges for pressure, flows, and temperatures as described in this manual. If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired.
WARNING It is the responsibility of the customer to inform Agilent customer support representatives if the instrument has been used for the analysis of hazardous samples, prior to any instrument service being performed or when an instrument is being returned for repair.
20 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
1 Introduction
The instrument is properly grounded when shipped. You do not need to make any changes to the electrical connections or to the instrument chassis to ensure safe operation.
When working with this instrument, follow the regulations for Good Laboratory Practices (GLP). Take care to wear safety glasses and appropriate clothing.
Do not place containers with flammable liquids on this instrument. Spilling liquid over hot parts may cause fire.
This instrument may use flammable or explosive gases, such as hydrogen gas under pressure. Before operating the instrument be sure to be familiar with and to follow accurately the operation procedures prescribed for those gases.
Never try to repair or replace any component that is not described in this manual without the assistance of an Agilent service engineer. Unauthorized repairs or modifications will result in rejection of warranty claims.
Always disconnect the AC power cord before attempting any type of maintenance.
Use proper tools when working on the instrument to prevent danger to you or damage to the instrument.
Do not attempt to replace any battery or fuse in this instrument other than as specified in the manual.
Damage can result if the instrument is stored under unfavorable conditions for prolonged periods. (For example, damage will occur if stored while subject to heat, water, or other conditions exceeding the allowable operating conditions).
Do not shut off column flow when the oven temperature is high, since this may damage the column.
This unit has been designed and tested in accordance with recognized safety standards and designed for use indoors.
If the instrument is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the instrument may be impaired.
Substituting parts or performing any unauthorized modification to the instrument may result in a safety hazard.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the responsible party for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Introduction 1
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 21
Shipping Instructions
If your Micro GC must be shipped for any reason, it is very important to follow these additional shipping preparation instructions:
Place all the vent caps on the back of the Micro GC (see Figure 4 on page 27).
Always include the power supply.
Include, if used, the inlet filter(s).
Cleaning
To clean the surface of the Micro GC:
1 Switch the Micro GC off.
2 Remove the power cable.
3 Put protection plugs on the sample and carrier gas inlets.
4 Put protection plugs on the column vents.
5 Use a soft brush (not hard or abrasive) to carefully brush away all dust and dirt.
6 Use a soft, clean cloth dampened with mild detergent to clean the outside of the instrument.
Never clean the inside of the instrument.
Never use alcohol or thinners to clean the instrument; these chemicals can damage the case.
Be careful not to get water on the electronic components.
Do not use compressed air to clean the instrument.
Instrument Disposal
When the Micro GC or its parts have reached the end of their useful life, dispose of them in accordance with the environmental regulations that are applicable in your country.
22 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
1 Introduction
23
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
2 Instrument Overview
Principle of Operation 24
Front View 26
Back View 27
Inside View 28
Carrier Gas Connection 29
Sample Gas 31
Power 40
Ambient Pressure 41
Ambient Temperature 41
Maximum Operation Altitude 41
24 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Principle of Operation
The 490-PRO Micro GC can be equipped with one to four independent column channels. Each column channel is a complete, miniaturized GC with electronic carrier gas control, micro-machined injector, narrow-bore analytical column and micro thermal conductivity detector ( TCD), Figure 1.
The 490-PRO Micro GC analytical channels can optionally be equipped with a back flush option. The advantages include the protection of the stationary column phase against moisture and carbon dioxide. Next to that, it results in shorter analysis times as late elution compounds, which are not of interest, do not enter the analytical column.
The 490-PRO Micro GC is designed to be used in a process environment, the 490-PRO Micro GC, shares the same miniaturized column channels and analytical performance with the (standard) 490 Micro GC. However, there is a big difference the way the instrument generates its results. This instrument is designed to operate stand-alone, 24 hours a day, 7 days a weeks unattended and uninterrupted.
With the 490-PRO Micro GC, lab quality analysis is brought to on-line/at-line applications. The instrument does not require a local operator, it features on-board data handling and result generation. The integrated data handling system consists of peak integration, peak identification and peak calibration. An advanced sequence manager is capable of servicing most
Figure 1 490-PRO Micro GC setup
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 25
automated processes, which can consist of multistream analysis, auto calibration, and calibration validations, all on selectable time base. All necessary results and information are automatically passed to external systems. A built in webserver provides the instrument status and latest results.
A large portfolio of accessories is available for the 490-PRO Micro GC. This ranges from sample treatment devices (gasifier, genie filter, and pressure reducer), to stream selector equipment (valves and relay control), 19-inch rack mounting and a LCD display. Moreover, additional functionality includes automated calorific value calculations (energy metering) and result logging (history logging).
Regular GC instruments require a constant connection with a computer running a chromatography data system (CDS). Processes like peak integration, compound identification and result generation are handled by the CDS, Figure 2.
The 490-PRO Micro GC handles things in a different way. A software tool, PROstation, is used to program the application. Once all required parameters are set, the computer can be disconnected. Analysis results are then provided either analog (4-20 mA), as digital Modbus TCP/IP, using serial communication to a DCS, PLC or SCADA system or on a FTP server. The results from the 490-PRO Micro GC are used by other devices in the network to control the industrial process.
Figure 2 490-PRO Micro GC principle of operation
26 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Front View
Figure 3 Front view of the 490-PRO Micro GC
Ready LED LED OFF: System not ready LED ON (green): System is ready
Run LED LED OFF: No run LED blinking (orange): Run in progress
Error LED LED OFF: No error LED blinking (red): Error present See Error List on page 719
Power LED LED OFF: No power LED ON (blue): Power OK LED blinking (blue): Voltage < 10 Volt
Sample 1 and Sample 2 Sample gas inlet connector (for unheated front inlets) See Sample Gas on page 31
Power On/Off Switch Switch the Micro GC ON or OFF
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 27
Back View
Figure 4 Back view of the 490-PRO Micro GC (shown with fitting caps in place)
Power connector Power connector (male) See Power on page 40
Vents It is possible to connect long vent lines to these fittings in order to safely guide hazardous fumes to a fume hood or other appropriate vent.
Carrier gas input Carrier gas input connector See Carrier Gas Connection on page 29
28 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Inside View
First shipments of the latest version of the mainboard (p/n G3581-65000) starting middle of 2014.
Open the right side cover and the cable connectors will be visible.
The Micro GC provides communications ports as shown in Table 15 on page 86, depending on the model.
Figure 5 Cable connectors (mainboard G3581-65000 shown)
Assign IP address switch See Ethernet Connections on page 88. LAN indicators
Red LED: Transmit data Green LED: Receive data
Ethernet (LAN) connector Ethernet RJ45 connector. See Ethernet Connections on page 88.
COM 1 RS-232 communication interface
Digital I/O Digital input and output signals, such as start_stop, ready_out, and start_in. See External Digital I/O on page 112.
COM 3 and COM 4 RS232, RS422, or RS485 communication interface. See Table 15 on page 86.
Analog I/O External analog I/O signals. See External Analog I/O on page 113.
COM 2 RS-232 (2-wire) communication interface. See Table 15 on page 86.
SD Card Slot No function supported
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 29
Carrier Gas Connection
The carrier gas line is connected to the Micro GC at the back panel Carrier 1 or Carrier 2 port.
Specifications for the carrier gas:
Gas Clean filters are recommended to remove any traces of moisture and oxygen. For low-level analysis, consider using a better grade of carrier gas.
Gas Clean filters are filled with nitrogen. If you are not using nitrogen as the carrier gas, flush filters and gas lines after installation of a new filter.
The type of analysis you want to perform dictates the type of carrier gas to use. The difference between the relative thermal conductivity of the carrier gas and the sample components should be as high as possible. See Table 1 for several relative thermal conductivities.
CAUTION Do not use any kind of plastic tubing since air will diffuse through the tubing, which may cause noisy baselines and decreased sensitivity. The metal tubing must be clean for GC use. Buy either flamed or chromatographically clean tubing.
Pressure: 550 kPa 10 % (80 psi 10 %)
Purity: 99.999 % minimum
Dry and free of particles: Gas Clean filters recommended
Table 1 Relative thermal conductivities
Carrier gas Relative thermal conductivities Carrier gas
Relative thermal conductivities
Hydrogen 47.1 Ethane 5.8
Helium 37.6 Propane 4.8
Methane 8.9 Argon 4.6
Oxygen 6.8 Carbon dioxide 4.4
Nitrogen 6.6 Butane 4.3
Carbon monoxide 6.4
30 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
WARNING Your Micro GC is configured for a specific carrier gas, either He and H2 or N2 and Ar. Ensure that any carrier gas selection in your Agilent data system corresponds to the carrier gas physically connected to your Micro GC. Use only the carrier gas corresponding to this configuration. If you change the carrier gas type plumbed to the Micro GC, you must change the corresponding carrier gas type in the data system.
WARNING Hydrogen is flammable. If you are using hydrogen as a carrier gas, pay particular attention to possible leaks at connections inside and outside of the Micro GC (use an electronic leak tester).
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 31
Sample Gas
The Micro GC is built for the analysis of gases and vapors only. You are advised to prepare a noncondensing gaseous standard sample for routine checkup of the instrument. Sample pressure should be between 0 and 100 kPa (0 to 15 psi). Sample temperature should be between 0 and 110 C. The sample must be filtered, preferably through a 5-mm filter. Agilent always recommends the use of the external filter kit (CP736729).
For more details, see Using the external filter unit on page 31.
Handling a sample
If possible, filter and dry the sample before introducing it to the Micro GC. Agilent advises using an external sample filter unit between the injector and the sampling device.
Using the external filter unit
The male part of the filter must be hand-tightened into the female part, followed by a 1/8 turn with a 7/16-inch wrench. See Figure 6 and Figure 7 on page 32. Orient the arrow on the female half of the filter towards the fingertight fitting.
Replace the external filter unit at regular intervals. See Table 3 on page 46 for part numbers.
CAUTION Liquids will seriously damage the instrument and should be avoided!
Figure 6 Unheated injector connection
Filter female (CP736736)
Filter male (CP736737)
From sample line
Filter element 5 microns (CP736467, 5 pieces)
To Sample In Micro GC
1/16-inch nut Finger tight fitting (CP23050)
1/16-inch nut
32 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Whenever possible, remove moisture from samples introduced to the Micro GC.
Heated sample lines
A heated sample line is always combined with a heated injector. A heated injector and sample line is an option for a channel unit, and is used to prevent sample from condensing in the sample lines when analyzing condensible samples.
The heated sample and injector can be controlled between 30 C and 110 C.
Figure 7 Heated injector connection
From sample line
Filter element 5 microns (CP736467, 5 pieces)
1/16-inch nut 1/16 inch nut and front and back ferrule
Filter female (CP736736)
Filter male (CP736737)
To Sample In Micro GC
1/16-inch nut
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 33
How to connect your sample to the 490-PRO Micro GC
The following sections describe how to connect your sample to the 490-PRO Micro GC depending on the sample inlet configuration.
Rear inlet (heated or unheated)
Connect the sample line to the heated or unheated sample inlet at the rear of the Micro GC using 1/16-inch male Swagelok fittings.
WARNING The metal surfaces of the sample line heater can be very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the sample line heater to cool to ambient temperature.
Figure 8 Rear sample inlet
Male 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting
CAUTION Insulate the sample line connected to the Micro GC to prevent damage to communications cables.
34 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Internal inlet
For connecting the micro-gasifier, Enrichment and Desorption Unit (EDU) and a heat-traced sample line, the system's internal sample inlet should be used.
Figure 9 Open the side panel, remove the top insulation and loosen the internal sample inlet.
Internal sample inlet 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting
Figure 10 Remove the rear panel by unscrewing the three bolts.
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 35
Figure 11 Remove the PEEK block by unscrewing two bolts.
Figure 12 Install the back panel and micro-gasifier, and connect the micro-gasifier sample line to the internal sample inlet using a 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting.
Internal sample inlet 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting
36 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Front inlet (unheated)
Your Micro GC can be supplied with a front inlet that can accommodate a 1/16-inch sample line.
Figure 13 Sample line and vent line connection of the micro-gasifier.
Micro-gasifier vent 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting
Micro-gasifier sample inlet 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting
Figure 14 Front inlet.
Front sample inlet 1/16-inch fitting (internal)
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 37
Internal bracket for Genie filter
This section explains how to connect your sample if an optional internal bracket with Genie filter(s) is installed on your 490-PRO Micro GC.
Connect the sample line to the rear inlet of the 490-PRO Micro GC using 1/16-inch Swagelok fittings. The Genie filter outlet is pre-plumbed and connected to the Micro GC column channels.
To access the Genie filter membrane for inspection or exchange, unscrew the two bolts, identified in Figure 15, and lift the upper part of the filter.
Figure 15 Internal bracket with Genie filters.
Bolts for membrane inspection and exchange
Genie filter
Bypass
Rear sample inlet - 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting
CAUTION Ensure separated liquids are properly drained via the bypass tubing out- side of the Micro GC. To operate properly, the bypass must remain free of blockage.
38 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
External bracket for Genie filter
The Genie Filter Bracket (CP741527) mounts a Genie filter 170 or a valve on the 490 Micro GC.
1 Shut down the GC, and allow the column and injector to cool. See Shut Down Procedure on page 42.
2 At the rear of the GC, disconnect any existing sample line from the rear sample inlet.
3 Remove the lower mounting bolts from the rear panel of the GC.
4 Mount the bracket to the GC using the two M4 x 12 mm screws provided.
WARNING The metal surfaces of the column, injector and sample inlet can be very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the GC components to cool to ambient temperature.
Figure 16 Rear sample inlet and lower mounting bolt
Rear sample inlet
Lower mounting bolts
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 39
5 Mount the Genie Filter 170 to the bracket using two pan head screws (1290116500).
6 Screw the bracket to the internal bracket using a M4 x 8 mm screw (CP86757).
Figure 17 Bracket shown installed, with filter
40 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
Power
Power source
90 to 264 Vac, frequency between 47 to 63 Hz.
The room power outlet circuit must be exclusively reserved for the instrument(s).
The network should be properly grounded.
Installation Category (overvoltage category): II
Power requirements
The Micro GC requires 12 Vdc, 150 W.
The Gasifier requires 12 Vdc, 150 W.
This Power Supply, see Figure 18, is tailored to meet the power needs of your Micro GC.
Disposal
Disposal of the Power Supply must be carried out in accordance with all environmental regulations applicable in your country.
CAUTION Only use the power supply provided with your Micro GC.
Figure 18 Model GST220A12-AG1 (p/n G3581-60080)
Instrument Overview 2
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 41
Specifications
Ambient Pressure The Micro GC automatically shuts down if the ambient pressure is greater than 120 kPa.
Ambient Temperature The Micro GC automatically shuts down if the ambient temperature exceeds 65 C.
Maximum Operation Altitude Certified up to 2000 meters above sea level.
Table 2 Power supply specifications
Feature Model: GST220A12-AG1
Input voltage 85 Vac to 264 Vac
Input frequency 47-63 Hz
Inrush current 120A/230VAC
Output voltage 12.0 Vdc
Voltage adjust 5 %
Output power 180 W
Over voltage protection 105 %-135 % rated output voltage
Ripple and noise 80mV Vp-p
Operating temperature -30 C to +70 C
Storage temperature -40 C to +85 C
Humidity 20 % to 90 % non condensing
Safety standard UL60950-1, TUV EN60950-1, BSMI CNS14336, CSA C22.2, CCCGB4943, PSE J60950-1 Approved
RFI/EMC standard In compliance with CISPR22 (EN55022) Class B and FCC Part 15/CISPR 22 class B, CNS13438 class B, GB9254, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, EN61000-4-2, EN61000-4-3, EN61000-4-4, EN61000-4-5, EN61000-4-6, EN61000-4-8, EN61000-4-11 (light industry level, criteria A)
Dimensions 210 85 46 mm (LWH)
Weight 1.1 kg approximately
42 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
2 Instrument Overview
43
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
3 Installation and Use
Pre-Installation Requirements 44
Inspect the Shipping Packages 44
Unpack the Micro GC 45
Review the Packing List 46
490-PRO Micro GC Installation 47
Restore the Factory Default IP Address 52
Create the Test Method 54
Perform a Series of Runs 55
Shut Down Procedure 56
Long Storage Recovery Procedure 56
This chapter describes how to install and use the instrument. For an initial installation, an example of a typical packing list is also included. The actual packing list and included parts depend on the options ordered.
44 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Pre-Installation Requirements
Prepare the installation site as described in the Site Preparation Guide (G3581-90002), including the recommended Gas Clean filters.
Inspect the Shipping Packages
The Micro GC will arrive in one large box and one or more smaller cartons. Inspect the cartons carefully for damage or signs of rough handling. Report damage to the carrier and to your local Agilent office.
Installation and Use 3
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 45
Unpack the Micro GC
Unpack the Micro GC and accessories carefully and transfer them to the work area using proper handling techniques. Inspect the instrument and accessories carefully for damage or signs of rough handling. Report damage to the carrier and to your local Agilent office.
WARNING Avoid back strain or injury by following all safety precautions when lifting heavy objects.
CAUTION The instrument has been protected during shipment by protective caps. See Figure 19. Before use, remove these caps, including those on the back panel.
Figure 19 Protective shipping caps
Protective shipping caps
46 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Review the Packing List
Table 3 shows a typical packing list. The actual packing list and included parts depend on the options ordered.
Table 3 Typical Micro GC packing list
Item Part number Quantity Units of measure
Installation Kit Micro GC CP740388 1 EA
CD-ROM - Micro GC - User Information CP505532490 1 EA
Ethernet crossover cable 2.8m CP740292 1 EA
Locking nut CP420200 4 EA
Male luer CP420100 4 EA
Fittings 1/8 inch Brass 20/pk 5080-8750 1 EA
Tee, 1/8 inch Brass Union 2/PK 5180-4160 1 PK
1/8 in x 0.065in Copper tubing G3581-20061 5 M
External Sample Filter kit CP736729 1 EA
Front and Back ferrule 1/16 CP471201 3 EA
1/16inch Ferrule set SST 0100-1490 3 EA
Stainless Nut 1/16 in 0100-0053 3 EA
Manual User Ext. Sample Filter CP505260 1 EA
Capil. Ext. Filter CP736879 1 EA
Tubing,SS,pre-tsd,1/16in. OD1.0mm ID, 1/p
CP4008 80 MM
Tubing, SS,1/16in. OD1.0mm ID, 1 mL, 1/p
CP4009 0.080 M
Fingertight Fitting PEEK CP23050 1 EA
5 FILTERS for EXT. FILTER Assembly CP736467 1 EA
External Filter Male CP736737 1 EA
External Filter FeMale CP736736 1 EA
Micro GC power supply, 12V, 150W G3581-60080 1 EA
Installation and Use 3
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 47
490-PRO Micro GC Installation
If you are installing the 490-PRO Micro GC for the first time, follow the steps as described below.
If you are performing a re-installation, see Long Storage Recovery Procedure on page 56.
Step 1: Connect carrier gas
Install gas regulators and set pressures
Carrier gas cylinders should have a two-stage pressure regulator to adjust the carrier gas pressure to 550 kPa 10 % (80 psi 10 %). Set cylinder regulator pressure to match the gas inlet pressure.
Connect carrier gas to the Micro GC
The Micro GC supports the use of helium, nitrogen, argon and hydrogen. The recommended purity for carrier gas is 99.999 % minimum. Connect the carrier gas to the Micro GC Carrier 1 fitting (and Carrier 2 fitting, if available) and turn on the gas flow. See Carrier Gas Connection on page 29.
Step 2: Connect to calibration gas or checkout sample
Install the external filter unit as described in Using the external filter unit on page 31.
For an unheated GC channel: Connect the sample to the Micro GC using the sample-in connector situated at the front of the instrument (see Front View on page 26).
For a heated GC channel: Connect the sample to the heated sample as described in How to connect your sample to the 490-PRO Micro GC on page 33.
Step 3: Install power supply
Connect the power connector to the Micro GC, and then plug the power cord into an appropriate power source. See Power on page 40. Ensure the power supply is placed in such a way that the mains appliance inlet or adapter is easy to reach for the operator, as it functions as a power disconnect switch.
The Power LED will light. The Ready LED lights when all parameter set points in the system are reached. (See Front View on page 26.)
48 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Your Micro GC is shipped from the factory with default settings. The following is relevant information on the factory default states and settings:
When the Micro GC is turned on, the power LED lights up and the system begins the flush cycle procedure. The flush cycle is a 2-minute cycle in which the various valves are activated and deactivated to flush entrapped air from the manifold, valves, and tubing.
After the flush cycle is finished, the method (the default method in this case), which was last active before the instrument was shutdown, is activated.
All heated zones are set at 30 C.
The detector filaments are set to OFF.
Step 4: Connect to computer or local network
The 490-PRO Micro GC requires a connection with a computer, that has PROstation installed, for initial method development. This connection uses TCP/IP over Ethernet. For more details and setup procedures see Ethernet Connections on page 88.
Step 5: Install PROstation
For details about the installation of PROstation, see Chapter 8, PROstation Installation, starting on page 137.
Step 6: Assign IP address
Upon arrival from the factory, the Micro GC has a default static IP address configured. The active IP address is specified on the sticker together with the MAC address and the mainboard serial number (see Table 4 on page 48).
1 To complete this procedure, the Micro GC must be in static IP address Mode. To verify this, be sure the DHCP switch (indicated as 1 on the mainboard), is in the left position. The
Table 4 Factory default IP address settings
Default IP address 192.168.100.100
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
Host name microgc
Default Gateway N/A (not used)
Installation and Use 3
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 49
DHCP switch is located on the back of the mainboard. (See Figure 20).
2 Change the IP address of your laptop or PC to an address in the same range as the current IP address as the Micro GC.
3 Start up your web browser.
4 Connect to the Micro GCs website. Type the IP address of the Micro GC in the address field of the web browser.
5 On the web page, click Network.
6 Log in as administrator. Use the factory default login and password:
Login name: admin
Password: agilent
Figure 20 DHCP Switch
DHCP Switch
50 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
7 In the network webpage, the upper section shows the current IP configuration. Type the IP Address, Subnet mask, and Gateway you want to assign to the Micro GC in the corresponding fields.
8 Click Save to save the IP configuration.
Figure 21 Web server authentication
Figure 22 Micro GC website
Installation and Use 3
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 51
9 This IP address is now the active IP address. Communication with the Micro GC will be lost, since the active IP address has changed.
10 Change the IP address of your laptop or PC to an address in the same range as the new IP address of the Micro GC.
11 To reestablish communication, type the new IP address in the web browser address bar.
Step 7: Complete Micro GC configuration in PROstation
1 If not already configured, complete any additional configuration for the Micro GC in the PROstation. Ensure the carrier gas types match the gas actually supplied to the Micro GC.
2 Start the Micro GCs online instrument session.
52 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Restore the Factory Default IP Address
Shipped from the factory, the 490-PRO Micro GC (with mainboard G3581-65000) is configured with a default static IP address, see Table 5 on page 53 for the settings. A reset button on the mainboard enables the possibility to restore these default IP settings when required. When IP address setting are not known, this functionality can be used to be able to reconnect to the instrument and change to custom IP settings.
The reset button can be accessed behind the right panel on the mainboard, see Figure 23. To restore the factory default IP address, follow this procedure:
1 Power off the Micro GC.
2 Press and hold the reset button and power on the Micro GC.
3 Release the reset button shortly after powering on the GC (approximately 3 seconds).
Note 1: When the reset button is released too quickly (less than 1 second), it may result in the IP setting not reverting to its factory defaults.
Figure 23 Reset button on mainboard
Installation and Use 3
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 53
Note 2: Holding the reset button too long (more than 10 seconds), will result in an instrument reboot, without restoring the default IP settings.
4 The default IP address is now restored. See Table 5 for details.
Table 5 Factory default IP address settings
Default IP address 192.168.100.100
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
Host name microgc
Default Gateway N/A (not used)
54 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Create the Test Method
At first startup, perform a checkout to ensure the Micro GC is functioning properly.
A test method for each standard column type has been provided in the sections listed in Table 6.
Use the data system to set up the checkout parameters for each GC channel. Apply the checkout method settings to the Micro GC and allow the instrument to stabilize at the initial operating conditions. Monitor the instrument status using the data systems status display (refer to the data system help for details).
Each test method has been designed to determine if the instrument channel is functioning properly and includes an example test chromatogram.
CAUTION If you ordered a Molsieve column, ensure it is conditioned before use. See Table 9 on page 62 for parameters.
Table 6 Test method listings
Column type Table
Molsieve 5 Table 8 on page 61
CP Sil 5 CB Table 9 on page 62
CP Sil CB Table 10 on page 63
PoraPlot 10 m Table 11 on page 64
Hayesep A 40 cm Table 12 on page 65
COx 1 m and AL2O3/KCI Table 13 on page 66
MES(NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB Table 14 on page 67
Installation and Use 3
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 55
Perform a Series of Runs
1 Create a short sequence of at least three runs using the test sample and method.
2 Run the sequence.
3 After the first run, the results for each channel should become similar to the example chromatograms.
56 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
3 Installation and Use
Shut Down Procedure
1 Create a method for all channels with these settings:
Filaments switched OFF.
Column temperature set at 30 C.
Injector temperature set at 30 C.
Pressure set at 50 kPa.
2 Apply the method to the Micro GC.
3 Wait until the temperature of the columns and injectors are < 40 C (to protect the column), then switch off the Micro GC.
4 Remove the carrier gas tubing and plug all the vents and carrier gas connections with 1/8-inch brass nuts or plastic caps.
Before using the instrument again, perform the Long Storage Recovery Procedure described below.
Long Storage Recovery Procedure
Follow this recovery procedure if your Micro GC has been stored for a long period of time.
1 Remove the 1/8-inch brass nuts and plastic caps from all of the vents and carrier gas connections.
2 Connect the carrier gas tubing and apply pressure to the Micro GC. Refer to the Site Preparation Guide for supply pressures and other gas requirements.
3 Wait at least 10 minutes before switching ON the Micro GC.
4 Immediately check if the detector filaments are switched OFF. Switch OFF if necessary.
5 Set the column(s) temperature(s) to the maximum allowed temperature (160 C or 180 C depending on the column limit).
6 Condition the GC column, preferably overnight. This will ensure that all the water has been removed from the column module and no damage will occur to the TCD filaments.
CAUTION The detector can be damaged by improper shut down. If shutting down the instrument for more than a few days, carry out the procedure below.
57
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
4 GC Channels
Carrier Gas 58
Micro Electronic Gas Control (EGC) 59
Inert Sample Path 59
Injector 59
Column 60
Backflush Option 69
TCD Detector 74
490-PRO Micro GC Optional Pressure Regulators 75
The instrument contains up to two channels in a dual channel cabinet, or up to four channels for a quad channel cabinet. A GC channel contains a gas regulator, an injector, a column, and a TCD detector. See Figure 24 on page 58.
This chapter provides an overview of the major components in the Micro GC including backflush functionality.
58 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
Carrier Gas
The Micro GC is configured for use with either He and H2 or N2 and Ar.
Agilent recommends you use gases with a minimum purity of 99.999 %. Since the injection valve is operated pneumatically, there is a limit of 550 kPa 10 % (80 psi 10 %) to the main gas supply.
CAUTION Your Micro GC is configured either for carrier gas He and H2 or N2 and Ar. Use the carrier gas type for which your instrument is configured, otherwise the detector filaments can be damaged.
Figure 24 Gas flow diagram
Carrier gas
Gas clean unit (optional)
Microelectronic gas control
(EGC) TCD
Reference vent
Injector
Columns (analytical and
reference)
Column vent
Sample outSample in
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 59
Micro Electronic Gas Control (EGC)
The Micro GCs have built-in regulators that can be adjusted to get a constant or programmed pressure control, which, results in a constant or programmed flow through the injector, column and detector. The pressure range is from 50 to 350 kPa (7 to 50 psi). This pressure sets a continuous flow of carrier gas of about 0.2 to 4.0 mL/min (depending on column length and type).
For pressure programming mode, a typical pressure rise is 200 kPa/min, which will give a significant pressure increase during the run without excessive baseline disturbance. In most cases, baseline subtraction may improve the quality of chromatograms that suffer from baseline drift.
Inert Sample Path
The 490-PRO Micro GC is equipped with an UltimetalTM-treated sample path. This deactivation method ensures the integrity of the sample and helps to achieve the best detection limits possible.
The deactivation is applied to tubing running from the sample inlet to the injector.
Injector
The injector has a built-in 10-l sample loop that is filled with the gaseous sample. The pressure of the sample should be between 0 and 100 kPa (0 to 15 psi) and the sample temperature between 0 to 110 C.
When the chromatographic data system sends a START command, the vacuum pump aspirates the gas sample through the loop. The gas samples is injected onto the analytical column using the carrier gas flow. A typical injection time is 40 ms. This equals an average injection volume of 2 L. Injection time will be rounded to a multiple of 5 ms. A practical minimum value is 40 ms. A value of 0 to 20 ms might result in no injection.
60 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
Column
A variety of column configurations are possible on the Micro GC. The columns you require for your specific analyses have been installed at the factory. Other configurations are, of course, possible, but altering the GC channels is a delicate matter that can only be handled by an Agilent service engineer. Table 7 shows several standard columns as supplied in the Micro GCs and selected applications. Other columns are available by contacting Agilent Technologies.
Table 7 Agilent Micro GC columns and applications
Column/Phase type Target components
Molsieve 5 Permanent gases (N2/O2 separation), methane, CO, NO, and so forth. 20 m required for O2-Ar baseline separation). Natural gas and biogas analysis. Optional Retention Time Stability (RTS) configuration.
Hayesep A Hydrocarbons C1C3, N2, CO2, air, volatile solvents, natural gas analysis.
CP-Sil 5 CB Hydrocarbons C3C10, aromatics, organic solvents, natural gas analysis.
CP-Sil 19 CB Hydrocarbons C4C10, high boiling solvents, BTX.
CP-WAX 52 CB Polar volatile solvents, BTX.
PLOT Al2O3/KCl Light hydrocarbons C1C5 saturated and unsaturated. Refinery gas analysis.
PoraPLOT U Hydrocarbons C1C6, halocarbons/freons, anesthetics, H2S, CO2, SO2, volatile solvents. Separation of ethane, ethylene, and acetylene.
PoraPLOT Q Hydrocarbons C1C6, halocarbons/freons, anesthetics, H2S, CO2, SO2, volatile solvents. Separation of propylene and propane, coelution of ethylene and acetylene.
CP-COX CO, CO2, H2, Air (coelution of N2 and O2), CH4.
CP-Sil 19CB for THT THT and C3C6 + in Natural Gas Matrix.
CP-Sil 13CB for TBM TBM and C3C6 + in Natural Gas Matrix.
MES NGA Unique column specially tested for MES in natural gas (1 ppm).
CAUTION All columns except the HayeSep A (160 C) and MES (110 C) columns can be used up to 180 C, the maximum temperature of the column oven. Exceeding this temperature will cause the column to lose efficiency instantly and the column module will need replacement. All channels have a built-in protection that prevents a setpoint above the maximum temperature.
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 61
Molsieve 5 columns
The Molsieve 5 column is designed to separate: hydrogen, carbon monoxide, methane, nitrogen, oxygen, and some noble gases. Higher molecular weight components have much higher retention times on this column.
Table 8 Molsieve 5 instrument parameters
Parameter 4 m Heated 10 m Unheated 20 m Unheated
Column temperature 110 C 40 C 40 C
Injector temperature 110 C NA NA
Column pressure 100 kPa (15 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi) 200 kPa (28 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 25 s 140 s 210 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto Auto
Peak 1 Hydrogen 1.0 % Neon 18 ppm Neon 18 ppm
Peak 2 Argon/Oxygen 0.4 % Hydrogen 1.0 % Hydrogen 1.0 %
Peak 3 Nitrogen 0.2 % Argon 0.2 % Argon 0.2 %
Peak 4 _________ Oxygen 0.2 % Oxygen 0.2 %
Peak 5 _________ Nitrogen 0.2 % Nitrogen 0.2 %
mV Molsieve 5 4 m heated
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
Seconds
1
2
3
0 5 10 15 20 25
Molsieve 5 10 m unheated
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
seconds
mV
1 2
3
4
5
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Molsieve 5 20 m unheated
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450 mV
Seconds
4
3
2
5
1
0 50 100 150 200 250
62 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
CP-Sil 5 CB columns
The natural gas components, mostly hydrocarbons, separate in the same order on the nonpolar and medium-polar CP-Sil CB columns. Nitrogen, methane, carbon dioxide, and ethane are not separated on these columns. They produce a composite peak. For separation of these components, consider a HayeSep A column.
Table 9 CP-Sil 5 CB instrument parameters
Parameters 4 m Heated 6 m Unheated
Column temperature 50 C 50 C
Injector temperature 110 C NA
Column pressure 150 kPa (21 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 30 s 30 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Composite balance Composite balance
Peak 2 Ethane 8.1 % Ethane 8.1 %
Peak 3 Propane 1.0 % Propane 1.0 %
Peak 4 i-Butane 0.14 % i-Butane 0.14 %
Peak 5 n-Butane 0.2 % n-Butane 0.2 %
-5
5
15
25
35
45
55
0 5 Seconds
mV CP Sil 5 CB 4 m heated CP Sil 5 CB 6 m unheated
1 2
3
4 5
10 15 20 25 30 35 -1
4
9
14
19
24
29
34 mV
Seconds
1
4 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
32
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 63
CP-Sil 13 and CP-Sil 19 CB columns
Table 10 CP-Sil CB instrument parameters
Parameter CP-Sil 13 CB 12 m Heated (TBM) CP-Sil 19 CB 6 m Heated (THT)
Column temperature 40 C 85 C
Injector temperature 50 C 85 C
Column pressure 250 kPa (38 psi) 200 kPa (25 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 255 ms 255 ms
Run time 80 s 35 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Methane balance Helium balance
Peak 2 TBM 6.5 ppm THT 4.6 ppm
Peak 3 ________ n-Decane 4.5 ppm
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
Seconds
mV CP Sil 13 CB 12 m heated (TBM) CP Sil 19 CB 6 m unheated (THT)
1
2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
mV
-2
-1.5
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
Seconds
1
2
3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
64 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
PoraPlot 10 m column
Table 11 PoraPlot 10 m instrument parameters
Parameter PoraPlot U 10 m Heated PoraPlot Q 10 m Heated
Column temperature 150 C 150 C
Injector temperature 110 C 110 C
Column pressure 150 kPa (21 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 100 s 50 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Composite air Composite air
Peak 2 Ethane 8.1 % Ethane 8.1 %
Peak 3 Propane 1.0 % Propane 1.0 %
Peak 4 i-Butane 0.14 % i-Butane 0.14 %
Peak 5 n-Butane 0.2 % n-Butane 0.2 %
mVmV PoraPlot Q 10 m heatedPoraPlot U 10 m heated
Seconds
-20
80
180
280
380
480
580
680 1
4
3
2
5
1
4
3
2
5
0 10 20 30 40 50
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50
0
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 65
Hayesep A 40 cm heated column
The HayeSep A column separates oxygen, methane, carbon dioxide, ethane, acetylene, ethylene, and selected sulfur gases. Nitrogen coelutes with oxygen. Components with a higher molecular weight than propane have long retention times on this column.
WARNING Maximum allowable column temperature is 160 C.
Table 12 Hayesep instrument parameters
Parameter Hayesep A 40 cm Heated
Column temperature 50 C
Injector temperature 110 C
Column pressure 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s
Injection time 40 ms
Run time 60 s
Detector sensitivity Auto
Peak 1 Nitrogen 0.77 %
Peak 2 Methane balance
Peak 3 Ethane 8.1 %
-5
45
95
145
195
245
295
345
mV Hayesep A 40 cm heated
Seconds
2
1 3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
66 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
COX and AL203/KCI columns
Table 13 COX and AL203/KCI instrument parameters
Parameter COX 1 m Unheated AL203/KCI 10 m Heated
Column temperature 80 C 100 C
Injector temperature NA 110 C
Column pressure 200 kPa (28 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 204 s 60 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Hydrogen 1.0 % Composite balance
Peak 2 Nitrogen 1.0 % Ethane 8.1 %
Peak 3 CO 1.0 % Propane 1.0 %
Peak 4 Methane 1.0 % i-Butane 0.14 %
Peak 5 CO2 1.0 % n-Butane 0.2 %
Helium balance
-0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5 mV CO
X 1 m unheated Al
2 O
3 /KCl 10 m heated
Seconds
2
3
4
5
1
0 50 100 150 200 250 -5
15
35
55
75
95
115
mV
Seconds
2
3
4 5
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 67
MES (NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB columns
Table 14 MES (NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB instrument parameters
Parameter MES (NGA) 10 m Heated CP-WAX 52 CB 4 m Heated
Column temperature 90 C 60 C
Injector temperature 110 C 110 C
Column pressure 70 kPa (10 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 500 ms 40 ms
Run time 120 s 35 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Nitrogen balance Nitrogen 0.75 %
Peak 2 n-Decane 11.2 ppm Acetone 750 ppm
Peak 3 MES 14. 2 ppm Methanol 0.15 %
Peak 4 ________ Ethanol 0.30 %
Helium balance
WARNING Maximum allowable column temperature for MES is 110 C.
-500
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
mV MES (NGA) 10 m heated CP-WAX 52 CB 4 m heated
Seconds
1
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
-0.3
0.1
0.5
0.9
2 3
80 90 100 110 120 130
-2
3
8
13
mV
Seconds
1
4
3
2
1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36
68 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
Column conditioning
Follow this procedure to ensure that any water that might be present inside the analytical column is removed before the TCD is switched on.
Also follow this procedure if the Micro GC module has been stored for a long period.
Column conditioning procedure
1 Switch off the TCD filaments in the method.
2 Set the column temperature of the module to the maximum temperature (160 C or 180 C depending on the column limit). Leave the filaments off.
3 Download this method to the Micro GC.
4 Run the downloaded method to condition the column, preferably overnight.
This will ensure that all the water has been removed from the column and no damage will occur to the TCD filaments.
Nitrogen and oxygen merging in Molsieve columns
On a properly activated column, nitrogen and oxygen will be well separated. However, in time you will find that these two peaks begin to merge together. This is caused by water and carbon dioxide present in the sample or carrier gas, adsorbing to the stationary phase.
To restore the column efficiency, condition the column, as described above, for approximately 1 hour. After reconditioning, you can test the column performance by injecting plain air. If you have a proper separation between nitrogen and oxygen again, the column separation power has been restored. If the Micro GC frequency of use is very high, you might consider leaving the oven temperature at 180 C overnight. The longer the reconditioning period, the better the column performance.
CAUTION The detector filaments may be damaged by improper conditioning. Follow this procedure to avoid damaging the detector filaments.
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 69
Backflush Option
Backflush to vent is an advanced technique used to prevent later-eluting compounds from reaching the analytical column and detector. The main reason for applying this technique is to keep the analytical column clean and reduce analysis time.
The Micro GC is optionally available with GC modules that incorporate backflush capabilities.
A backflush system always consists of a pre-column and an analytical column. The two columns are coupled at a pressure point, which makes it possible to invert the carrier gas flow direction through the pre-column at a preset time, called the backflush time. See Figure 27 on page 70.
The injector, two columns, and detector are in series.
The sample is injected onto the pre-column where a pre-separation takes place; injection takes place in normal mode. See Figure 26 on page 70.
Figure 25 Natural gas analysis
1 2
6
3 4 5
7
50 s8
Natural gas analysis, straight 50 s8
Natural gas analysis, with backflush at 8 seconds
1 2
3
4
5 1 = Methane 2 = Ethane 3 = Propane 4 = iso-Butane 5 = Butane 6 = iso-Pentane 7 = Pentane
70 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
When all compounds to be quantified are transferred to the analytical column, the backflush valve switches (at the backflush time). On the pre-column, the flow inverts and all compounds left on the pre-column now backflush to the vent. On the analytical column the separation continues because there the flow is not inverted. See Figure 27.
The standby mode is the backflush configuration (if the instrument is equipped with the optional backflush valve).
Backflushing saves the time required to elute high boiling components that are not of interest and ensures that the pre-column will be in good condition for the next run.
Figure 26 Backflush system normal flows
Pre-column Analytical column Detector
Injector Backush vent
Restriction
Pressure regulator
System pressure
Pressure point
Figure 27 Backflush flows
Pre-column Analytical column Detector
Injector Backush vent
Restriction
Pressure regulator
System pressure
Pressure point
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 71
Tuning the backflush time (except on a HayeSep A channel)
Tuning the backflush time is necessary for each new channel. This chapter describes how to tune the backflush time on all channels except HayeSep A.
Tuning procedure for the backflush time
1 Set the backflush time to 0 seconds and analyze the checkout sample or a proper sample for the specific channel. The goal of this is to identify the components in the calibration standard.
2 Change the backflush time to 10 seconds and perform a run. The following can be observed:
When the backflush time is set too early, the peaks of interest are partially or totally backflushed.
If the backflush time is set too late, the unwanted components are not backflushed and show up in the chromatogram.
3 Perform runs with different backflush times until there is no huge difference in the peak of interest. To fine tune the backflush time, set smaller steps (for example 0.10 seconds) until you find the optimal backflush time.
Figure 28 shows a simple example of tuning the backflush time for the CP-Molsieve 5A channel.
Figure 28 Effect of the backflush time on the peak of interest
Tuning backush for CP-Molsieve channel
Ar ea
_p ea
k of
in te
re st
9 10 11 12 13
72 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
Tuning the backflush time on a HayeSep A channel
For each new HayeSep A channel, with a backflush option, it is necessary to tune the backflush time properly. The tuning procedure of the HayeSep A channel is different than the tuning procedure of other channels.
The goal for tuning the backflush time for the HayeSep A channel is get all peaks of interest, components up to propane, on the HayeSep A column while all unwanted peaks that elute after propane are backflushed.
Tuning procedure for HayeSep A channel
1 Set the backflush time of the HayeSep A channel to 0 seconds.
2 Set an appropriate run time for the first analysis (for example 300 seconds or longer).
3 Analyze the NGA Gas Calibration standard and identify all components in the calibration standard.
4 When all peaks of interest are identified, select a proper backflush time after propane peak.
Figure 29 shows an example of the tuning procedure of HayeSep A channel. In this example the propane peak elutes around 90 seconds, proper backflush time for the HayeSep A here is around 120 seconds.
Consider that the total run time must be sufficient to backflush all unwanted components from the column. The ideal total run time is approximately twice the backflush time or higher. So in this example, a total run time of 240 seconds is sufficient to backflush all unwanted components from the HayeSep A channel.
Figure 29 Selecting backflush time for a HayeSep A channel
Seconds 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170
m Vo
lt
20
40
60
80
100
Ca rb
on D
io xi
de
Et ha
ne
Pr op
an e
i-- B
ut an
e
N itr
og en M
et ha
ne
Peaks of Interest
Appropriate Backflush Time
Unwanted Peak
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 73
To disable backflush
To disable backflushing, set the Backflush Time to 0. This puts the system in normal mode during the entire run.
74 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
TCD Detector
Each GC channel is equipped with a thermal conductivity detector (TCD). This detector responds to the difference in thermal conductivity between a reference cell (carrier gas only) and a measurement cell (carrier gas containing sample components). The construction of a TCD is such that the changing thermal conductivity of the carrier gas stream, due to components present, is compared to the thermal conductivity of a constant reference gas stream.
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 75
490-PRO Micro GC Optional Pressure Regulators
Agilent offers two optional sample inlet pressure regulator assemblies for the 490-PRO Micro GC. These assemblies are provided fully assembled and require field installation on the rear of the GC.
G3581-S0003 provides a pressure regulator, Genie filter (for sample drying) and needle valve, along with the required mounting bracket and hardware required for installation.
G3581-S0004 provides a pressure regulator and needle valve, along with the required mounting bracket and hardware required for installation.
Installation instructions for both assemblies are provided below.
G3581-S0003
The Agilent pressure regulator assembly (G3581-S0003) provides a pressure regulator, Genie filter (for sample drying) and needle valve, along with the required mounting bracket and hardware required for installation.
Figure 30 shows the components and connection points for the Agilent pressure regulator assembly (G3581-S0003).
The pressure regulator is factory set, and has been tested to the following, fixed specifications:
Figure 30 Agilent pressure regulator assembly (G3581-S0003) functional block diagram
Out Genie 170
In Vent
Pressure regulator
Sample IN
Sample OUT
(Drain)
Dried sample to analytical channels -
rear sample inlet of GC
Needle valve
76 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
The sample flows through the pressure regulator and into the Genie filter. Dried sample is then applied to the rear sample inlet of the GC.
Vented sample flows through a needle valve for draining.
G3581-S0003 Installation
The G3581-S0003 pressure regulator assembly is supplied fully assembled, and ready to install at the rear of the GC. To install the assembly, do the following:
1 Shut down the GC, and allow the column and injector to cool. See Shut Down Procedure on page 56.
2 At the rear of the GC, disconnect any existing sample line from the rear sample inlet.
Attribute Specification
Input 25 bar (2.5 Mpa)
Output 0.7 bar (10.1 psi or 70 Kpa)
Flow 20 mL/min
NOTE The minimum working pressure of the Genie filter is 0.5 bar. Sample will not flow through the filter if this working pressure is not maintained.
WARNING The metal surfaces of the column, injector and sample inlet can be very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the GC components to cool to ambient temperature.
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 77
3 Remove the lower mounting bolt from the rear panel of the GC.
4 Position the G3581-S0003 pressure regulator assembly at the rear of the GC, and secure using the lower mounting bolt.
Figure 31 Rear sample inlet and lower mounting bolt
Rear sample inlet
Lower mounting bolt
78 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
5 Connect the filter outlet to the sample inlet on the rear of the GC using a 1/16 inch Swagelok fitting.
6 Connect the Sample IN port on the pressure regulator to the sample input line.
7 Start the GC (see Long Storage Recovery Procedure on page 56).
8 Leak test the system to ensure that all connections are leak free.
G3581-S0004
G3581-S0004 provides a pressure regulator and needle valve, along with the required mounting bracket and hardware required for installation.
The block diagram below shows the components and connection points for the G3581-S0004 pressure regulator assembly.
Figure 32 G3581-S0003 pressure regulator assembly installed
Sample IN
Needle valve
Sample OUT (drain)
Sample to rear sample inlet
WARNING The pressure regulator has a maximum inlet pressure of 3,000 psi. Applying higher pressures may result in serious personal injury and equipment damage.
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 79
The pressure regulator is factory set and has been tested to the following, fixed specifications:
The sample flows through the pressure regulator and into the rear sample inlet of the GC.
A needle valve provides for venting the sample for draining.
G3581-S0004 Installation
The G3581-S0004 sample inlet pressure regulator assembly is supplied fully assembled and ready to install at the rear of the GC. The install the assembly, do the following:
1 Shut down the GC and allow the column and injector to cool. See Shut Down Procedure on page 56.
2 At the rear of the GC, disconnect any existing sample line from the rear sample inlet.
Figure 33 G3581-S0004 pressure regulator assembly functional block diagram
Attribute Specification
Input 25 bar (2.5 Mpa)
Output 0.7 bar (10.1 psi or 70 Kpa)
Flow 20 mL/min
Pressure regulator
Sample IN
Sample OUT
(Drain)
Sample to rear sample inlet of GC
Needle valve
WARNING The metal surfaces of the column, injector and sample inlet can be very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the GC components to cool to ambient temperature.
80 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
3 Remove the lower mounting bolt from the rear panel of the GC.
4 Position the G3581-S0004 assembly at the rear of the GC and the secure using the lower mounting bolt.
Figure 34 Rear sample inlet and lower mounting bolt
Figure 35 G3581-S0004 installed
Rear sample inlet
Lower mounting bolt
Sample IN
Needle valve
Sample OUT (drain)
Sample to rear sample inlet
GC Channels 4
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 81
5 Connect the regulator outlet to the sample inlet on the rear of the GC using a 1/16 inch Swagelok fitting.
6 Connect the Sample IN port on the pressure regulator to the sample input line.
7 Start the GC (see Long Storage Recovery Procedure on page 56).
8 Leak test the system to ensure that all connections are leak free.
WARNING The pressure regulator has a maximum inlet pressure of 3,000 psi. Applying higher pressures may result in serious personal injury and equipment damage.
82 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
4 GC Channels
83
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
5 Interfaces
Access the Connection Ports 84
Ethernet Connections 88
USB WIFI 105
I/O Connections 112
Serial COM Connections 116
USB Connection 119
Interface Examples 120
The Micro GCs have several input/output ports accessible inside the instrument for interfacing with external devices.
84 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Access the Connection Ports
1 Open the cover (Figure 36).
Figure 36 Instrument cover
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 85
2 At the front of the instrument, the external device connectors are visible (Figure 37)
3 Close the cover after connecting the cables.
Figure 37 External device connectors (mainboard G3581-65000 shown)
Assign IP address switch See Ethernet Connections on page 88.
LAN indicators Red LED: Transmit data Green LED: Receive data
Ethernet (LAN) connector Ethernet RJ45 connector. See Ethernet Connections on page 88.
COM 1 RS-232 communication interface
Digital I/O Digital input and output signals, such as start_stop, ready_out, and start_in. See External Digital I/O on page 112.
COM 3 and COM 4 RS232, RS422, or RS485 communication interface. See Table 15 on page 86.
Analog I/O External analog I/O signals. See External Analog I/O on page 113.
COM 2 RS-232 (2-wire) communication interface. See Table 15 on page 86. SD Card Slot
No function supported.
86 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Table 15 Micro GC communication ports
Port
Connection
490-PRO Micro GC (with G3581-65000)
Ethernet LAN 100 Mbit/s Interface with PC / PROstation
COM 1 RS232 Stream selector valve Modbus serial
COM 2 RS232 Stream selector valve Modbus serial LCD screen
COM 3 RS485 (4-wire)
COM 3 RS232, RS422, or RS485 (selectable)
Modbus serial
COM 4 RS232, RS422, or RS485 (selectable)
Modbus serial
Analog I/O Analog input Extension boards
Digital I/O Digital input and output ready in - ready out start in - start out
Extension boards
USB USB 2.0 VICI Valves, WIFI interface, USB storage
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 87
Figure 38 A possible network
88 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Ethernet Connections
PROstation
The Agilent data systems require an Ethernet network for data communications with the Micro GC. This network can be a local area network (LAN) or wide area network (WAN).
General requirements:
Micro GC with mainboard G3581-65000 installed (100 Mbps connection)
Cat6, Cat5e, or Cat5 UTP/STP cabling.
The network should comply with Standard Ethernet (IEEE 802.3).
The network must be100BASE-T, 10/100BASE-TX, or 10/100/100BASE compatible hubs or switches.
TCP/IP should be used on the network.
Firewall configuration
The 490-PRO Micro GC (and PROstation) communicate over a TCP/IP network. On the TCP/IP network 490-PRO Micro GC and PROstation use some standardized protocols and some custom protocols. All protocols used, make use of User Datagram Protocol (UDP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) or Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). Any of these protocols can be blocked by a firewall, preventing the 490-PRO Micro GC and PROstation from communicating with each other. Therefore, the firewall should be configured as showed below.
Table 16 490-PRO custom data protocols using TCP protocol
TCP-Port User Description Direction
4900 InstDataExchange (PROstation)
Inst protocol Instrument status and up- download
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
4901 InstDataExchange (PROstation)
Datastream protocol Chromatogram data
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
4902 InstDataExchange (PROstation)
PDef protocol Stream selection
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
4903 InstDataExchange (PROstation)
RFile protocol Alternative file and data transfer
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 89
Table 17 Standardized data protocols using TCP protocol
TCP-Port User Description Direction
502 490-PRO Modbus TCP/IP Protocol Data transfer to Modbus masters.
From Any Modbus master (PC -winDCS, scada/DCS/Flowcomputer) to 490-PRO
20 InstDataExchange (PROstation). 490-PRO
FTP protocol -Test for FTP communication to -FTP server (PROstation Getting chromatogram and diagnostic data (PROstation) -Storing chromatogram and analysis reports on server (490-PRO)
Bidirectional
21* (By Default) InstDataExchange (PROstation). 490-PRO
FTP protocol -Test for FTP communication to -FTP server (PROstation Getting chromatogram and diagnostic data (PROstation) -Storing chromatogram and analysis reports on server (490-PRO)
Bidirectional
80 Internet Explorer Onboard Web server for Instrument status
From PC to 490-PRO
* The FTP port used by PROstation and 490-PRO is definable in the configuration. See Chapter 16, Automation FTP Service, starting on page 631.
Table 18 Standardized data protocols using UDP protocol
UDP-Port User Description Direction
39 InstDataExchange (PROstation)
RLP protocol. Detection of all 490-PRO instruments on the subnet
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
67 InstDataExchange PROstation
BooptP protocol Assigning an IP-address to a 490-PRO
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
90 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Often, it is company policy to block Ping and or at least RLP in such a way that the protocols will not leave the subnet. In that case, 490-PRO instruments connected on a different subnet can not be detected or checked. However, as long as all other protocols are let through, communication is still possible, when the IP address is supplied directly in the configuration manager.
IP Addresses
An IP address uniquely identifies a computer or device on the network or internet.
IP addresses are made up of four 8-bit numbers, and each of these numbers is separated by a decimal point.
Each of the 8-bit numbers can represent a decimal value of 0-255.
Each part of an IP address can only be in that range (for example, 198.12.253.98).
A network can be public (addressable from the internet) or private (not addressable from the internet). A private network can also be isolated, that is, physically not connected to the internet or other networks. In many cases, you can set up an isolated LAN for instruments. For example, an isolated, private LAN may consist of a workstation computer, four Micro GCs, a printer, a LAN switch, and cabling. Isolated LANs must use IP addresses in the private ranges shown in Table 20 on page 90.
Table 19 Standardized data protocols using ICMP protocol
ICMP protocol User Description Direction
No port used InstDataExchange (PROstation)
Ping protocol To check if a 490-PRO is reachable using the network
From PC (PROstation) to 490-PRO
Table 20 Private (isolated) LAN IP address ranges
Starting IP Ending IP Subnet mask Type
0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 N/A Public
10.0.0.0 10.255.255.255 255.0.0.0 Private
172.16.0.0 172.31.255.255 255.255.0.0 Private
192.168.0.0 192.168.255.255 255.255.0.0 Private
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 91
Example network configurations
Peer-to-peer
A peer-to-peer network (See Figure 39 on page 91) is required to assign or change the IP address of a Micro GC. It can also be used when no network is required or available. The cable(s) used for peer-to-peer connections depend on the installed mainboard.
For a Micro GC with mainboard G3581-6500 installed, either a crossover cable (CP740292) or a regular (non-crossed) patch cable can be used.
Peer-to-peer communication requires IP addresses in the same subnet range for the computer and the Micro GC.
After assigning or changing the IP address of a Micro GC, you can remove the connection cable and connect the computer and Micro GC to a local network using normal cabling.
See Inside View on page 28.
Local Area Network (LAN)
An example of a LAN configuration is shown in Figure 40 on page 92.
Figure 39 Peer-to-peer (single instrument)
Crossover cable or regular patch cable
Data system PC Any IP address allowed
Micro GC with mainboard G3581-65000 Single 490-PRO connected to a local workstation. IP address in the same subnet range as the computer subnet range.
92 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Figure 40 Local network (multiple instruments)
Data system PC Any IP address allowed
Multiple 490-PRO Micro GCs connected to a local workstation. IP address in the same subnet range as the workstation subnet range.
Patch cable
Switch
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 93
Global network (WAN)
An example of a Global network is shown in Figure 41.
Figure 41 Global network with multiple instruments
Data system PC IP address in subnet range of Subnet 1 Can also control Micro GC in Subnet 2.
Multiple 490-PRO Micro GCs connected to a company network. IP address in the same subnet range as Subnet 1.
Patch cable
Switch
Switch
Router
Internet
IP address in the same subnet range as Subnet 2
Subnet 2
Subnet 1
Data system PC
IP address in subnet range of Subnet 2. Can also control Micro GC in Subnet 1.
94 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Q: Can I connect the Micro GC to my site network?
A: Yes, if the network is standard Ethernet and uses TCP/IP with UTP cabling.
Q: Im using a DHCP server; can I use this to assign an IP address to the Micro GC?
A: If you have a Micro GC with mainboard G3581-65000 installed, yes. The Micro GC and Agilent data systems work with static IP addresses only, so an IP address will have to be reserved on the DHCP server and marked as static.
Q: How do I assign an IP address to the Micro GC?
A: See Step 6: Assign IP address on page 48.
Q: Are the network settings saved if the Micro GC is restarted, or after loss of power?
A: Yes, the network settings of the Micro GC are stored in flash memory, and will not be erased at loss of power.
Q: Can I control my Micro GC from anywhere in the world using the Internet?
A: Yes, if your network is designed for this, and has internet access or remote access facilities. For more information see Firewall configuration on page 88.
Glossary of network terms
Crossover cable A cable used to connect two, and only two, Ethernet devices directly without the use of a hub or switch.
Domain One of several settings within the TCP/IP configuration that identifies paths used to communicate with Ethernet devices. The Domain is an IP address.
Ethernet address (MAC address) This is a unique identifier that every Ethernet communication device has assigned to it. Typically, the Ethernet address cannot be changed and is the permanent way of identifying a particular hardware device. The Ethernet address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal digits.
Gateway This is one of several settings within the TCP/IP
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 95
configuration that identifies paths used to connect with Ethernet devices on a different subnet. The Gateway is assigned an IP Address.
Host name The host name is an alternate way of identifying a device that is friendlier to people. Frequently the host name and the IP address may be used interchangeable.
IP address This is a unique number for each Ethernet device within the set of connected devices. Two PCs may have identical IP addresses as long as they are not interconnected to each other through the Internet. The IP Address consists of a series of four sets of decimal numbers (between 1 and 255) that provide routing information used by the TCP/IP protocol to establish a reliable connection. Without the IP Address, communications would be bogged down trying to establish connections to Ethernet addresses at unknown locations.
Patch cable A cable used to connect Ethernet devices to hubs, switches, or your company network.
Protocol A set of rules that govern how computers send and receive information.
RJ45 connector A telephone jack style connector used for a Universal Twisted Pair (UTP) hardware connection for 10/100 Base-T Ethernet connections. RJ45-style connectors are used by the Micro GC.
TCP/IP An international standard protocol used by the Internet. We use this protocol for communication to the Micro GC. You may find several network protocols, such as IPX/SPX and NetBEUI, installed on your computer.
For more information please see Chapter 8, PROstation Installation, starting on page 137.
FTP server
The FTP server provides external storage capacity for run data, reports and diagnostics. The 490-PRO Micro GC has no capabilities for storing data, except for the last run. By obtaining a 35-day logging license, the 490-PRO Micro GC becomes capable of storing data.
Modbus TCP/IP
This is the main connection to the control computer (DCS,
96 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Flowcomputer, SCADA, etc). Analysis results, GC-status, external device status, etc. are provided to the DCS and certain operations can be requested by the DCS. A total of 25 Modbus TCP/IP Masters can connect to the same 490-PRO Micro GC simultaneously.
Additional Modbus Protocol/Specifications documents can be found on the Installation CD.
Modbus TCP/IP Protocol and Message implementation.
Modbus
Daniel protocol (serial mode) includes defined Modbus registers.
MODICON protocol (serial).
Wireless: Modbus TCP over WIFI
Figure 42 Wireless: Modbus TCP over WIFI
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 97
Wireless: Modbus TCP/IP over GSM/GPRS
Figure 43 Wireless: Modbus TCP/IP over GSM/GPRS
98 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Modbus TCP/IP to PROFIBUS conversion
Modbus serial to Modbus TCP/IP conversion
When to use Modbus serial to Modbus TCP/IP conversion
DCS with only 2 wired RS485
DCS with only RS485 and 490-PRO on other location
DCS with only RS485 and multiple 490-PROs
Figure 44 Modbus TCP/IP to PROFIBUS conversion
Figure 45 Modbus serial to Modbus TCP/IP conversion
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 99
Modbus TCP to other industrial networks
AnyBus Gateway supports:
Profibus, DeviceNet, CANopen, Modbus, Interbus, CC-Link, ControlNet, AS-Interface and the industrial Ethernet protocols Profinet, EtherNet/IP, Modbus-TCP and EtherCAT
Modbus TCP to OPC
OLE for Process Control (OPC) (OLE = Object Linking and Embedding developed by Microsoft)
Requires Modbus TCP OPC server (driver)
OPC is a standard on all SCADA applications
Once data is in OPC format any SCADA application can read it.
Figure 46 Modbus TCP/IP to Ethernet/IP with the AnyBus Gateway
100 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Figure 47 A Modbus server
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 101
Modbus TCP and multiple Modbus masters
In the example below, every DCS reads its a specific range of Modbus registers containing only the results of a specific sample stream.
Figure 48 Modbus TCP to OPC by using the AnyBus X-Gateway
102 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Web server
The 490-PRO Micro GC built-in web server can be accessed within your local network using an internet browser by entering the instruments IP address (for example http://192.168.100.100) in the address/search bar.
The web server provides instrument status information, sample results, system control, network configuration, firmware update and a reference to support documents. Some of these functions are password protected with the following credentials:
Login name: admin
Password: agilent
Status
The Instrument Status section provides instrument status, see Figure 50 on page 103 for an example. The Instrument Results section reports the calculated application results, like ESTD and calorific power results. These screens are refreshed every
Figure 49 A multi-location network
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 103
10 seconds. Instrument clock settings and uptime can be monitored from Statistics. From Firmware the firmware version information is displayed.
Control
The 490-PRO can be identified by an acoustic (beep) or visual (blinking LEDs) signal using Identify. With Reset, the instruments operating system can be rebooted.
Configuration
The configuration section provides an overview of the instruments network setting from Network. These setting can be changed and downloaded to the instrument from this section. Names gives an overview and the ability to change the systems network hostname.
Maintenance
Instrument firmware upgrade can be done from the Update section using a file provided by Agilent.
Support
Micro GC support documentation, such as data sheets and application notes can be accessed from Agilent. The 490-PRO Micro GC Help file/User manual can be viewed from the User Manual.
Figure 50 Webserver instrument status overview
104 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Multiple 490-PRO analyzers
Multiple 490-PRO instruments may be connected to the network. Multiple internet browsers from different computers can display the instrument status of the same 490-PRO simultaneously. Multiple 490-PROs can transfer the analysis results to the same FTP server simultaneously.
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 105
USB WIFI
Preparation: One USB Network Interface Card (NIC) with a Realteck RTL8188 family chipset.
The USB network interface card works as an access point so that a computer or mobile device can connect to the micro GC remotely through wireless.
Access the 490 Micro GC webserver via a wireless network
To access the 490 Micro GC via a wireless network:
1 Insert the USB NIC into the USB port of the 490 Micro GC or into a connected USB hub.
2 On your computer desktop, open the wireless connection panel and select AP-490. The name AP-490 is the default SSID name of the USB NIC attached to the 490 Micro GC. You will be able to change this name via the GC web page later.
3 When prompted, enter the security key 12345678. You will be able to change this later via the GC web page.
Table 21 USB WIFI Adapters
Part number Name Region
G3581-60060 Wireless N Nano USB Adapter China
0960-3303 Adapter-USB Nano Wireless 150mbps Europe, US, Canada
Figure 51 Wireless connection panel
106 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
4 The wireless IP address of the 490 Micro GC is fixed to 192.168.0.2 (Submask 255.255.255.0). Ensure the wireless settings of your PC are in the same network range. You are free to set your PC's wireless IP address from 192.168.0.3 to 192.168.0.255.
5 Click OK to complete the connection. Your PC is now able to access the GC's web page via IP address 192.168.0.2.
Figure 52 Connect to a network dialog
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 107
Figure 53 IPv4 properties
Figure 54 490 Micro GC web page
108 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Access to the 490 Micro GC via PROstation
To access the 490 Micro GC via PROstation:
1 Access the 490 Micro GC web page via wireless network. (See Access the 490 Micro GC webserver via a wireless network on page 105.)
2 Open PROstation.
3 Configure the instrument with IP address 192.168.0.2.
4 Click OK.
Figure 55 490-PRO Micro GC configuration
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 109
5 On PROStation's main menu, right-click the configured GC and click Open. You may now manipulate the GC as though it were connected via a wired network.
Figure 56 Open a GC
Figure 57 GC main window
110 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Change USB AP name (SSID) and passphrase (security key)
To change the USB SSID and passphrase (security key):
1 Use your web browser to navigate to the 490 Micro GC web page via either a wired or wireless network.
2 Click the Wireless Network link on the left side. The WIFI configuration appears.
3 To change the AP name (SSID) only, uncheck I want to change passphrase and enter the new SSID you want to assign, then click Save. (Note the new settings will take effect after rebooting the GC or unplugging and replugging the USB NIC).
4 To change the passphrase (security key), check I want to change passphrase, enter the new passphrase, and confirm it. The passphrase must be 8-15 characters long.
5 Click Save to save your changes, and OK to confirm the changes.
Figure 58 WIFI configuration
Figure 59 Changing the passphrase
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 111
6 The new settings will take effect after you reboot your GC or unplug and replug the USB NIC. Your PC will not automatically connect to the new AP hotspot until after you manually connect once.
Figure 60 Confirm changes
Figure 61 wireless network panel with new SSID shown
112 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
I/O Connections
External Digital I/O
Connections between Micro GCs and external devices are made with the appropriate cable to the External Digital I/O port.
Ready/Not Ready signal
Synchronization with other devices
External Ready In signal determines the instrument state. When external devices are not ready, the Micro GC will not be ready to start a run.
Figure 62 External digital connections
GND *Relay contacts maximum 24 Volt 1 Ampere
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15
Pin
External Ready-IN Start-IN
Micro-GC will only start in external ready mode when Start-IN detects a contact closure pulse
Start 500 ms contact closure when injection will take place
Ready/not ready
External Digital I/O
490-PRO Micro GC
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25
Relay 1
22
+12 VDC out ( electronic fused max 500 mA)
+5 VDC out (electronic fused max 500 mA)
Digital IN1 Digital IN2
Digital OUT1 (not defined) Digital OUT2 (not defined)
External system reset
OUT
OUT
OUT
OUT
Digital Input (galvanic separated)
Relay 2
Reserved (I 2C bus)
*
*
*
*
Reserved
Reserved
Contact open = Ready
Contact close = Not ready
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 113
Start In signal starts one single run when the contact is closed.
Ready Out will be ready when the system is not in a chromatographic run phase and all temperatures, pressures (selectable external Ready In) are ready.
External Analog I/O
The external analog I/O port can handle six analog inputs (input 0 to 10 Volt).
The user interface receives this analog information and translates it into actions to be taken by the local user interface, events, or data to be shown or stored in the remote user interface. In OpenLAB EZChrom and OpenLAB ChemStation, only status is visible.
Figure 63 External analog connections
114 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Extension boards
The 490-PRO has limited on-board capabilities for digital inputs and external relays. External Digital I/O on page 112.
By using a series of extension boards the instruments capabilities to control solenoids, handle I/Os is greatly expanded. A maximum of eight boards are stackable, leading to a maximum of 64 external relays, 64 digital inputs, a maximum of 25 configurable analog outputs.
The extension boards can be used for many functions:
Solenoid driven stream selection
Alarming to DCS or external device by use of relay,
Collecting analog signals from external devices (flow meter, etc)
Collecting digital input from external devices (flow meter, etc)
Handling external digital inputs representing: start automation, stop automation, start Calibration Table, start Verification Table, selecting a stream, executing a single line.
Providing sample results from analog output (4 to 20 mA, configurable) to a DCS
For more information about installation and setup of the extension board see the Extension Boards User Manual.
Figure 64 Extension boards
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 115
.
Figure 65 Multi-stream selection using extension board(s) and solenoid valves
Figure 66 Extension board signals
Digital Input (low/high)
DCS (legacy)
Peak amounts Control
(start, etc.) External Analog devices (0-10V, Pressure sensor, temperature
sensor, etc.)
Extension bus
External Events,
relay open/ close
Stream selection
(solenoids)
Alarms (relay open/
close)
External Events,
relay open/ close
Stream selection
(solenoids)
Alarms (relay open/
close)
Basic board 8 relays, 8 digital inputs, 6 analog
inputs
Digital extension 8 relay,
8 digital inputs
Analog extension 8 x 4-20mA
116 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Serial COM Connections
Connector layout
The COM ports on instrument mainboard can be used for serial connection to a computer or industrial devices. Table 15 on page 86 gives an overview of the communication options.
The port layout details for the 490-PRO Micro GC (mainboard part number G3581-65000) is given in Figure 67 and Table 22 on page 117.
NOTE Part number for connector COM 3/4 on mainboard with part number G3581-65000 is p/n 0360-3106.
Figure 67 Communication ports layout
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 117
Stream selector valve
Sample stream selection can be performed in a number of ways. One way is the use of electrically activated Valco (VICI) stream selectors.
For more information about how to setup up and use the stream selector valves also see D. Communication port settings on page 184 and Hardware configuration for stream selection valve on page 185.
Table 22 COM 3 and COM 4 Connector pin functions (mainboard G3581-65000)
Function
Pin number RS232 RS422 RS485 2-wire RS484 4-wire Comport
1 CTS RX- not used RX- COM 3
2 RX RX+ not used RX+ COM 3
3 TX TX+ Data+ TX+ COM 3
4 RTS TX- Data- TX- COM 3
5 GND GND GND GND COM 3
6 CTS RX- not used RX- COM 4
7 RX RX+ not used RX+ COM 4
8 TX TX+ Data+ TX+ COM 4
9 RTS TX- Data- TX- COM 4
10 GND GND GND GND COM 4
Figure 68 Using a stream selector valve
118 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Modbus serial
From Modbus, analysis results, GC-status, external device status, etc. are provided to the DCS and certain operations can be requested by the DCS.
A total of 2 Modbus Serial Masters Can connect to the same 490-PRO simultaneously.
LCD screen
The optional 4-line LCD screen can display instrument information, such as:
Actual operating conditions
Instrument and run status
Calculated values
Instrument errors
and more.
See also Micro GC LCD Module Installation on page 125 for installation and Application Local User Interface (LCD) on page 360 for setting up the LCD screen.
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 119
USB Connection
The USB port can be used to connect external accessories directly or with a USB hub.
Connect VICI valves with the use of a serial to USB-to-serial Converter. See How to use a stream selector valve on page 185 for information on using VICI valves via USB.
Connect to the 490-PRO Micro GC via WIFI with the use of a USB WIFI adapter. See USB WIFI on page 105.
USB storage is supported via the USB port. See Automation FTP Service on page 631.
Figure 69 Possible USB configuration
Figure 70 Possible setups for USB VICI valves
120 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Interface Examples
In the following examples, you will find a few of the possibilities of how to use/connect the 490-PRO in combination with other devices.
Figure 71 Simple steam selector
Figure 72 Computer and stream selector
Figure 73 490-PRO GC as slave
DCS (Distributed Control System)
Autonome Controls Stream Selector control, Analysis, Calibration, and verification sample
490-PRO Micro GC ModBus
(TCP/IP and/or serial) Stream Selector
DCS (Distributed Control System)
Slave
490-PRO Micro GC
ModBus Stream Selector
Control Stream Selector, start/stop and calibration, verification of 490-PRO Micro GC through ModBus registers
control
ModBus
(Sample results, GC status)
(start calibration level)
Interfaces 5
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 121
Flow computer controls 490-PRO from analog signals and receives results from 4-20 mA signals.
Figure 74 Analog cases
DCS (Distributed Control System)
490-PRO Micro GC
Slave
4-20 mA
4-20 mA
4-20 mA
Start Run
Digital In
Start IN
Analog
Control Start of 490-PRO Micro GC and calibration moment
Calibration request
Stream Selector Stream 1
Stream 1
Stream 2
Stream 1
Stream 2
Stream 3
Calibration Gas
Calibration Gas
Extension Boards
Digital IN #1 (stream 1) Digital IN #2 (stream 2) Digital IN #3 (stream 3)
Start Execute single sequence line
Start Execute single sequence line Select stream 1 Select stream 2 Select stream 3
Start Run Start IN
digital inputs
digital inputs
Analog Extension
Board
Analog Extension
Board
4-20 mA
DCS (Distributed Control System)
Slave
Slave
Analog
DCS (Distributed Control System)
Analog
Autonome
DCS (Distributed Control System)
Analog
Stream Selector
Stream Selector
Stream 1
Stream 2
Stream 3
Stream Selector
Analog Extension
Board
Analog Extension
Board
Extension Boards
490-PRO Micro GC
490-PRO Micro GC
490-PRO Micro GC
122 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
5 Interfaces
Figure 75 Alarms, extension boards, etc.
Figure 76 Status and control devices
Figure 77 Digital outputs
DCS
(Distributed Control System)
490-PRO Micro GC
ModBus
Analog Inputs Flow / P
controllers
Digital Inputs Flow level
OK/NOT okay
Calibration request Verification request
Select request Execute single line request
Start/Stop automation request (DCS, operator)
Digital Inputs Status and Control External Devices
External device status
External device status
DCS
(Distributed Control System)
490-PRO Micro GC
ModBus
Relays controlled by DCS through ModBus register
Timed Relays
Alarm Yes/No
Digital Output External Devices
Controlled by 490-PRO Micro GC
123
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
6 Local User Interface (LCD)
Installation Requirements 124
Micro GC LCD Module Installation 125
Mechanical Product Specifications 128
Connectors 129
Shipping Instructions 129
Cleaning Instructions 129
Disposal Instructions 129
124 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
6 Local User Interface (LCD)
Installation Requirements
Environmental requirements
Intended for indoor use.
Protect the Micro GC LCD Module from corrosive chemicals or gases, dust/particulate accumulation, and direct venting of air conditioners, heaters, furnaces, or fans.
Build in an external housing before operating.
Micro GC
The Micro GC LCD Module need specific level of hardware and software to function correctly.
For problems or questions about the Micro GC hardware or software, please contact your nearest Agilent Technologies representative.
Space requirements
Allow sufficient bench space to permit installation of workstations, integrators and other Micro GC equipment.
Power source
The LCD Module is powered throughout the Micro GC.
Local User Interface (LCD) 6
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 125
Micro GC LCD Module Installation
Inspection
The Micro GC LCD Module will arrive packed in one small box. Inspect the cartons carefully for damage or signs of rough handling. Report damage to the carrier and to your local Agilent office.
Unpacking
Unpack the Micro GC LCD Module and accessories carefully and transfer to the work area, using proper handling techniques. Inspect the Micro GC LCD Module and accessories carefully for damage or signs of rough handling. Report damage to the carrier and to your local Agilent office.
Check the packing list to see if you have received all that you require.
CAUTION Before performing the unpacking procedure be sure to wear an ESD (Elec- tronic Static Discharges) strap.
126 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
6 Local User Interface (LCD)
Packing list
Connect LCD Module
The LCD Module is 100 % tested at the factory. The display has sensitive electronic components, and must be handled with care, especially concerning damage by ESD (electrostatic discharge).
The LCD Module can be built in a housing using the Mechanical Product Specifications on page 128.
Agilent is NOT responsible for any damage occurred during mechanical handling.
To connect the LCD Module to the Micro GC use the included cable and connect according to Figure 78.
LCD Module
Cable, 9 pins
CD-Rom with manuals
CAUTION Switch the Micro GC off, remove the power cable before connecting any cable.
Local User Interface (LCD) 6
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 127
How to setup the LCD
The LCD setup is done using the PROstation software. For more information see Application Local User Interface (LCD) on page 360.
Figure 78 LCD Module connection to Micro GC mainboard (left mainboard with p/n G3581-65000, right mainboard with p/n CP740010).
490-PRO Micro GC
LCD Module
Cable, 9-pin
Female
Female
Connect to J1
Connect to COM2
128 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
6 Local User Interface (LCD)
Mechanical Product Specifications
Local User Interface (LCD) 6
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 129
Connectors
Shipping Instructions
If the Micro GC LCD Module for any reason must be sent back to the factory it is very important to follow the additional shipping instructions.
Cleaning Instructions
To keep the Micro GC LCD module surface clean:
Clean only when the Micro GC LCD Module is disconnected from the Micro GC or other equipment.
Use a soft (not hard or abrasive) brush to carefully brush away all dust and dirt.
If the outer case is dirty (never clean the inside), clean it with a soft, clean cloth dampened with mild detergent.
Do not get water on the electronics components.
Do not use compressed air to clean.
Disposal Instructions
Disposal must be carried out in accordance with all (environmental) regulations applicable in your country.
J1 pin-out Definition
Pin Function Signal name from Micro GC serial port
1 NC NC
2 NC RxD
3 RS232 Data In TxD
4 PWRA Not used
5 GND GND
6 NC NC
7 PWRB RTS
8 NC CTS
9 LCD supply +5 Volt DC
NOTE Include all cables.
130 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
6 Local User Interface (LCD)
131
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme
490-PRO Cycle and Stream Selector 132
490-PRO Chromatographic Run and Electronic Pressure 134
This chapter describes the order of five tasks a 490-PRO Micro GC performs in the different modes.
132 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme
490-PRO Cycle and Stream Selector
Figure 79 490-PRO Cycle without Stream Selector
Figure 80 490-PRO Cycle with Stream Select without Stream Ahead
Time
Chromatographic run*
Chromatogram stored (Chrom.dat).
Start single run, External Start IN
PROstation; Start Automation,
Peak, Integration, Identification, Calibration.
Application*
FTP- Service
Update Modbus registers Application results file stored (samprslt.txt)
Run cycle timeRun cycle time
Time
Ru n
cy cl
e tim
e
Fl us
h tim
e Chromatographic run *
Chromatogram stored (Chrom.dat)
External Start IN, PROstation Start single run
PROstation; Start Automation,
Start Calibration Table, Start Verification Table,
Start Execute Single sequence Line
Peak, Integration, Identification, Calibration.
Application *
FTP-Service
Update Modbus registers Application results file stored (samprslt.txt)
Run cycle time
St re
am s
el ec
tio n
490-PRO Cycle Scheme 7
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 133
Figure 81 490-PRO Cycle with Stream Select with Stream Ahead
PROstation; Start Automation,
Start Calibration Table, Start Verification Table,
Start Execute Single sequence Line, Start Single Run,
PROstation single run External Start IN
Time
Ru n
cy cl
e tim
e
Fl us
h tim
e
Chromatographic run *
Chromatogram stored (Chrom.dat)
Peak, Integration, Identification, Calibration.
Application *
FTP-Service
Update Modbus registers Application results file stored (samprslt.txt)
Run cycle time
Flush time next stream Injection + 1 sec.
134 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme
490-PRO Chromatographic Run and Electronic Pressure
Figure 82 490-PRO Run with Static (Electronic) Pressure
Pressure
TimeSample time Pressurization time
Inject time
Equilibration time
Run time
initial pressure
Run started Start data acquisition Run finishedInject
1) After the start run sampling is begun. This means that the sample is (mostly) sucked into the sample-loop.
3) Pressurization delay (240 ms), used to pressurize the sample to the same pressure as the column head pressure.
2) Fixed equilibration delay of 40 ms. This time allows the sample to settle in the sample-loop.
5) The real analysis (run) and data-acquisition is started.
6) After the specified run-time has elapsed, the run is finished.
4) During injection time the sample is transported to the column by the carrier gas.
NOTE This description is only for one channel. In most cases a dual-channel system is used; in this situation the sequence is the same, but the timing-settings can differ. If the sample-time on channel A and channel B are different, the longest time is used for both channels. Also the run-time can be specified per channel; the data-acquisition stops per channel as soon as the run-time has elapsed. The total analysis-time depends on the longest run-time
490-PRO Cycle Scheme 7
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 135
The diagram shows the situation in the Micro GC, using electronic (programmed) pressure control. The timing before the injection is identical to the static pressure cycle.
The remaining final time depends on the total run time, the duration of the initial time, and the pressure rise. This means that it is possible that the final time is zero. Another situation is that the final pressure is limited because of these settings. The software will check all parameter -values and change them into realistic values.
Figure 83 490-PRO Run with Electronic Pressure Control
Pressure
Time
Sample time Pressurization time Inject time
Equilibration time
Run time
Initial pressure
Final pressure
Start data acquisition Run finishedInject
Initial time Final timeRise time
Pressure rise Pressure relieve
Relieve time
Stabilization time
Ready
Not ready
Ready
Stabilization
time for the
pressure after
it has been
returned to the
initial pressure
Fixed 500 mS
As soon as the final-pressure is reached, the rise stops and the final-time begins. The pressure remains the same.
During initial time the column head pressure remains the same.
The pressure rise is
started, the duration is
depending on two
parameters:
Pressure rise
Final pressure
Before chromatographic run the system actual pressure must be within 0.2 kPa of initial pressure. If not, a 2 seconds delay will occur to let the pressure stabilize.
Relieve time, the time needed to decrease the column head pressure from the final pressure to the initial pressure.
NOTE During the run-time, there can be only one pressure-ramp to higher pressure.
136 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme
137
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
8 PROstation Installation
System Requirements 139
Install PROstation 140
This chapter describes how to install PROstation and other optional and convenient tools. All programs can be found on the Agilent PROstation CD-ROM. If the CD does not start automatically, double-click autorun.exe in the CD main directory.
Depending on the chosen menu item, it will install:
PROstation: The tool for configuration, method development, collecting analysis results of the 490-PRO
HistoryLog: A tool for viewing logged result files according API chapter 21 (optional license required).
VICI Valve Configurator: A tool for configuring the optional available VICI Valco electric actuated valve.
WinDCS: A tool for testing and simulating a DCS monitoring the 490-PRO through Modbus serial or TCP/IP protocol.
After choosing a menu item, a setup will be started to guide you
Figure 84 The software tools
138 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
8 PROstation Installation
through the Installation procedure. See the next chapters for installation details.
For some programs inside the 490-PRO, specific licenses are required.
The available licenses can be reviewed in the configuration screen from PROstation.
The PROstation software runs under Windows on a separate PC. When connected to the 490-PRO, it allows the user to perform uploads and downloads of configuration and method settings and to collect and display analysis results.
The 490-PRO can only store one functional method. Using serial valve interface or sample line control through the extension boards, multiple streams may be analyzed using that one method.
All workstation functions such as integration, identification, and quantification, as well as verification and calibration capabilities are performed inside the 490-PRO internal software. PROstation is used for method development, initial calibration and setup of communication required in most automated processes.
Once the method has been developed, an acceptance test can be performed. During this phase, PROstation is connected while a sequence of runs is performed. The analysis results collected by PROstation should indicate whether the method settings are appropriate to generate excellent analysis results.
Once the instrument is ready to monitor the real process, PROstation should be disconnected from the instrument while the 490-PRO operates autonomously. If tracing of data afterwards is required, set up an FTP server.
Multiple 490-PRO instruments can be configured, but only one instrument can be actively monitored by PROstation at a time. This allows flexible switching between instruments if more 490-PRO analyzers are connected to the same network.
Connection with the 490-PRO is always through TCP/IP.
PROstation Installation 8
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 139
System Requirements
Hardware
Processor speed: Processor with 2 GHz CPU or higher
Internal RAM: Recommended 4 GB RAM or more using Windows 7
Peripherals: CD-ROM player
Free Ethernet port
Free USB slot for the PROstation USB license key
Software
Supported Microsoft Windows versions: Windows XP professional edition (ServicePack 2 or higher), Windows 7 32 or 64 bit (ServicePack 1 or higher), or Windows 8.1.
Other BootP services must be disabled.
140 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
8 PROstation Installation
Install PROstation
1 Insert the CD-ROM 490-PRO Software Tools; the CD will autostart.
2 Select Install PROstation to start the installation.
Users must log in as a Windows administrator.
Ensure no other Windows applications are running during the PROstation installation.
3 After choosing the PROstation item from the setup menu, a welcome screen is visible. The welcome screen shows the version of PROstation and points to some important notes. Note that the version you will install from the CD-ROM probably will be newer than the one displayed in this picture. (Figure 85)
4 Click Next, you will get the License Agreement window. (Figure 86 on page 141.)
Read the license Agreement carefully.
Figure 85 The Welcome screen
PROstation Installation 8
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 141
5 After reading the license agreement, select I agree to the terms of this license agreement and click Next. (Figure 86)
6 On the Select Packages screen, select 490 Micro GC Emulator. By default, it is selected. (Figure 87)
Figure 86 The license agreement
Figure 87 Select Packages
142 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
8 PROstation Installation
7 Select the folder where PROstation should be installed. We suggest choosing the default folder. Click Next. (Figure 88)
Figure 88 Installation folder
PROstation Installation 8
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 143
8 Fill in the name of the Shortcut folder and select whether or not shortcuts may be available to all users; then click Next. (Figure 89)
Install shortcuts for current user only is NOT a hard protection mechanism. It means that only the current user has a PROstation shortcut in the Windows Start menu. If some other user finds PROstation on the hard disk, he can still run it.
Figure 89 Shortcut folder
144 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
8 PROstation Installation
9 Setup is ready to transfer files to the computer, click Install. (Figure 90)
10 Click OK after installation, to restart the computer. (Figure 91)
Figure 90 The ready screen
Figure 91 The restart screen
PROstation Installation 8
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 145
11 If, during the installation, an error message is shown concerning a Crypto-Box, files for the PROstation USB Key already exist and they are in use by a previous version of PROstation or by another application. You can now either follow instructions to complete the setup or cancel the installation; in both cases you should close all Windows applications and restart the installer to fulfill the Crypto-Box installation successfully. (Figure 92)
Figure 92 Crypto-Box
146 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
8 PROstation Installation
147
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Installation 148
Create a new instrument by importing a configuration file 150
Open Emulation Mode 153
Offline Data Processing 156
Close an Emulated Instrument 159
The GC Emulator is a Microsoft Windows application and an optional component of PROstation that mimics the behavior of a 490-PRO micro GC.
The GC emulator can be thought of as the Windows version of the Micro GC firmware. In other words, the program acts like a digital 490-PRO GC.
148 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Installation
To install the GC Emulator:
1 Double click the PROstation setup file.
2 The PROstation setup wizard appears. Follow the onscreen instructions.
3 On the Select Packages screen, select 490 Micro GC Emulator. By default, it is selected.
Figure 93 PROstation setup
Figure 94 Select packages
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 149
4 Continue following the onscreen instructions to complete the installation process. When the installation is complete, the GC emulator is installed in the directory shown below.
Figure 95 GC emulator install directory.
150 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Create a new instrument by importing a configuration file
Note: this is a PROstation feature, not a GC Emulator feature, but is very useful when using the GC emulator. In this use case, you may not be able to configure the instrument by connecting to the real device and may have a preconfigured standalone configuration file (for example, by copying one from another PROstation).
To create a new instrument by importing a configuration file:
1 Open PGCMain. Click File > New Instrument from Config file...
2 Select the configuration file you want to import into PROstation. This file has a .cfg extension. Click Open to import the selected file.
3 Click OK to import the configuration file, or click Configure to further review the instrument settings
Figure 96 New instrument from Config file...
Figure 97 Open configuration file
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 151
4 The imported instrument is now listed in the main window of PGCMain, and can be used for GC emulation.
Figure 98 Configure instrument
Figure 99 Instrument settings
152 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Figure 100 Imported instruments in PROstation
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 153
Open Emulation Mode
The emulation mode mimics the behavior of a 490 PRO micro GC. This mode can be used in a variety of circumstances, including when access to a physical micro GC is not available.
To open an instrument in the emulation mode:
1 Right-click the desired instrument and select Emulator > Open in Emulation Mode. This instrument may be a preconfigured instrument or an imported one.
The 490 micro GC emulator can only mimic one instrument at a time. If an emulator is already open and running, close it before opening a new emulator. See Close an Emulated Instrument on page 159 for more details.
The emulated instrument opens in a command window. The PGCInst window appears and automatically connects to the virtual machine. The emulated GC has the same configuration settings as the preconfigured one used to launch it, such as channel number and types.
Figure 101 Open in emulation mode
154 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
The title bar and status bar indicate that the instrument is emulated.
2 You are now able to control the emulated micro GC as if it is a real one. You can upload, download, and change methods, start a run or a sequence, or do reprocessing.
Note: Some features are disabled in the emulation mode. The Peak simulation, however, is always enabled. The peaks displayed are for demonstration purposes only.
Figure 102 Emulation window
Figure 103 Title and status bar indicating emulation mode
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 155
Figure 104 Emulated instrument status
Figure 105 Downloading and uploading to/from the emulated GC
156 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Offline Data Processing
The GC Emulator can be used to provide PROstation's offline data processing function without connecting to a real micro GC, or as a demonstration tool (for example, for teaching).
To process data using the GC emulator:
1 Right-click the desired instrument and select Emulator > Open in Emulation Mode.
2 Open the data that you want to reprocess.
3 Apply the method you wish to use. You may create a new method, or modify an existing method, by opening the existing file and manually changing it or using the wizard (File > Method > Wizard).
4 Download the data, method, and application to the emulated GC.
Figure 106 Open data for reprocessing
Figure 107 Applying a method
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 157
5 Recalculate the run
6 The calculated application result displays. The result is exactly the same as downloading the data to a real 490-PRO micro GC. If needed, save the result.
7 Besides the single recalculation, you may also make use of the reprocess list feature of PROstation (Automation > Reprocess List). This operation is the same as working with a real instrument.
Figure 108 Downloading the data, method, and application
Figure 109 Recalculate current run
158 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Figure 110 Reprocess a list
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 159
Close an Emulated Instrument
Only one instrument emulation may be running at a time.
If you attempt to open another instrument in emulation mode without properly terminating the previous one, you will see a warning message.
To close an emulated instrument session, right click the instrument you are emulating and select Emulator > Close Emulator.
Figure 111 Error message upon attempting to open a second emulator
160 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Figure 112 Closing an emulator
161
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
10 Instrument Configuration
Main Menu 162
Main Menu Functions 166
Instrument Configuration 170
490-PRO Configuration 171
Communication Frame 173
Configuration Frame 175
Services Frame 203
PROstation Operation 204
The instrument must be configured (software settings) before the first operation.
162 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Main Menu
PROstation can be started from the Windows desktop or the Windows menu. After a login procedure, you enter the main menu manager where you can configure 490-PRO instruments.
Login procedure
After starting PROstation, a login screen is displayed. In this screen, you can type the username and password. Depending on the username and password you will log in as one of the three default security levels. Table 23 displays the default usernames and passwords.
By entering an administrator username and password, the usernames and passwords can be changed for all levels by clicking the Change button.
If the No Password checkbox is enabled, passwords are not required to login. The Security levels and corresponding usernames, are unchanged.
Change password
The password can be changed to the user preference. Press the Change button to change the password.
There are two options:
No Password option: enabling this option gives the user the ability to log in to PROstation without password.
Edit a new password in the Password field (admin/new password?)
Click the OK button. PROstation will return to the main login window.
Password should be changed successfully.
Table 23 Security level
Security level Username Password
admin demo
Service level service demo
Read only level readonly demo
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 163
Press OK button in this window; now the user is logged in to PROstation.
To verify that Password is changed successfully, close and reopen PROstation.
Now the user must log in with new Password or click the OK button when No Password option is enabled. PROstation opens with the main screen as shown in Figure 113 on page 166.
Depending on the security level, the user will have different privileges. Table 24 gives an overview of the privileges for each security level.
Table 24 Privilege
Privilege
Administrator level
Service level
Read only level
Reading all available status parameters
X X X
Open, Edit and save Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings,
X
Up-/download and Edit calibration amounts
X X
Up-/download Method X X
Up-/download Application X
Up-/download Sequence (Automation)
X X
Up-/download and Edit site information
X X
Up-/download Modbus settings
X
Up-/download FTP service X
Up-/download chromatogram data
X
Up-/download Real time clock
X X
Uploading sample results X X
Uploading diagnostics X X
164 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Unrestricted use of PROstation requires an authorization key (dongle), delivered with the software disk. When the authorization key is not detected, PROstation runs in demonstration mode with limited functionality. Moreover, in demonstration mode, all privileges are set to read only. Table 25 on page 165 gives an overview of the available functionality for normal and demonstration mode.
Up-/download Usersettings from the Configuration
X X* X*
Starting and stopping the instrument
X
Full control over the instrument
X
* upload only
Table 24 Privilege (continued)
Privilege
Administrator level
Service level
Read only level
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 165
Table 25 PROstation functionality for normal versus demonstration mode
Option
Normal Agilent authorization key found
Demo No Agilent authorization key found, Offline instrument
Create a virtual instrument X X
Create online instrument X
Number of active instruments at the same time
4 1
Number of instruments created 100 1
Open Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
X*
* logged in as administrator only
X
Saving Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
X* X
Download Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
X*
Getting status information of an connected instrument
X
Start or stop an instrument X*
166 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Main Menu Functions
After login, the main menu will be started. The main menu consists of two frames. The upper frame shows all controllable instruments. The lower frame shows all configured instruments.
Configured instrument menu
The Configured Instrument menu can be popped up by a right--click on one of the configured instruments. In the Configured Instrument menu, the following menu items can be selected:
Copy instrument X to control window
Copies the selected instrument to the Control window, it is then available for controlling. An error message will be displayed when the:
Instrument already exists in the Control frame.
Number of instruments exceeds the maximum of four.
Configure Instrument X
Configures the selected instrument.
Figure 113 Main menu
Configured Instruments window
Here all configured instruments are shown. The maximum number of configured instruments is 100.
Control window
A maximum of four instruments can be shown in the control window, only one can be controlled at a time.
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 167
Create new Instrument
When a new instrument is created, it will appear in the Configured Instruments frame and in the Control frame (maximum number of controllable instruments in the control window is four).
You must be logged in as Administrator or Service level to create a new instrument.
Delete Instrument X
Removes the selected instrument permanently from the list with configured instruments and from PROstation.
Control menu
The Control window is the frame where all controllable instruments are visible. The maximum number of controllable instruments is four.
Controllable Instrument Menu
The control menu, for an existing and configured instrument, can be accessed in several ways: through the Control pulldown menu and right clicking on a controllable instrument.
Figure 114 Control menu
168 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
In the Controllable Instrument menu, the following items can be selected:
Open Open the selected Instrument. The privileges depend on the Login level, see Login procedure on page 162.
Open as read only Open the selected Instrument as read only. The instrument has the same capabilities as when you are logged in as Read only user, see Login procedure on page 162.
Open as Offline Open the selected instrument as Offline. The instrument allows method editing for that particular configured instrument.
Configure Configures the selected instrument See Instrument Configuration on page 170.
Remove from control Removes the selected instrument from the control window. The removed Instrument will still be available in the Configured instruments window.
Virtual instrument
After creating a new instrument you can choose whether you want the instrument to be a real instrument or a Virtual instrument.
In PROstation Created, instruments can be either new, configured or Virtual.
New instrument is the instrument state directly after creation.
Configured instrument is a new instrument, which had contact with a 490-PRO instrument and uploaded its configuration. If a configured instrument is used, the status will be either Busy or Off.
Virtual instrument is used for creating a method without the need to be connected to an instrument. In the instrument configuration menu, hardware tab you can set the Virtual instrument mode.
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 169
It is not possible to make a configured instrument Virtual, although a configured instrument can be opened as Offline.
An instrument opened as Offline will not make contact with the 490-PRO instrument.
An instrument Opened as Offline has a fixed hardware configuration; in a virtual instrument the hardware configuration is freely editable.
Table 26 New Instrument
Option
New instrument **
Configured instrument opened normally
Configured instrument Opened Offline
Virtual instrument
Hardware Configuration editable
X X
Selecting to create an Virtual instrument
X***
Configure network-settings X X
Upload Configuration X X
Download Usersettings X*
Download PROstation settings
X*
Open/Edit Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
X* X* X*
Saving/Edit Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
X* X* X*
Upload a method X
Download Method-, application-, sequence-, datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
X*
Getting status information of a connected instrument
X
Start or stop an instrument X
* Logged in as administrator only
** After configuring network settings and uploading configuration, the new instrument becomes configured.
*** When selecting this option an upload is not possible
170 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Instrument Configuration
Configuration of instruments and detectors is done from the Main Menu of PROstation. To access instrument configuration, either create a new instrument or select an instrument by highlighting it, then select the Control/Configure command. Or, click the instrument with the right-mouse button and select Configure from the popup menu.
You must have PROstation Administrator privileges to configure instruments.
To configure a new instrument:
Select File\New Instrument or Ctrl+N.
A Configure Instrument window will appear, see Figure 115.
Instrument Serial number is not identified yet.
Click the Configure button. The 490-PRO configuration window appears displaying the configuration settings of the instrument.
At this point, the default settings of PROstation are displayed.
When you select the Configure command for a 490-PRO, a configuration dialog box appears, see Figure 116 on page 171.
Figure 115 Configuration dialog
Serial Number
Instrument serial number will be displayed once communication is established.
Title
Enter an identification name for the instrument. The name will appear in the icon and in the application window, as well as in other areas.
Instrument Type
Select 490-PRO Micro GC
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 171
490-PRO Configuration
In this configuration screen, the 490-PRO Micro GC can be configured. The screen is divided into three frames:
Communication Frame
Services Frame
Configuration Frame
1 Enter the IP address as described in Ethernet communication on page 173.
2 Press Upload Config to upload the 490-PRO Micro GC hardware configuration to the computer. The uploaded configuration consists of user settings and all information about software versions, etc. Once the configuration is uploaded to the computer, all the settings in the Hardware tab will be locked.
Figure 116 Configuration
172 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Do not press the Upload button If a 490-PRO Micro GC is not connected.
Manually select the hardware settings, which match a virtual connected 490-PRO. This can be useful for method development on a computer without having a 490-PRO connected.
3 Fill in the user settings parameters (carrier gas, number of flush cycles, etc) and download to the 490-PRO Micro GC.
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 173
Communication Frame
Ethernet communication
Select the Setup IP address button to setup the IP address for the instrument. If the IP address is already known (and in the correct subnet range) only the IP address has to be typed in, see Figure 117.
It is also possible to change the IP address and to view all the 490-PRO Micro GCs connected to the subnet.
Find instruments on the network
The Find Instruments on the network feature is used to view all the 490-PROs on the local subnet.
For each 490-PRO detected, the IP address, instrument serial number and status is displayed.
If the instrument is already controlled from another computer, the IP address of that computer will be displayed. If not, the status free is displayed.
This can be helpful if the IP address of an instrument is forgotten or unknown.
Figure 117 Setup Ethernet connection
174 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Instruments connected to the network with an invalid IP address for that subnet are also detected, but without the instrument serial number. This is because the Find Instruments on the network feature is using a connection-less protocol (UDP); however, the serial number is loaded using a TCP/IP connection.
Assign new IP address
The Assign IP address button only functions for previous revision mainboard (with p/n CP740010).
For the IP assignment procedure for the latest revision mainboard, see Step 6: Assign IP address on page 48.
Figure 118 Find instruments on the network
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 175
Configuration Frame
In this frame, different tabs are available:
Hardware tab 175 User settings tab 177 PROstation tab 179 Automation tab 180 Info tab 199
Always click the Upload Config button before editing the various tabs (except if you want to create a virtual instrument).
The instrument hardware settings, user settings, instrument serial number, available licenses, and general information (such as software version numbers, etc.) will be uploaded from the 490-PRO and displayed in the Configuration tabs.
Hardware tab
The Hardware Tab contains the hardware settings of the 490-PRO. These can be uploaded from the instrument by pressing the Upload Config button.
The configuration screen of newly created instruments will have all options available.
Figure 119 Hardware Tab
176 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
After an upload has been performed from a connected 490-PRO, all settings in the configuration screen will be overwritten with the settings of the connected 490-PRO. Some options will no longer be editable.
To overcome this, a checkbox option is available to create a virtual instrument, which cannot connect to an instrument and can always be used for method creation/demo purposes.
If not checked, the virtual instrument checkbox disappears as soon as an upload has been performed.
If the configuration is not uploaded from the instrument but manually selected, control of the instrument is impossible. Manual configuration can be useful for method development on a computer without having a 490-PRO connected.
Available Licenses and Options
After performing an upload, the available licenses in the 490-PRO will be visible.
Available licenses:
490-PRO Licenses
License to identify itself as a 490-PRO and operate as such.
Energy Meter option
License to get enhanced calculation options.
Energy meter option must be activated on the User Tab (only in combination with 490-PRO license).
API 21 Logging
Storing analysis results of 35 days maximum according to API chapter 21.
API 21 must be activated on the User Tab (only in combination with 490-PRO license).
Modbus serial
Option to configure and use Serial Modbus communication. (only in combination with 490-PRO license.)
Modbus TCP/IP
Web Server
Option to have access to the 490-PRO instrument web site, showing the instrument status and last analysis results.
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 177
User settings tab
The User settings tab contains user selectable parameters. Press the Download button to download all changes to the 490-PRO.
Carrier gas
Select the carrier gas for the application. Changing carrier gas requires a special procedure, which must be followed. The GC driver will guide you through the special procedure.
Pop up window: Reboot your instrument. In this example, system carrier gas type is changed from He to N2.
Download User Settings
Press the Download User settings button to download the settings Channel disabled, Carrier gas, Continuous flow, Peak simulation and the Number of flushcycles to the 490-PRO Micro GC. Only the parameters from the user Settings tab are downloaded.
Channel disabled
Disable an installed channel. Once an installed channel is disabled, the 490-PRO Micro GC will ignore this channel.
Figure 120 Pop up window changing carrier gas
178 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Continuous Flow
Select continuous flow if this is required.
Peak simulation
Peak simulation can be used for demonstration and communication testing. If it is selected, all the GC channels will generate a default chromatogram.
Flush cycles
The number of flush cycles is configurable. Select between None, 1, 2, and 3 flush cycles. The Flush cycle is invoked at startup of the instrument or when pressure is restored after a low-pressure error.
490-PRO activation
Activate 490-PRO behavior. The connected instrument must have a 490-PRO License before activation is possible. See Available Licenses and Options on page 176.
Energy meter activation
Activate Energy meter behavior. The connected instrument must have a 490-PRO and Energy meter license before activation is possible. See Available Licenses and Options on page 176.
API 21 Logging activation
Activate API 21 logging behavior. The connected instrument must have a license before activation is possible. See Available Licenses and Options on page 176.
If not checked, the instrument will act as a standard 490-PRO Micro GC and requires a workstation connected (Galaxie).
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 179
PROstation tab
Channel description
The channel descriptions are uploaded from the Electronic Data Sheets (EDS) of the GC channels each time the Upload Config button is pressed. This will be the description of the column installed. The descriptions will appear on top of each chromatogram window in Instrument control. The channel description can be replaced by any other text if this is desired, for instance the application name (hydrocarbons, permanent gases, etc)
Pressure units
Select between kPa and PSI. The column and ambient pressures status will be displayed in the selected pressure units in the Method Setup on page 230 and Instrument Control window of instrument control on page 649.
Figure 121 PROstation tab
180 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Automation tab
Settings for control over a number of external devices can be configured through the contents of the Automation tab.
A. IO settings
The I/O settings show the availability and usage of the different types of I/O.
Alarm relays Can be used for alarming, for instance when a specific component concentration exceeds the predefined limits. Many more parameters can be checked for exceeding their limits. Enter the number of Alarm relays to use.
Timed relays Can be used for a timed program based upon the states of the run. For example a relay can be switched X seconds after injection. Enter the number of Timed relays to use.
Figure 122 Automation tab
A
B
C
D E
F
G
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 181
Digital inputs Can read information from devices connected to the 490-PRO, for example to request a calibration run or just to pass through over Modbus. Enter the number of Digital inputs to use.
Analog outputs To convert sample results to an analog output signal (4 to 20 mA). Many parameter values can be scaled to a 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 1 V or 0 to 10 V signal. Enter the number of Analog output channels to use.
Analog inputs For collecting analog inputs (0 to 10 V) from, for instance, a flow or pressure meter. The acquired voltages can be converted to predefined units using a linear equation (y=a.x+b). The calculated units can be used in alarming, reporting or become available for a Modbus master. Enter the number of Analog input channels to use.
B. Extension board detection
I/Os are available on both the 490-PRO and Extension boards. The possible I/Os can be divided over several Extension boards. The connections on the Basic Extension Basic board serve the I/Os that are located on the 490-PRO mainboard. Pressing the button Show IO locations shows a table with the physical location of every I/O on the Extension boards. It is a read only table. See Figure 123.
Figure 123 I/O locations
182 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Column description
I/O type Gives the type and number of the specific I/Os.
BoardID, Type, Address Shows the location address, the type of the board and the address of the board on which a specific I/O is located.
Channel Channel is the location of the specific I/O on the selected Extension board or 490-PRO mainboard.
Description A short description of the IO port related to its assigned function.
C. Stream selection type
The 490-PRO supports a number of auto sampling devices:
None - With this option selected no stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO.
Serial (VICI) - If this option is selected, the option VICI is added in section D for the ports COM1 or COM2. Only one COM-port can be used for a VICI Valco valve at a time. For connection through COM1 a Null modem adapter or a Vici Null cable (p/n VLI22697NULL) should be used.
Relays (solenoids) - With this option, selected relays are used to control solenoid valves. For each stream being used, one relay is required. When selecting a stream, the corresponding relay will close while all other relays are opened.
For more information about the setup and use of a VICI stream selector valve, see section D. Communication port settings on page 184 and How to use a stream selector valve on page 185.
How to use relays for stream selection?
To use relays switching for stream selection, the Streamer Type in the Automation tab must be set to Relays (solenoids).
For each stream used, one relay is required. Relays are used to control solenoid valves. When selecting a stream, the corresponding relay will be activated. The number of streams must be set according to your setup, see Figure 124. The 490-PRO is equipped with two on-board relays of the 490-PRO. The number of relays can be increased using extension boards.
NOTE For more details about extension board functionality and setup see the separate extension board manual.
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 183
Depending on the number of board connected, 2 to 64 relays additional relays will be available. See the Extension board manual for details about this hardware.
The number of relays that must be used for stream selection should be set in the Automation tab, see Figure 124. The chosen number of relays reduces the available number of relays. The number of available relays for other tasks will be shown in the To be used column. If no relays are available, the numbers will color red, for an example see Figure 125.
After having chosen the Number of Streams, the availability of the remaining Relays and Inputs are visible in the I/O section. Press the Show IO Configuration button to observe the assignment of stream IDs to IO ports. See Figure 126.
Figure 124 Dependency of Available Relays from Number of Streams
Figure 125 More Streams requested than Relays available
Figure 126 Assignment of Stream IDs to IO ports using Streamer Type Relays (solenoids)
184 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
D. Communication port settings
The 490-PRO Micro GC is equipped with four serial ports and one USB port for connecting external devices.
VICI Stream selector valves - micro electric actuated.
LCD display - displays process data like analysis results, instrument status, etc.
Modbus and Modbus Redundant - These setting are used to setup Modbus serial connections to industrial devices.
Figure 127 and Table 27 give an overview of the port settings.
NOTE Modbus connection using TCP/IP see section is implicit available. No additional configuration is required.
Figure 127 Communication port settings
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 185
Hardware configuration for stream selection valve
How to use a stream selector valve
The 490-PRO can control VICI micro-electric actuated stream selection valves connected through USB or the serial ports on the instruments mainboard. To use these valves for stream selection, the Streamer Type in the Automation tab must be set to Serial (VICI). The number of streams must be set according to your setup.
Table 27 Communication port settings
Port Function Port type
COM1 Not used VICI Modbus Modbus Redundant
RS232 fixed
COM2 Not used VICI LCD Modbus Modbus Redundant
RS232 fixed
COM3 Not used Modbus Modbus Redundant
RS232 RS422 RS485 2-wire RS484 4-wire
COM4 Not used Modbus Modbus Redundant
RS232 RS422 RS485 2-wire RS484 4-wire
USB VICI Wi-Fi USB Storage
USB
NOTE VICI on COM 1 or COM 2 is only selectable when selected Streamer Type is set to Serial (VICI).
When Modbus or Modbus redundant is selected in combination with RS232, RTS state while not transmitting is Active. This enables the use of a RS232-to-RS485 converter.
In the configuration, VICI, Modbus, and Modbus Redundant is limited to a single port.
186 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Single valve connected (via serial com ports)
When the Number of Streams is set to 16 or less (4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, or 16), the 490-PRO Micro GC will recognize that one valve is connected. In this particular scenario, the valve ID must be set to none. Valves supplied by Agilent are standard shipped with ID = none. If however a valve ID change is required, follow the instruction given in section Setup valve identity on page 187.
A single valve could be connected to either to com port 1 or com port 2. You can also connect valves to USB with the use of a USB-to-Serial Converter (FTDI FT232 or Prolific PL2302). See Stream selector test via USB (one VICI) on page 188. The setting Comport VICI in Automation tab is used to select the com port. A specific cable for each com port is available from Agilent. See Figure 128 for cable part numbers.
Multiple valves connected (via serial com port 2)
Multiple stream selector valves, with a maximum of three, are supported on com port 2. The 490-PRO recognizes multiple valves are connected when the number of streams exceeds 16.
Each valve should have a unique valve ID when multiple valves are used; 0 for valve 1, 1 for valve 2, and 2 for valve 3. Valves supplied by Agilent are shipped with ID = none. For ID changes, follow the instruction given in section Setup valve identity .
In case two valves are connected, it is required that the first
Figure 128Connection of a single VICI stream selector valve
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 187
valve is a 16 port valve. If three valves are used, the first and second valve must be equipped with 16 ports. Multiple valves should be connected in cascade mode. The outlet of valve 2 (and valve 3) should be connected to stream number 16 on the previous valve. See Figure 129 for logical stream numbers as used in the 490 PROstation.
For each valve a serial cable is required. Moreover, multiple serial cables should be connected using a multi drop cable to com port 2. For more details about stream connections and cable part numbers, see Figure 129.
Setup valve identity
To set or change the valves identity, use the program VICI Valve configurator.exe. This program can be installed from the PROstation installation DVD. Once installed, VICI Valve Configurator can be accessed from the Windows Start bar - All Programs - Chromatography - VICI Valve Configurator.exe or C:\VICI Valve Configurator\VICI Valve Configurator.exe
The VICI Valve Configurator can set or change the ID for one valve at a time by connecting the valve to a free com port of your
Figure 129Connection of a multiple VICI stream selector valves
188 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
computer and performing the following steps.
1 Select the com port (of the PC) where the valve is connected, see Figure 130.
2 Click Detect Valve.
3 Set Baud Rate to 9600 Bauds.
4 Set ID to desired number (see Single valve connected (via serial com ports) on page 186 or Multiple valves connected (via serial com port 2) on page 186 sections for correct setting for each scenario).
5 Click Set new values.
The correct values are now set, the program can be closed.
Stream Selection requests from host
Select this when Stream selection must be done from the host system. Otherwise, the sequence in the 490-PRO will select the valves.
Stream selector test via USB (one VICI)
To run the PROstation steam selector test with one VICI Valve:
Figure 130 VICI Valve Configurator to set the correct valve ID
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 189
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Set the VICI ID to None.
2 Connect the VICI Valve to your 490 Micro GC using either a USB-to-serial cable, or through a USB hub.
We currently support the following two types of chipsets.
3 Open PROstation
4 Configure your 490 Micro GC. For one VICI Valve, the number of streams is <= 16.
Figure 131 VICI valve configurator
Figure 132 Prolific PL2303
Figure 133 FTDI FT232
190 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
You can also click the Configure USB button to check whether the attached USB-to-serial converter is recognized. The 490 Micro GC will ignore any USB serial device with an invalid SN.
The Configure USB table is read only. Currently, a valid SN will have the pattern 067b2303* for a FTDI FT232 series chipset, or 04036001* for a Prolific PL2303 family chipset.
Figure 134 Configuring your USB
Figure 135 Configure USB table
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 191
5 After rebooting, open the instrument in PROstation.
6 Select Control > Stream Selector Test.
7 Input the stream number you want to switch, and click OK. The VICI valve will switch to the target stream, and the Sample stream # will change to match.
Figure 136 Control dropdown menu
192 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
Automated run via USB (one VICI)
To start an automated run on PROstation with only one VICI Valve:
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Set the VICI ID to None.
2 Connect the VICI Valve to your 490 Micro GC using either a USB-to-serial cable, or through a USB hub.
We currently support the following two types of chipsets.
Figure 137 Manually set stream dialog
Figure 138 VICI valve configurator
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 193
3 Open PROstation.
4 Configure your 490 Micro GC. For one VICI Valve, the number of streams is <= 16.
You can also click the Configure USB button to check whether the attached USB-to-serial converter is recognized. The 490 Micro GC will ignore any USB serial device with an invalid SN.
Figure 139 Prolific PL2303
Figure 140 FTDI FT232
Figure 141 Configure USB
194 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
The Configure USB table is read only. Currently, valid SNs will have the pattern 067b2303* for a FTDI FT232 series chipset, or 04036001* for a Prolific PL2303 family chipset.
5 After rebooting, open the instrument in PROstation.
6 Set up the following sequence table and download it to your GC.
7 Start an automated run. The VICI valve will switch prior to each run, following the sequence table.
Figure 142 Configure USB table
Figure 143 Sequence table
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 195
Stream selector test via USB (two VICI)
To run the PROstation stream selector test with two VICI Valves:
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Configure one VICI valve ID to 0, and the other VICI valve ID to 1.
2 Attach the two VICIs to the 490 Micro GC through USB-to-serial converters and a USB hub.
3 Open PROstation.
4 Configure the 490 Micro GC as follows: For two VICI Valves, the Number of Streams is <= 31. You can also click Configure
Figure 144 An automated run
Figure 145 VICI valve configurator for two VICI valves
196 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
USB to check whether the attached USB-to-serial cable is recognized.
5 After rebooting, open the instrument in PROstation.
6 Click control > stream selector test.
7 Input stream 5 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 5, and VICI1 does not change.
8 Input stream 17 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 16, and VICI1 switches to 2.
9 Input stream 8 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 8, and VICI1 does not change.
10 Input stream 26 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 16, and VICI1 switches to 11.
Figure 146 Configure USB
Figure 147 Configure USB table
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 197
Automated run via USB (two VICI)
To start an automated run on PROstation with two VICI Valves:
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Configure one VICI valve ID to 0, and the other VICI valve ID to 1.
Figure 148 Manually set stream
Figure 149 VICI valve configurator for two VICI valves
198 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
2 Attach the two VICIs to the 490 Micro GC through USB-to-serial converters and a USB hub.
3 Open PROstation.
4 Configure the 490 Micro GC as follows: For two VICI Valves, the Number of Streams is <= 31. You can also click Configure USB to check whether the attached USB-to-serial cable is recognized.
5 Setup the following sequence table and download it to your GC.
6 Start the automated run. The VICIs will switch according to the table.
Figure 150 Configure USB
Figure 151 Sequence table
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 199
E. Modbus serial settings
This section only applies to the Modbus communication over serial. These communication settings are the same for the Modbus primary and the Modbus Redundant connection. If Modbus over serial is not configured, one can ignore this section.
F. Postpone run till external ready in
This setting is used to synchronize another device with the 490-PRO. If selected, the 490-PRO will postpone the start of its run until the Ready-In signal is true. External Ready In is included in determination of overall Instrument Readiness.
G. Download
After changing the automation settings, it is mandatory to download these settings to the 490-PRO. After a download, a reboot of the instrument is required to enable all settings.
Info tab
The Info tab contains information about software versions,
Figure 152 An automated run
Modbus Serial Settings
Baud rate 1200 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19200 | 38400 | 57600 | 115200
Data bits 8 | 7
Stop bits 1 | 2
Parity None | Odd | Even
200 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
serial numbers and part numbers uploaded from the GC when the Upload Config button is pressed.
MPU
Software version of the GC application in the MPU of the 490-PRO.
Firmware I/O Ext.
Software version of the I/O Extenders, a micro controller in the 490-PRO on every GC channel.
Serial# Analytical Module
Serial numbers of the analytical module part of the GC channel.
Part number#
Part number of each GC channel.
Figure 153 Configuration (Admin)
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 201
GC_DLL
Software version of the GC_DLL.dll library used by the PROstation. This library contains the communication and protocol layer.
InstDataExchange
Software version of the InsDataExchange.dll used by PROStation. This library creates a connection between the different parts of PROstation.
I/O Controller
Software version of the I/O Controller, a micro controller in the 490-PRO
Exit configuration
Exit configuration screen by clicking the OK button. The instruments serial number is displayed in the Configure Instrument screen.
Exit configuration page by clicking the OK button Figure 154.
The created instrument now appears in the PROstation database and its serial number is shown, as well as IP address and busy status, see Figure 155 on page 202.
When instrument connection status is Off, this indicates that the instrument is not in use.
Figure 154 Exit system configuration
202 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
When instrument is in use (the instrument is opened in PROstation) Busy is displayed, see Figure 155 on page 202.
Figure 155 Instrument connected status
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 203
Services Frame
Calibrate pressure sensors
Select this service if the pressure sensors have to be calibrated.
Calibration must only be carried out if there is any reason to distrust the actual column pressure as shown in the Instrument Status window.
It is important to exactly follow the instructions given by PROstation.
1 Disconnect the carrier gas tubing.
2 Allow the 490-PRO to stabilize (2 minutes).
3 The TCD filaments will automatically switch off when low carrier gas pressure has been detected.
4 Press the OK button.
5 Reboot the 490-PRO.
Reboot 490-PRO Micro GC
The Reboot 490-PRO Micro GC service allows you to restart the 490-PRO processor remotely. This can be useful in case of Ethernet communication and long distance between computer and 490-PRO.
End configuration
After all necessary information has been entered and downloaded to the 490-PRO instrument, the configuration must be exited and accepted by pressing the OK button on the 490-PRO configuration window and OK from the configuration instrument window.
Now the instrument is completely configured and the configuration information is stored.
From the PROstation main menu, one can select and open an instrument by double-left clicking on the appropriate instrument icon to continue method development.
204 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
PROstation Operation
Once programmed, the 490-PRO gas chromatograph is capable of running samples and report results to external computers without any workstation connected. Programming the 490-PRO is done using the PROstation package.
PROstation is the communication interface between your PC and the 490-PRO.
PROstation allows up- and downloading of various method parts. Inside PROstation, the methods can be edited only. PROstation is not a standard data handling system. It can not do any integration or result calculation. That is handled inside the 490-PRO.
PROstation is capable of collecting and showing results only. After the instrument(s) have been configured, a method should be developed.
Method development takes a number of separate steps: The first part is the development of the chromatographic method:
1 Set Clock (it is advised to use the PC clock).
2 Run a (test or calibration) sample with correct analytical instrument settings.
3 Develop and set integration parameters.
4 Run the method wizard.
5 Complete the identification table.
6 Set up calibration parameters.
7 Run the application wizard.
8 Complete all application features.
9 Run a sample and show integration and application results.
10 Setup automation (sequence, FTP service, etc).
11 Start full automation.
Method development tables should be completed for each individual channel separately. Once this is done, the application should be set. The application contains all information regarding the way results are reported, either after normalization or through the embedded Energy Meter application (license protected).
The Automation should be built. Automation determines how the 490-PRO will operate. Automation selects the sample stream, determines if a run is a normal run, a calibration,
Instrument Configuration 10
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 205
verification or a blank run. Automation also controls the external communication through ModBus as well as file and/or result transfer to an external storage facility (FTP)
Method -, Application -, and Automation information are all stored in separate files to allow the use of a specific part in another 490-PRO instrument that must handle a sample identically (automation) or communicates to the same external computer (Modbus).
Note that for changes to take effect, different types of downloads to the instrument are required.
All details about peak calibration can be found in the chapter Multi Level Calibration on page 677.
Find a number of Input Output signal cases in the chapter I/O Cases on page 705.
206 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
10 Instrument Configuration
207
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
11 PROstation Instrument User Controls
Log in 208
Instrument Method Setup 209
User Log In 210
Toolbar Instrument Control 214
208 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
11 PROstation Instrument User Controls
Log in
When PROstation is started, User Name and Password are requested. Press the Change button to set up passwords for different end users. The default password is demo for all users.
Figure 156 PROstation login window
PROstation Instrument User Controls 11
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 209
Instrument Method Setup
Right click on instruments to open the instruments dialog menu.
Select the Open option for full Instrument control. This is required for method development and acceptance, see Figure 157. The Open option can also be achieved by double left-mouse clicking the instruments icon.
The operator is also able to remove the instrument from the PROstation database, Open as read only in order to only view the ongoing analysis or to Open Off line for off line method development or analysis results display.
There is detailed information about Instrument Setup on page 230.
Figure 157 Open Instrument menu
210 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
11 PROstation Instrument User Controls
User Log In
There are three user levels for logging into the instrument. Each level requires a unique login. Set up a unique password for each user, see Figure 158.
Method developer (admin)
Developers have full control of the instrument and are authorized to modify any parameter, unless the method protection jumper is placed, see Instrument Overview on page 23.
Service engineer (service)
Engineers are authorized to change only a few parameters. These include:
Changing the concentrations of calibration mixtures (after placing a new calibration bottle).
Changing the sequence
Starting and Stopping a sequence
Testing Input/Output the signals
Setting date and time of internal clock.
Changing parameters in the Site Information window
Instrument control and method editing menus are limited, see Figure 159 and Figure 160 on page 211.
Figure 158 Three levels of login each with password
PROstation Instrument User Controls 11
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 211
Operator (read only mode)
The authorization only includes viewing reports, chromatograms, method, instrument status, etc. The Instrument Control menu only consists of uploading methods to PROstation and viewing instrument status.
Figure 159 Instrument control menu for service engineers
Figure 160 Service menu for changing methods for service engineers
Figure 161 Control menu for operators (read only mode)
212 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
11 PROstation Instrument User Controls
Off line control
Off line control allows you to setup methods without an instrument connected.
Another feature is exporting component results from a selected peak (searched by peak name) in a selected group of FTP sample results files. The exported file can be opened in Excel for further analysis. Also sample result files (file name *_prslt) generated by PROstation can be (re-) exported to a csv (comma separated text file). The export file is identical to the export file as defined in menu Method - Advanced.
Figure 162 Off-Line control
PROstation Instrument User Controls 11
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 213
Figure 163 Batch report
214 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
11 PROstation Instrument User Controls
Toolbar Instrument Control
Once logged in as an administrator (method development), the toolbar in Figure 164 is shown.
The PROstation menus and toolbars should be used to instruct PROstation what to do. The more frequently used commands have images on the lower toolbar. Use the GC Channel selector to browse through all installed GC channels for every opened window under the Method menu.
Figure 164 GC Channel selector
215
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
Import/Export 216
Method Wizard 219
Application Wizard 220
Sequence Wizard 222
Modbus Wizard 223
This chapter describes the Instrument Control program file menu. Its function is method development and monitoring analysis.
216 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
Import/Export
PROstation stores chromatograms in a proprietary format with a .pdat file extension. Using the import/export functionality of PROstation it is possible to exchange chromatograms between OpenLAB CDS EZChrom, Galaxie CDS, PROstation FTP service, and PROstation.
The file menu gives access to this functionality, see Figure 165.
Import FTP Service file
The 490-PRO Micro GC typically runs in unattended mode, where configured calculation values are reported through Modbus and/or analog signals. The 490-PRO Micro GC can be configured to store chromatograms on an FTP server, see Automation FTP Service on page 631. This allows the user or service engineer to investigate the chromatograms.
The FTP service of the 490-PRO Micro GC stores the files with the .dat extension. These files can be imported into PROstation using the Import FTP Service file.
Import Galaxie ascii file
The Galaxie CDS collects chromatograms in its proprietary format. The method can be configured to export the chromatogram in ascii format, see Galaxie manual for details. The exported ascii files can be imported into PROstation. After importing the ascii file the chromatograms are shown in PROstation.
Figure 165 File menu
PROstation Instrument File Menu 12
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 217
Import OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file
The OpenLAB CDS EZChrom collects chromatograms in its proprietary format. The method can be configured to export the chromatogram in ascii format, see OpenLAB CDS EZChrom manual for details. The exported ascii files can be imported into PROstation. After importing the ascii file the chromatograms are shown in PROstation.
Export as Galaxie ascii file
The chromatograms collected in PROstation can be exported to Galaxie ascii format. A single channel can be exported to an ascii file. The channel should be selected using the Select Channel Galaxie Data screen, see Figure 166.
The exported ascii file contains two columns, the Time column in minutes and the Value column.
Export as OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file
The chromatograms collected in PROstation can be exported to OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii format. This exported ascii file can be imported into OpenLAB CDS EZChrom using the Open Data file menu item (File>Open>Data menu structure) and
Figure 166 Channel selection
NOTE This file can also be imported into Excel.
218 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
selecting the SSI Ascii (*.asc) file type, see Figure 167. For more details see the OpenLAB CDS EZChrom manual.
Figure 167 Import chromatogram into OpenLAB CDS EZChrom
PROstation Instrument File Menu 12
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 219
Method Wizard
The method wizard can be used to easily generate a Method containing Peak identification/Calibration settings extracted from an analysis run.
To activate the method wizard, from the PROstation toolbar select file\method\wizard:
The method wizard fills the different method tables with necessary default data. Check the appropriate boxes for the tables you want the wizard to fill. Note that filling the Peak Identification/Calibration Table is only valuable after the integration parameters have been optimized. This implies that you can use the wizard multiple times for different tables.
Figure 168 Method Wizard
220 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
Application Wizard
From the Application menu Normalization, Calorific Power, Analog, and Digital Control can be defined.
An Application or Verification check is only required when Calorific values, IOs or an LCD screen are defined.
Activate Application Wizard. Select File\Application\Wizard.
Select from the Application window, select option Generate Normalization table from Method-Peak table, see Figure 169 on page 221.
Select the options required for later instrument operation and click OK.
Save Application (Save as... option). Edit a proper application file name.
To access the sequence, select Automation\Sequence. Fine tune the sequence after the sequence wizard has created most of the parameters.
Find information about Sequence setup in the chapter PROstation Automation Menu on page 387.
Save sequence and download sequence to the instrument, see Figure 169 on page 221.
PROstation Instrument File Menu 12
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 221
Figure 169 Application Wizard
222 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
Sequence Wizard
Select the sequence wizard to quickly set up a sequence from scratch.
To activate the sequence wizard, from the PROstation toolbar select File\Sequence\Wizard.
Figure 170 Sequence Wizard
PROstation Instrument File Menu 12
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 223
Modbus Wizard
Select the Modbus Setup Wizard to generate a modbus table from scratch containing a list of modbus registers holding the sample results, instrument status, instrument control, etc. To activate the Modbus wizard, from the PROstation toolbar select file\Modbus\wizard. More information can be found in Automation Modbus Setup on page 402.
Figure 171 Modbus Setup Wizard
224 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
12 PROstation Instrument File Menu
225
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
13 PROstation Instrument View Menu
View 226
This chapter describes the Instrument Control program view menu. Its function is method development and monitoring analysis.
226 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
13 PROstation Instrument View Menu
View
From the PROstation toolbar, select View:
There is a choice between two different workspaces:
When the instrument is running a single run or sequence, one can monitor the instrument by making PROstation display the live chromatogram, Integration or Application report and instrument status.
The layout of PROstation can be defined by positioning the required windows on the screen and followed by a save of the workspace. In the View window, one can select the workspace to activate.
Application workspace
Detailed instrument status, application report and the actual channel data. The chromatogram window has all kinds of scaling functionality. This is identical to the scaling functions in the Calibration chart, see Calibration chart on page 284. Figure 172 on page 226 is an example of the Application Workspace.
Figure 172 View menu
PROstation Instrument View Menu 13
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 227
In PROstation, the following reports are available:
Integration Report
Application Report
Stream Application Report, the last application report for every sample stream.
Diagnostic Report containing operation errors and other events (upload report first Control\diagnostic\OK).
Select Report\ Report type.
Printing options are also available in this menu.
User workspace
The user workspace displays a fixed number of windows on the screen which cannot be changed.
Figure 173 Example of application workspace of PROstation view.
228 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
13 PROstation Instrument View Menu
229
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Instrument Setup 230
Integration Events 236
Peak Identification 254
Peak Calibration 266
Method Advanced 292
Method Properties 293
This chapter describes the Instrument Control program method menu. Its function is method development and monitoring analysis
The method consists of all windows found under the Method menu.
230 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Instrument Setup
Before you can make a run with your 490-PRO, you must set up the instrument and data acquisition parameters for one or both channels of the instrument. To access the Instrument Setup dialog, click the Instrument Setup icon on the toolbar, or select the Method/Instrument Setup command from the menu.
490-PRO Micro GC tab
The 490-PRO Micro GC tab consists of the sub tabs: Channel and Common. For each single-channel installed in the 490-PRO Micro GC, a separate channel tab will appear. Installed channels, which are disabled in the configuration, will not be displayed.
Figure 174 Method setup
Figure 175 490-PRO Micro GC tab
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 231
Instrument common tab
This tab contains parameters you can set which are common for all installed channels.
Sample time
Sample time determines the amount of time the pump operates to draw the sample into the sample loop. The sample time entered here applies to all channels.
Sample line temperature
This setting controls the instrument heated sample line (only when the sample line is physically connected).
Stabilizing time
If a value larger than zero is entered for Stabilizing time, an extra instrument state will be created, the Stabilizing state.
Continuous flow
This is the current continuous flow setting in the 490-PRO. At startup of Instrument control, this setting is uploaded from the 490-PRO.
Flush cycles
This is the current number of flush cycles in the 490-PRO. At startup of Instrument control this setting is uploaded from the 490-PRO.
Figure 176 Common tab
232 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Peak simulation
This is the current peak simulation setting in the 490-PRO. At the startup of Instrument control, this setting is uploaded from the 490-PRO.
Stabilization Time
The stabilization state becomes active as soon as all individual temperature and pressure states of all channels are in the Ready state. In the Stabilizing state, all individual temperature and pressure states are checked.
If they all remain ready during the stabilizing period, the overall instrument state will become Ready. If during the stabilizing period one of the channel temperatures or pressures becomes Not Ready, the overall instrument state will jump to Not Ready and the whole process will start again. Enter zero for Stabilizing time if the stabilizing period is not required.
Instrument method channel tab
For each channel installed in the Hardware tab of the 490-PRO configuration (and not disabled in the User Settings tab of the 490-PRO configuration), a Channel tab appears.
Column temperature
Enter the desired column temperature, in C. The GC driver checks on the maximum allowed temperature, which can be found in the Hardware tab of the instrument configuration.
Figure 177 Channel tab
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 233
Injector temperature
Enter the desired injector temperature, in C. This is only possible if the GC channel is equipped with heated injector hardware.
Inject time
Enter the Inject Time. The Inject Time determines the amount of time the injection valve will be open. A practical minimum value is 20 ms.
Backflush time
Enter the backflush time in seconds. This is only possible if the GC channel is equipped with backflush to vent hardware. A backflush time of zero means no backflush.
Detector state
Select this box to turn the detector filaments on.
Invert signal
Select this box to invert (change polarity) of the acquired detector data.
Sensitivity
Select the desired detector sensitivity Auto (auto ranging), Low, Medium, High or Extra high. Auto is highly advised as it gives the widest linear dynamic range, with the lowest noise level.
TCD temp.limit check
Select this box to turn the TCD temperature limit check on. If activated the TCD will be protected against high amount of Air that could damage the filaments.
Pressure Mode
Select the pressure-programming mode to be used. Choose Static for nonramped mode. Choose Programmed if you want to enter a programming ramp rate. If you select Programmed, the following parameters will become available.
Run Time
Run Time determines the length of time, data will be sampled.
234 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Initial Pressure
Enter the initial pressure setting, in kPa or PSI (depending on configuration).
Initial Time
Enter the time to hold the initial pressure, in seconds.
Pressure Rise
Enter the rate of pressure change for the ramp, in kPa/min or PSI/min (depending on configuration). Positive rise only.
Final Pressure
Enter the final pressure setting, in kPa or PSI (depending on configuration).
Final Time
The final time will be calculated and displayed, based on the Run time you have set in the Acquisition Parameters.
If the final time displayed is 0, this means that your Run time is equal to or less than the sum of your initial time and the time to ramp the pressure to the final pressure setting. You should change your run time accordingly.
If you have entered an incorrect parameter for any of the above items, an error message will be displayed in this field to aid you in correcting the setting.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 235
Figure 178 Pressure program scheme
236 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Integration Events
To access integration events, click Method and select Integration Events.
Chromatogram markers
PROstation presents the chromatograms collected from the 490-PRO Micro GC to the user. These chromatograms are instrumented using several markers.
A. Component name
The component name is assigned to a peak using the criteria of the Peak Identification, see Peak Identification on page 254.
The component name is shown in blue in the chromatogram above the identified peak, see Figure 180.
Figure 179 Method integration events
Figure 180 PROstation chromatogram
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 237
B. Start / Stop baseline
The baseline of a peak is influenced by the shape of the peak and the integration parameters, see Integration Events on page 236. The details of the baseline are presented in PROstation using three visual elements.
Start baseline: The turquoise arrow pointing up, underneath the baseline.
Stop baseline: The turquoise arrow point down, above the baseline.
Baseline: The blue line between the Start baseline marker and the Stop baseline marker.
C. Begin/End retention time window
The area of the identification of a peak is determined by the retention time window. The size and location of this window is configured using the Peak Identification, see Peak Identification on page 254.
The location of retention time windows can be inspected in the chromatogram on PROstation. The retention time window is marked with two markers in red. The triangle pointing to the right indicates the begin of a retention time window. The triangle point to the left indicates the end of a retention time window.
Set peak width
This event defines the width of the peak to be found in the chromatogram. This value is used to smooth the chromatogram by grouping several acquisition points during peak detection. The number of grouped points depends on the chosen width. A point whose height is the mean of all the points in the group represents each group.
Enter a value corresponding approximately to the width of the narrowest peak to be detected in the chromatogram.
If the peak width varies greatly in the same chromatogram, it is possible to change peak widths throughout the chromatogram as necessary. Set new values in Set Peak Width, half it using Half Peak Width, or double it using Double Peak Width. If the defined peak width value is too small, the peaks will be detected, but too late.
238 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
If the defined peak width value is too large, the peaks will not be detected. A peak width must be defined before integrating the chromatogram. The default peak width is 0.2 seconds.
Set threshold
This parameter is used to define the start and the end of peaks and eliminates the lowest signal variations due to noise or to detector signal drift.
The chromatogram is first normalized to 100,000 (Highest peak of the chromatogram) to obtain a similar detection from one analysis to another (for example, if the injected quantity varies). Next, the points are grouped depending on the peak width defined above. The mean height of a group of points is compared to the mean height of the following group. If the difference is higher than the threshold, the integrator marks the beginning of a peak. The position of the marker is adjusted by only considering the points. The peak will only be kept if its area and height are larger than minimum values defined by user.
The peak ends are detected in the same way, using the threshold.
The value of the threshold is important. If a too high threshold value is defined, the peak starts will be detected too late and the peak ends too early. Moreover, small peaks could not be detected at all. If a too small threshold value is defined, the peak starts will be detected too early, and the peak ends too late, and signal noise can be detected as peaks.
The user can define the threshold value, or the 490-PRO can estimate it using Estimate threshold according to the peaks that should be detected. It is also possible to add a value to the threshold using Add to threshold. For example, if the threshold is estimated at the beginning of the analysis, and the signal noise increases at the end of the analysis, the threshold should be increased only at the end. Note that it is possible to add a negative value in order to decrease the threshold value. The default threshold value is 10.
Figure 181 Peak width
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 239
Set solvent threshold
This event permits the elimination of solvent peak(s) if they are not peaks of interest. The parameter associated with this event works without previous normalization of the chromatogram. The points are grouped depending on the peak width defined above. The mean height of a group is compared to the mean height of the following group. If the difference is higher than the solvent threshold, the 490-PRO considers that the peak is a matrix peak, and does not integrate it.
The defined value must be high enough to prevent the deletion of peaks of interest.
Estimate threshold
If the event Estimate threshold is not defined, solvent peaks are integrated. The user can define several Estimate threshold events. Each time the event is defined, the 490-PRO calculates threshold.
Set minimum height/area
These parameters are used to prevent the integration of noise as peaks or to eliminate small peaks which are not of interest in the analysis.
All peaks, whose height or area is less than the minimal height and/or area parameters set, are deleted from the peak report. Therefore, choose parameters that are less than the areas and heights of all the peaks to be integrated. By default, minimum area and height settings are equal to zero.
Figure 182 Solvent threshold
240 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Turn integration on/off
These events activate or deactivate integration within sections of the chromatogram (that is, during baseline fluctuations such as injection shock).
In the above example, integration has been deactivated during the first 5 seconds.
Start/Stop peak now
These events allow the start or the end of a peak to be defined, earlier or later, without having to modify the integration parameters. The marker is repositioned at a new retention time when this event is specified.
For example, before:
Figure 183 Deactivating integration
Figure 184 Marker repositioning before
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 241
After:
Be cautious if using these events in automatic mode: check that retention times have not shifted from one analysis to another.
Add peaks/grouping
This event enables addition of several peaks. All the peaks defined between the activation and the deactivation of this event are grouped into one peak. For example, isomers whose names are not known peak by peak, but contain nearly the same response factors can be considered as one group. The peak grouping is considered as one peak. Note that the peak start or stop position is automatically adjusted around the defined time to avoid the baseline cut by the signal.
In the above example, the peaks between 10.5 and 12.5 seconds are added.
Figure 185 Marker repositioning after
Figure 186 Adding peaks
242 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
If the baseline cuts the signal in the section corresponding to the Add peaks events (ON + OFF), the expected added peak may not be defined. In this case, change the baseline position thanks to the corresponding integration event(s).
Split peak
This event will split a peak into two parts, and can be used either to separate peaks that are not base line resolved or to obtain specific results on parts of some peaks in certain applications.
Figure 187 Split peak
NOTE This integration event is time. Variation in peak retention times vary from one analysis to another, may result in incorrect results.
NOTE The presence of an inflection point overrides the Split Peak integration Event. If there is an inflection point near the time for the Split Peak Integration Event, the Split Peak Integration Event is not executed. Without the inflection point the Split Peak Integration Event is executed. If the chromatogram is closely examined, the Split Peak Integration Event is executed on a merged peak without an inflection. If the Split Peak Integration Event was used near the peak at ~7.3 the inflection point would be executed instead.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 243
Baseline processing
Baseline valley to valley On/Off
When this event is activated, the baseline passes through all the valleys.
Each peak has its own baseline drawn from the peak start marker to the peak end marker.
Horizontal baseline
This event enables the definition of a horizontal baseline. A horizontal baseline is drawn from the activation of this event until its deactivation. It is imperative to define the event couple (ON and OFF) to apply this event.
Figure 188 Baseline valley to valley
244 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
The height of the baseline is the height of the signal when the event is activated. It is better to use the Horizontal baseline by peak event, because the height of the baseline will be related to the start or the end of a peak, and not to the event activation time.
Horizontal baseline by peak
This event enables definition of a horizontal baseline.
The horizontal baseline start or stop are not applied to the defined times, but to the nearest start or stop peak time.
If an event is activated at the beginning of a peak (between the start marker and the peak apex), it becomes operative at the peak start time. If the event is activated at the end of the peak
Figure 189 Horizontal baseline
Figure 190 Horizontal baseline by peak
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 245
(between the top of the peak and the stop marker), it becomes operative at the peak stop marker time.
Backward horizontal baseline
This event enables definition of a horizontal baseline at the level of the signal when this event is deactivated.
The horizontal baseline is drawn from the activation of the event until its deactivation. The baseline is drawn at the level of the signal when the event is deactivated. As a consequence, the two events Horizontal baseline Backward On and Horizontal baseline Backward Off must be defined.
Backward horizontal baseline by peak
This event enables definition of a backward horizontal baseline. The horizontal baseline is drawn from the activation of the event until its deactivation. The baseline is drawn at the level of the signal at the stop marker of the peak preceding the event deactivation.
Figure 191 Backward horizontal baseline
246 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
As a consequence, the two events Backward Horizontal Baseline by peak On and Backward Horizontal Baseline by peak Off must be defined.
Force baseline
This event forces all the peaks between the events Force baseline On and Force baseline Off to have a common baseline. The peak markers of the first and last peaks are, therefore, modified by this event. To prevent modification of the first and last peak markers, the recommended event to use is Force baseline by peak. As a consequence, the two associated events Force baseline On and Force baseline Off must be defined.
Figure 192 Backward horizontal baseline by peak
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 247
If the forced baseline penetrates the signal, the baseline will automatically adjust so that it always remains under the signal.
Figure 193 Force baseline On and Off
instead of
248 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Force baseline by peak
This event forces all the peaks between the events Force baseline by peak On and Force baseline by peak Off to have a common baseline. The difference with force baseline is that in this case, the markers of the first and the last peak are not modified.
Baseline now
This event forces the baseline to pass through the signal at the event time.
Figure 194 Force baseline by peak
instead of
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 249
This event is used to bring the baseline back to the signal. Separate peaks, which have a common baseline, end a tailing peak earlier. The position of this event is relative to retention time drift, but as for most of the events, a similar peak-dependent event exists: Baseline next valley.
Baseline next valley
This event is similar to the previous one (Baseline now). The only difference is that the 490-PRO waits for the valley following the event to bring back the baseline to the signal. As a consequence, this event is best suited for separation of peaks having a common baseline, since Baseline next valley is less dependent on retention time variations from one analysis to another.
Figure 195 Baseline now
instead of
250 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Shoulder peaks
To integrate a peak as the skimming of another, both peaks need first to be integrated. Thus, it is important to define correct detection parameters (Set peak width and Set threshold) before defining the skimming parameters.
Set skim ratio
This event sets the shoulder integration threshold above a mother peak. This threshold must be associated to the events Tangent skim front/rear and Exponential skim front/rear. A peak will be integrated as a shoulder peak on another peak, if its height satisfies the shoulder peak criterion. In the following example, the second peak will be considered as a shoulder on the first peak if:
By default, this threshold is equal to 4.
Tangent skim next peaks on/off
If this event is activated (On), all the peaks having a common baseline are integrated as shoulder peaks on the first peak, with a tangent baseline.
Figure 196 Set skim ratio
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 251
The tangent skim Next Peaks event does not work when the mother peak is not fully resolved (has a valley with the previous peak). The use of a Baseline Now event has the effect of removing the valley, and thus allows the skimming event to work properly.
Figure 197 Tangent skim next peaks on/off
Figure 198 Without the baseline now event, there is a group of three peaks sharing a common baseline
252 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Note that there is another event, more powerful, called Tangent Skim Rear, which handles such situations.
Tangent skim rear/front
Select this event to integrate one or several peaks as shoulders on a mother peak with a tangent baseline. The 490-PRO detects poorly resolved peaks whose heights satisfy the above height criterion (see page 250) and a tangent baseline is drawn underneath the shoulder peaks.
If the event is Tangent skim front, the shoulders are integrated before the mother peak. If the event is Tangent skim rear, the shoulders are integrated after the mother peak.
Figure 199 The baseline now event breaks the group of peaks
Figure 200 Tangent skim rear/front
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 253
Exponential skim rear/front
Select this event to integrate one or several shoulder peaks with an exponential baseline. If the 490-PRO detects two poorly resolved peaks whose heights satisfy the above height criterion (see page 250), an exponential baseline is drawn underneath the shoulder peaks.
Figure 201 Exponential skim rear/front
254 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Peak Identification
The Peak Identification/Calibration contains settings to identify a peak based on its retention time.
To access the Peak Identification/Calibration Table, click on Method, then select Peak Identification. If no method is developed before, it is easier to start with running the Method Wizard. Read the information in Method Wizard on page 219.
Peak identification table
The first step is to fill out the identification table. The identification table associates a peak, identified by its retention time, to a name. It is possible to define reference peaks by checking the Reference peaks box. These are then used for the peak identification when differences in the retention times due to analytical conditions occur.
Figure 202 Peak identification
Figure 203 The peak identification table
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 255
How to build an identification table
To fill a table, press the right mouse button when in the table. Insert as many lines as needed, fill in the names and retention times.
Each line of the table represents one peak. In each line, enter the name of the compound corresponding to the peak, identified by its retention time and then choose the identification window width in the columns Abs. Ret Windows and Ret Ret Window selection and the identification mode.
To delete an identification table line, highlight it by left clicking at the beginning of the line that is to be removed, then right click and choose DELETE Line in the popup menu.
The popup menu of the peak identification table contains a Copy line option that enables its content to be copied and pasted into another application.
Identification table columns
The parameters in the Identification table used for peak identification.
Peak Name
The name of the compound corresponding to the peak. Two different peaks cannot have the same name.
Retention Time
The theoretical retention time of the peak. Two different peaks cannot have the same retention time.
Abs. Ret. Window
The absolute part of the identification window.
Figure 204 Peak identification/calibration
256 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Ret. Ret. Window
The relative part of the identification window. These windows define the maximum interval around the retention time in which the peak will be assigned a specific compound name.
The absolute identification window is defined in seconds. The relative identification window is defined as a percentage of retention time. If the relative identification window percentage (Rel. Ret. Window) is used, the larger the retention time is, the wider the relative retention time window will be.
If retention time is RT, absolute window is Abs, and relative window is %W, a peak will be identified as the peak if its retention time is between
The identification window can thus be defined in seconds using absolute or relative windows, or defined using a combination of both. The reference peak identification windows are treated separately. The reference peaks are identified first followed by all other peaks. If the reference peaks are correctly identified in these windows, it is then possible to define larger windows for reference peaks. This will ensure that they will be found, even if a retention time offset occurs.
Reference
To select reference peaks, check the Ref box in the appropriate line(s) to indicate that the selected peak is now considered a reference peak.
The theoretical retention times of the peaks will be corrected according to the difference between theoretical and experimental retention time of these peaks (see Nonreference peaks expected retention time).
The reference peaks must be chosen carefully. Reference peaks must be common constituents that will always appear in the chromatogram.
If a reference peak is not present, another peak could be incorrectly assigned as the reference peak, and thus, the identification of the other peaks will be severely affected.
Reference peaks should be easily recognizable. It is better to choose very high or large peaks, or the last peak of the run (with the certainty that no other peak will occur afterward).
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 257
Selection Mode
This column defines which peak will be chosen if several peaks are included in the identification window.
Nearest
The peak will be the one whose retention time is the closest to the defined time.
Max height
The peak will be the highest one.
Max area
The peak will be the largest one.
First
The peak will be the first peak found in the reference window.
Last
The peak will be the last peak found in the reference window.
Peaks are always listed in the retention time order.
Figure 205 Selection mode
258 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Identification process
Peaks are identified by their retention times, according to the identification window defined by the user.
In simple cases, peak retention times are reproducible from one analysis to the other. In the case of nonreproducible retention times from one chromatogram to the other (due to analysis conditions, samples etc.), identification is more complicated and the definition of easily identifiable reference peaks is advisable.
In the first step, the 490-PRO will identify the reference peaks and will estimate the time offset (according to the retention time) that will be applied during the identification of the other peaks of the chromatogram (nonreference).
First, the 490-PRO checks that the identification windows of the reference peaks do not overlap each other. If window overlap occurs, the 490-PRO resolves the overlaps and the reference peak identification is processed.
Using the experimental reference retention times, the 490-PRO calculates the other expected retention times, resolves the nonreference peak window overlaps, and the nonreference peaks are identified with these retention times and windows.
Since the reference and nonreference peaks are processed separately, it is possible to define larger reference windows because it does not matter if they overlap with the nonreference identification windows.
Resolving window overlap
If peaks are very close together, windows can overlap. This means that the end of an identification window can occur after the beginning of the next one. To cope with this problem, the 490-PRO considers the common part of the windows, splits it in two, and assigns half to each window.
For example:
If several successive windows overlap, the system resolves the first overlap (two first identification windows), then the next two.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 259
For example:
When using the relative identification windows (Ret. Ret. Window), window overlaps can occur easily. If problems are encountered in peak identification, investigate what occurs during the window overlapping resolution.
General rule
The window limit can not go beyond the retention time of the previous or of the next peak. In this case, the retention time of the previous/next peak is taken into account as the limit of the window, and the overlap is divided in two.
Example1
A peak retention time belongs to the identification window of another peak
Peak 1: RT1= 1.3 ID window: 0.4 min [0.9 -1.7] Peak 2: RT2= 1.7 ID window: 0.45 min [1.25 -2.15]
The identification window of Peak 1 becomes: [0.9 to 1.5] where 1.5 = RT1 + (RT2RT1)/2
The identification window of Peak 2 becomes: [1.5 to 2.15] where 1.5 = RT2 (RT2RT1)/2
260 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Example 2
A peak window belongs entirely to another. Peak 1: RT1= 1.7 ID window: 0.45: [1.25 -2.15] Peak 2: RT2= 1.99 ID window: 0.04(W2) [1.95 -2.03]
The identification window of Peak 1 becomes: [1.25 to 1.97] where:
The identification window of Peak 2 becomes: [1.97 to 2.03] where:
Finding reference peaks
An identification window is defined for each peak. A peak is identified as the reference peak if its retention time is found to be within the reference identification window. If there are no such peaks, the reference is not found.
If a reference identification window contains several peaks, the reference peak is chosen according to the selected reference window mode:
Figure 206 Finding reference peaks
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 261
Nearest
The peak will be the one whose retention time is the closest to the defined time.
Max height
The peak will be the highest one.
Max area
The peak will be the largest one.
First
The peak will be the first peak found in the reference window.
Last
The peak will be the last peak found in the reference window.
Once the reference peaks are identified, the 490-PRO will identify the other peaks.
Identification of the nonreference peaks
Generally, the retention times are recalculated according to the two adjacent reference peaks. The formula for calculating the expected retention times for the nonreference peaks is:
Where
RT is the expected retention time for a nonreference peak.
RT1 is the real retention time of the reference peak preceding the peak.
RT2 is the real retention time of the reference peak following the peak.
RTID is the theoretical retention time of the peak defined in the identification table.
RTID1 is the theoretical retention time of the reference peak preceding the peak, defined in the identification table.
RTID2 is the theoretical retention time of the reference peak following the peak, defined in the identification table.
262 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
If peaks are eluted before the first reference peak: RT1 = RTID1 = 0
The index 2 is attributed to the next reference peak:
If a peak appears after the last reference peak:
where RT0 and RT1 represent, respectively, the real retention times of the two reference peak eluted before the peak of interest.
This correction step works best when reference peaks are distributed throughout the entire chromatogram. In particular, be careful when using references that elute only at the beginning of a long run. They have a too strong impact on retention times at the end of the run. To minimize this effect, define a reference peak at the end of the run.
Once the system has calculated expected retention times for the remaining peaks, it centers the calculated identification windows on these times. If any windows overlap, the system will resolve the conflicts.
If several peaks fall within a window, the correct peak is chosen according to the selected identification mode:
Nearest
The peak will be the one whose retention time is the closest to the defined time.
Max height
The peak will be the highest one.
Max area
The peak will be the largest one.
First
The peak will be the first peak found in the reference window.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 263
Last
The peak will be the last peak found in the reference window.
If a reference peak is not found, its retention time is the retention time set in the identification table, as if it had not shifted at all. The identification of the peaks placed between the previous and the next reference peak may be affected.
If no reference peak is defined or found, peaks are identified by the retention times set in the identification table. Each peak retention time is compared to the identification window defined in the identification table.
Example
Assume that three peaks exist in a chromatogram with theoretical retention times (saved in the identification table) of 5, 6, and 10 seconds.
When the sample is analyzed, the retention times have shifted to 6, 7.2, and 12 seconds. If the identification windows are 0.5 minute wide, and reference peaks are not used, the peaks will not be identified.
However, if the last peak at 12 seconds is defined as the reference peak, and it elutes 1.2 times later than the defined theoretical retention time of 10 seconds, the expected retention times for the two other peaks (nonreference peaks) can be calculated. First peak: 5 1.2 = 6 seconds. Second peak: 6 1.2 = 7.2 seconds.
The first two peaks can now be identified correctly with these new corrected retention times.
Moving retention window
The main peak identification is performed on retention window as defined in the Peak identification table on page 254. However, the retention of a peak can drift in time. Although the drift is small, on a longer time the peak can drift outside its retention window. The retention window of a peak can be set up to follow the actual retention in order to compensate for retention drift.
Open the Calibration window and set the parameters Retention Update% and Retention Window Update to activate retention compensation.
264 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Retention Update%
With the Retention Update% parameter, one can set the percentage of shifting the Retention Window as defined in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table.
Use this parameter to use the optimum retention window for peak identification. A peaks retention can shift over a longer period. By setting a positive value in the Retention Update% the retention window will shift with the percentage the retention from a peak differs from the retention in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. One can determine to only update the retention window on a specific sample type, for instance a calibration run. New_Ret = Current_Ret + ( (New_Ret - Current_Ret) * RetentionUpdate/100)
Figure 207 Retention window update
Figure 208 Retention Update %
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 265
Retention Window update
Select the type of runs on which the retention window must be updated for a GC channel.
Figure 209 Selecting type of runs
266 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Peak Calibration
The aim of this step is to define the calibration parameters. To define the calibration parameters select the Method/Peak Calibration menu.
A default calibration window will appear with several calibration options, see Figure 211. The following chapter describes the functionality of the different Calibration Settings.
Figure 210 Peak calibration
Figure 211 Review peak calibration window
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 267
Calibration parameters (channel dependent)
Channel unique calibration parameters.
Response Mode
Define the Response Mode. Select Area or Height from the list. This defines the processing of the peak concentration. For most applications on a 490-PRO Micro GC, area must be selected.
Calibration Mode
External Standard mode is the fixed mode for the calibration run.
Figure 212 Response Mode
Figure 213 Calibration Mode
268 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
R.F. type
Define how the Response factor should be determined.
There are three options.
Manual
If the components Response Factor cannot be determined from a calibration mixture, it must be set manually in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table.
The concentration of a peak (Q) is determined using the equation: Q= RF R
in which RF is the Manual R.F. of the component in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. R is the response (area and height) of the peak.
Curve
If a component exists in the calibration mixture, the Response Factor can be determined by the instrument by running a calibration run. This option requires that every component in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table for that particular GC channel exists in the calibration mixture. Manually R.F. for other peaks are ignored and resulting in a peak concentration zero.
The coordinates of a calibration point in the curve are the response area/height of the compound and the associated quantity (amount). The concentration of a peak (Q) is determine using the equation: Q = a * x3 + b * x2 + c * x + d
Figure 214 RF type
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 269
in which a is the Cubic Coeff., b the Quadratic Coeff., c the Linear Coeff. and the Intercept. From the Peak Identification/Calibration Table, x is the response (area or height) of the peak.
Manual and Curve
If both manual R.F. and determined R.F. by the instrument are performed in one GC channel, select this option. See the description for R.F. type Manual and Curve.
RF Unknown peaks
It is possible to process the Response Factor of unknown components in two different ways.
These are:
Absolute (Abs.)
Enter the Response Factor for all unidentified peaks of this GC channel. This R.F. is determined outside the instrument or described in literature.
The concentration of an unidentified peak (Q) is determined by using the equation: Q= RF R
in which RF is the value from RF Unknown peaks and R is the response (area and height) of the peak.
Relative (Rel.)
In order to determine the concentration of an unidentified peak, the Response Factor will be used from the first identified peak following the unidentified peak. The concentration of an unidentified peak (Q) is determined by using the equation: Q = a * x3 + b * x2 + c * x + d
Figure 215 RF Unknown peaks
270 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
in which a is the Cubic Coeff., b the Quadratic Coeff., and c the Linear Coeff. and the Intercept. From the Peak Identification/Calibration Table of the identified peak following (higher retention) the unidentified peak, x is the response (area or height) of the unidentified peak.
Calibration parameters (channel independent)
Calibration parameters common for all GC channels.
Total calibration level
Determines the Total Calibration Levels that are required.
If only a single level calibration is performed, select 1. For Multilevel Calibration define the total levels to be used (maximum seven levels). Detailed description of Multilevel Calibration is given in Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration on page 692.
Calibration Check
A calibration check is used to check whether the response factor (curve) drifts away in time after every new calibration.
Figure 216 Total Calibration Levels
Figure 217 Calibration Check
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 271
When a new calibration is performed, the detector response will be compared with the initial calibration. In a single calibration level system, enter the percentages of drifting allowed in the table Peak identification on page 254 (Initial RF% and Current RF% attributes).
For a multilevel calibration level with a field correction calibration (Rw), the allowed drifting is entered in the Rw Limit% field.
Use Estimate Concentration
The option Use Estimate Concentration is used to enable or disable the estimate concentrations of the normalization table. This option is only applicable to calibration and verification runs.
Use GOST calibration
The energy calculation norms GOST 22667 and GOST31369 describe that the calibration of the Micro GC should be performed according to norm GOST31371.7. This norm describes that the Micro GC should be calibrated using a sequence of three calibration runs. The results of these three calibrations (M1, M2 and M3 see Figure 219) should be within the specified limits of the norm. These limits are concentration depended. The limit per component is calculated using following formula:
y = a x + b where
a and b are coefficients defined in the norm x is the component concentration
Figure 218 Use Estimate Concentration
272 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
If the set of three calibration is not within the limits, an addition calibration is started and the first calibration run is discarded. This process is repeated until five calibration runs are performed (M4 and when required M5 see Figure 219). A calibration alarm is generated if, after five calibration runs, the results are still not within the limits.
The calibration GOST31371.7 is called GOST R7 calibration in the 490-PRO Micro GC. Results of the calibration can be viewed in FTP-report (generated by the instrument), and in Application and Integration report (PROstation). Application report has two fields: calibration method and calibration status. The integration report shows the alarms for calibration failure.
Below the user will find a guide to set up the GOST calibration for the 490-PRO.
Figure 219 Flow chart with principle of GOST31371.7 calibration
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 273
When the checkbox Use GOST Calibration is enabled, the calibration sequence is configured according to the GOST calibration norm:
Review Peak Calibration screen, Figure 220:
Total Calibration Levels is set to 1 and is grayed out
Calibration Check and Initial Calibration are unchecked and grayed out
In Sequence screen, Figure 221:
On Runs Performed [runs] is set unselectable and value is set 0
On Time Elapsed [hours] is set unselectable and value is set 0
On Fixed Time is selected. The Hours and Minutes options can be changed, but the Once Every n days is unselectable and value is set to 1.
None is set unselectable
Figure 220 Use GOST Calibration
274 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
The Calibration Table is preconfigured according the GOST calibration norm. Only the Stream # and Flush time (s) of the first line can be set. See Figure 222.
On the Peak Identification/Calibration table for each channel, four additional columns become available.
In the Peak Identification/Calibration table for each component, the calibration limit coefficients should be given the values according to the tables given in the GOST R7 calibration norm (Figure 223).
Figure 221 Sequence Calibration Properties
Figure 222 Sequence Calibration Table
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 275
All changes should be saved. The settings of Method and Sequence should be downloaded to the Micro GC. SeeDownload on page 656.
Results of the calibration can be viewed in FTP-report (generated by the instrument), and in Application and Integration report (PROstation). In the Application report the fields, calibration method and calibration status, inform the user GOST calibration has been performed.
The integration report shows the alarms. If the calibration alarm is raised, the mean calibration values calculated over the calibration runs, are outside the calculated limits.
Figure 223 Peak Identification/Calibration tables
276 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Initial calibration
If it is required to check the Response factor of a new calibration run against current Response factor (determined in last calibration run) and initial Response factor (determined in an Initial Calibration run), select this option.
To setup a check for Response:
1 Select both Initial Calibration and Calibration Check and download method to the instrument and perform a calibration run(s). All new Response factors will be checked and stored in the instrument as Initial RF values.
2 Deselect Initial Calibration. Download the method to the instrument.
3 In the Peak Identification/Calibration Table in Figure 204 on page 255, enter percentages for InitialRF% and CurrentRF% attributes.
4 Now, perform analysis and daily calibration run(s) with Calibration Check (still) on. When a calibration run is performed and one of the peaks new R.F. exceeds its limits for InitialRF and CurrentRF, the entire calibration will be rejected and the instrument continues with R.F. from the last good calibration.
Download Calibration Curve with method
If a calibration curve (or R.F.) is determined outside the instrument, select Download Calibration Curve with method option.
Figure 224 Initial Calibration
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 277
Enter the curve coefficients in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table on page 254. Find more information in Offline calibration on page 681.
After downloading the new Calibration Curve (download Method), disable this option.
Prepare a calibration method
Setting up all parameters for a calibration.
Peak Identification/Calibration Table
This part defines how to prepare the calibration.
Figure 225 Download Calibration Curve with method
Figure 226 Peak identification / calibration table
278 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Open the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. Peaks are listed in order of their retention time and appropriate component name. Complete the Peak ID table.
Level 1-7
Fill in the Levels in the corresponding fields (level 1 to 7). These are the concentrations of components labeled on the gas bottle containing the calibration mixture. Level 1 contains the lowest sample concentration and level 7 the highest, see Online calibration on page 682.
Level 8 Rw
Fill in the Level 8 Rw value if performing a multilevel calibration with a field calibration correction. These are the concentrations of components labeled on the gas bottle containing the field calibration mixture, see Rw Calibration on page 685.
Curve Type
Three types of mathematical regression models are available, see Multi Level Calibration on page 677.
Thru origin
The curve will be forced to go through the origin (0.0). Find more information in Multi Level Calibration on page 677.
RF other peak
Select the peak number to use the calibration curve. For instance if peak 4 in the peak Identification table is n-Butane and peak 8 is n-Hexane and requires the Response factor from n-Butane, enter 4 in RF other peak for n-Hexane peak.
Rel. RF
Must be used in combination with RF other peak. This is an extra factor multiplied with the Response factor from the peak referring to.
The concentration of an identified peak (Q) is determined by using the equation: Qpeak = R * R.F.other_peak * Rel.RF.
in which R.F.other_peak is response factor from the peak referring and R is the response (area and height) of the peak.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 279
Intercept Coeff
The calculated intercept coefficient of the calibration curve. Can also be set manually if the calibration is determined off-line. Find more information in Multi Level Calibration on page 677 and Download Calibration Curve with method on page 276.
Linear Coeff
The calculated linear coefficient of the calibration curve. Can also be set manually if the calibration is determined off-line. Find more information in Multi Level Calibration on page 677 and Download Calibration Curve with method on page 276.
Quadratic Coeff
The calculated Quadratic coefficient of the calibration curve. Only required if calibration curve is set to Quadratic of Cubic. Can also be set manually if the calibration is determined off-line. Find more information in Multi Level Calibration on page 677 and Download Calibration Curve with method on page 276.
Cubic Coeff
The calculated Cubic coefficient of the calibration curve. Only required if calibration curve is set to Cubic.Can also be set manually if the calibration is determined off-line. Find more information in Multi Level Calibration on page 677 and Download Calibration Curve with method on page 276.
Rw factor
The calculated Rw coefficient of the calibration curve. Only required if a multilevel calibration is performed with a field correction calibration. Find more information in Rw Calibration on page 685.
Manual RF selection
Select this option if the Response factor can/should not be determined by the instrument and will be set manually by the operator. This option can only be used in single level calibration for a component. If selected enter a Response Factor in the next column Manual RF. Find more information in R.F. type on page 268.
280 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Manual RF value
Enter a manual Response factor if Manual RF was selected in the previous column. Find more information in R.F. type on page 268.
Initial RF%
This is the percentage limit that the calculated Response Factor from a new calibration run can differ from the Initial Response Factor for that component. The entire calibration for all components will be rejected if exceeding this limit. Use this setting only for a single level calibration. Find more information in Calibration Check on page 270 and Calibration Validation on page 701.
Current RF%
This is the percentage the limit that the calculated Response Factor from a new calibration run can differ from the Current Response Factor for that component. The entire calibration for all components will be rejected if exceeding this limit. Use this setting only for a single level calibration. Find more information in Calibration Check on page 270 and Calibration Validation on page 701.
GOST R7 Coefficients
The four columns containing the GOST R7 coefficients will be enabled when the GOST calibration is enabled. For further explanation on GOST calibration method please refer to Use GOST calibration on page 271.
Running a new Calibration
If the calibration curve is not determined outside the instrument, but must be determined inside the instrument, perform all calibration levels in order to let the instrument determine the calibration curve for every peak. Ensure the Calibration method is saved and downloaded to the instrument. Start a Calibration run through Control/Start. Define correct parameters and press Single Run or run the Calibration block if it is prepared.
If a calibration analysis is already performed, reprocess the existing Calibration run manually for the selected level.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 281
After completion of the run, the 490-PRO processes the chromatogram. The chromatogram, analysis results and the updated method containing the calibration curve will be automatically uploaded to PROstation. The Analysis results can be found in the Integration Report, see Figure 230 on page 282. The updated calibration curve can be found in the Preview Calibration window, see Figure 228 on page 282. The calibration curve coefficients can be found in the Peak Identification/Calibration window, see Figure 229 on page 282.
Figure 227 Running a new calibration
282 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Figure 228 Example of a Calibration Curve (single calibration level).
Figure 229 Peak ID/Calibration Table after calibration
Figure 230 Example of an Integration report.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 283
Recalibrating an existing Calibration run
If a Calibration run (chromatogram) is already collected, reprocessing this data is sufficient to let the instrument determine the calibration curve. In all cases ensure the method is saved and method and chromatogram are downloaded to the instrument, see Figure 231.
The chromatogram, method, and analysis results will be uploaded to PROstation after the processing as described in the Chapter 19, Multi Level Calibration, starting on page 677.
Figure 231 Reprocessing a calibration run.
284 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Calibration chart
The Calibration graph has a certain functionality that makes it easier to work with and inspect the Calibration curve.
Change list
Click the Changelist button to load the change list. The function of the change list is explained in Remove and revert calibration outliers on page 287.
Zoom functionality
By selecting a location (rectangle) in the calibration chart with the left mouse button, and then dragging from the left upper position to right bottom (keeping the left mouse button pressed), will show a zoom rectangle. If the left mouse button is released, the chart will zoom in on the rectangle shown.
To zoom out, select any location in the calibration chart with the left mouse button and then drag from lower right to upper left corner of chart (keeping the left mouse button pressed). Again a rectangle is shown. When the left mouse button is released, the chart will fully zoom out.
Figure 232 Zoom functionality
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 285
Drag functionality
Select any location in the calibration chart with the right mouse button and drag the mouse, keeping the button pressed. The calibration lines and points are dragged along in the chart window. When the button is released, the calibration chart remains as shown at that moment.
Scale setting
The scale button can be used to quickly inspect what shape/behavior the calibration curve has for higher concentrations. Typically, this function can be useful for nonlinear calibration curves.
The scale button switches between three steps. The default step is the same as the fully zoomed out view. The two other scale modes show the calibration curve for an amount respectively 4 times bigger and 20 times bigger than the biggest amount currently in the calibration graph.
Full screen
Click Full screen to show the calibration chart maximized within the Review Peak Calibration window. All calibration chart functionality, such as drag and zoom functionality, are available in this view.
Figure 233 Scale setting
286 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
To return to the normal view, click Normal Size.
Calibration graph tooltip text
When pointing with the mouse pointer at a calibration point or a calibration line, a tooltip text will appear, supplying information about the item the mouse pointer is pointing at. When the mouse pointer is hovering over a calibration point, it presents the Calibration level number, Area and amount of that calibration point. If the mouse pointer is pointing at a calibration line, the tooltip text appears, presenting the Area and Amount of the location on the calibration line. When the mouse pointer is pointing at an Rw Calibration point or corrected Rw calibration line, the tooltip text will inform about this as well.
Find more information about an Rw calibration in Rw Calibration on page 685.
Figure 234 Full screen
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 287
Remove and revert calibration outliers
Marking calibration outliers for delete Removing outliers from the calibration curve can be done by using the remove single calibration points mechanism. This chapter describes how this mechanism works, and how to use it.
Clicking on a calibration point with the left mouse button, marks that point for deletion. Marking for deletion means that the calibration point is stored in a change list, and the point will be colored red in the calibration graph.
Note that if calibration points are very close to each other, the red colored calibration point might not be visible.
To view the calibration point change list, open the change list viewer by clicking the Changelist button. The change list viewer shows the GC channel, component, calibration level, Area and Amount of the calibration points that are marked for deletion. The change list can contain numerous points of different channels, components, and levels.
Figure 235 Marking calibration points
Figure 236 Marking calibration outliers for delete
288 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Note that the change list is cleared when a method is uploaded from the instrument, when a new method is opened, or when PROstation is closed.
Figure 237 Remove calibration points list
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 289
Removing calibration outliers The points are only marked visually, but they still are present in the calibration chart. At this stage the Changelist only exists in PROstation and not in the instrument. To remove the marked calibration points from the calibration graph:
1 Select the Start automation button from the tool bar (or select Start from the Control menu).
2 Go to the Recalculate Calibration Curve section and select Remove Single Point List from the Action list.
3 Click the Recalculate Calibration Curve button.
Now all marked calibration points are removed from corresponding calibration graphs (from the different channels and components), and all calibration curves are recalculated.
Figure 238 Start automation window
Figure 239 Recalculate calibration curve button
290 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Afterwards, the method is automatically uploaded including the updated calibration curves with the previous marked points removed. Note that the curve equation exists in the method peaktable.
The change list is cleared, since all points previously in the change list are now removed.
Note that points marked for delete can only be deleted by using the above guideline, and not by downloading the method. The change list is not downloaded to the instrument.
Note that the item Remove Single Point List in the Recalculate Calibration Curve list only exists when there are points in the Change list.
Reverting (rescuing) calibration points marked for deletion When an incorrect calibration point is accidentally marked for deletion, it can be reverted. To revert a calibration point in the change list, that calibration point is removed from the change list and is colored black again in the corresponding calibration graph. When actually removing the marked points as described in Removing calibration outliers on page 289, the reverted points will not be removed.
One can choose to revert a single point from the list or revert the complete list at once.
1 Go to the Calibration method.
2 To view the calibration point change list, start the change list viewer by clicking the ChangeList button.
3 Select a calibration point to revert by clicking on it.
4 Click the Revert Selected Point button.
5 To remove several points, redo this procedure.
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 291
6 To revert all points at once, click the Revert All Points button.
Figure 240 Revert all points
292 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Method Advanced
In Method\Advanced, define the analysis parameters which should be exported to a tab separated text file (export file), for processing and diagnostics in MS Excel at a later stage.
Select Method\Advanced.
Select Export enabled option. Define which parameters to export.
Save the method. A method download is not required since the export parameters exist only in PROstation.
Figure 241 Open Method Advanced
Figure 242 Method Advanced Export Results settings
PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 293
Method Properties
The method properties define what the 490-PRO executes after the chromatographic run has ended. If Peak integration, Identification and Calibration calculations is disabled, all runs will be performed without calculations.
If only the upper box is checked, the run data will be integrated; peak identification and concentration calculations will be performed and presented in the Integration Report. If the upper box is unchecked, the underlying lines are not accessible.
If the middle box is checked, which is only possible in combination with a checked upper box, application calculations will be performed and Input output signals are controlled. The sample results are presented in the Application Report.
If the bottom box is checked, which is only possible in combination with a checked middle box, application calculations will be performed using test amounts instead of actual calculated amounts.
Figure 243 Method properties
294 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
295
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Normalize 296
Application Calorific Power 300
Application Verification Check 345
Application Alarms 347
Application Analog Outputs 349
Parameters 351
Application Timed Relays 356
Application Analog Inputs 358
Application Digital Inputs 359
Application Local User Interface (LCD) 360
This chapter describes the Instrument Control program application menu. Its function is method development and monitoring analysis.
The application allows additional calculations on the results as reported in the Integration Report. Also, analog and digital interfacing can be defined. The external interfacing is provided by the (on-board) standard GC I/O or by the Extension Boards.
Figure 244 Instrument control program application menu
296 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Normalize
Normalization is a standard calculation available in the 490-PROstation, in addition to calculated external standard concentrations.
The Normalization table is activated under the Application menu. If the Normalization table is empty, run the Application Wizard. This automatically generates all peaknames in the Normalization table for all configured peaknames in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table.
Components in the Normalization table are identified only by their name used in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. The normalization table consists of:
# Index number
Active If checked, the information of this peak will be downloaded to the 490-PRO during a method download action.
Figure 245 Normalize
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 297
Peak Name The name must be identical to the peakname in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. It can also be filled in automatically using the Application Wizard.
Channel The GC channel on which the peak is detected.
Ignore If checked, the external standard concentration for this peak is excluded from the normalization calculation.
Bridge Component A bridge component is used to bridge two GC channels and compensate for an injection difference between the two channels, a so-called bridge component. This requires a component to be detected on two GC channels.
Select 0.none if not using a bridge component.
Select 1.comp.1 for a component which is detected on two GC channels. Mark the same component on the other channel also with 1.comp.1.
If the instrument is equipped with three or four channels, two other channels can be bridged by marking the two components 2.comp.2.
Once a bridge component is defined, the instrument calculates a bridge factor of the component marked as 1.comp.1. This factor is the result of dividing the two external standard concentrations. Note that this factor should be close to value 1.0. All peak concentrations of one channel will be multiplied with this bridge factor. Select Ignore for only one appearance of the bridge component. This will exclude one instance of the components concentration from the normalization concentration.
Estimate Select to add a component that is not identified in the chromatographic run to the Application Normalization. Give a name in the name-field. The added component can either have an absolute value to be provided in the Estmate Conc field or the concentration can be set relative to an identified peak (add indexnumber to RefConcPeak# field) and a fixed percentage peak (add %number to RefPeakConc% field) of that peak.
298 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Test Conc Value to check the normalization calculation method. Any value given here will overrule the actual calculated normalized concentration. Note that you have to select the appropriate box Application Use test Amount under Method\properties.
RefConcPeak# Must be used in combination with Estimate. See parameter Estimate.
RefPeakConc% Must be used in combination with Estimate. See parameter Estimate.
Group# Multiple components can be grouped together. Groups will be separately reported in the Application Report. Add a component to a group by giving the group number, range: 1-9. If, for instance, components Methane, Ethane, and Propane are to be grouped, enter a 1 in the Group# column for all three components.
Synchronize
The Normalization Table and the Component Constants in the Calorific Power settings are linked. Changes made to the Normalization Table should be transmitted to the Component Constants in the Calorific Power settings. The Synchronize button activates the propagation process. With the synchronization process, components which are added or removed from the Normalization Table are automatically added or removed from the Component Constants table in the Calorific Power settings.
Figure 246 Synchronize with calorific power table
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 299
Constants for added components in Component Constants table should be updated manually. Prior to synchronization, a popup message with the changes is presented to the user, giving the user the ability to authorize or abort the change.
NOTE Closing of the Normalization Table and downloading of the application is blocked when changes to the Normalization Table are synchronized with the Component Constants table.
300 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Calorific Power
Introduction
Natural Gas is an energy source used throughout the world. The energy is generated by the reaction of the natural gas with oxygen (also known as combustion). For example, when propane is burned in air, the following reaction occurs.
C3H8 + 5O2 3CO2 + 4H2O + heat
When propane is burned, the temperature where this reaction occurs may be in the range where the water can exist in either the liquid or gaseous state. When the water is condensed, the latent heat of vaporization provides additional heat. The total of the energy from the combustion and the latent heat of vaporization of the water is defined as the higher, gross, or superior Heat Value (Calorific Value). When the water is considered to remain in the gaseous state, the latent heat of vaporization is not included, and the heating value is called the lower, net, or inferior heat value. This gives the following relationship.
HG = HN + hV * (nH2O/ncomb)
where
HG = total heat value (Gross, Higher, Superior, Maximum)
HN = heat value of combustion only (Net, Lower, Inferior, Minimum)
hV = latent heat of vaporization for water
nH2O = moles of water produced in combustion
ncomb = moles in combustion mixture.
When calculated on a per mole basis for a specific compound and assuming ideal gas behavior, the equation now becomes,
HG id= HN + hV
id * nH2O
This allows the calculation of the Gross Heat and Net Heat values on per compound basis. When combined with the identification of the compounds in the natural gas to estimate the heat content.
The analysis of natural gas by gas chromatography is used to estimate the energy content of the natural gas. This provides a means to monitor custody transfer of the natural gas from the
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 301
producer to the end user. Several organizations (Gas Processors Association (GPA) [now in conjunction with the American Petroleum Institute], ASTM international - formally American Society of Testing and Materials, International Organization for Standardization (ISO) [which is also considered as DIN standard and other Natural Gas Standards are based on the ISO standards]) have developed standards based on the individual compound energy values and other physical constants. The calculation is based on the assumption that the Natural Gas mixture can be separated into the individual components. This assumption is based on Dalton's law (the total pressure of a gas mixture is the sum of the partial pressures):
where
pi is the partial pressure on compound i.
When Daltons law is combined with the ideal gas law:
P * V = n * R * T
where P is the pressure, V is the volume, T is the temperature and R is the Gas Constant (the value will depend upon the units used for V, T, and P) and n is the number of moles.
When the Temperature and Volume are defined and constant, the number of moles for each component will be proportional to the partial pressure.
xi = pi/P = ni/ntot
The amount xi can be calculated from the response of the individual component in the GC separation of the gas mixture. With gas mixtures, the total concentration is normalized to 100 %. The gas mixture suppliers usually provide the gas mixture with concentrations in mole %, however, it is possible that the concentrations will be given in volume % or weight %. If this is the case the volume % or weight % values will need to be converted to mole %, since the values in the tables are given in units/mole.
However, the gases in the Natural Gas mixture (with the possible exception of Helium) are non-ideal. Based on a per mole basis, the equation for a real gas is:
P * V = R * T * Z (T,P)
where
P is the absolute pressure
P pi=
302 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
T is the thermodynamic temperature
V is the volume for one mole of gas
Z (T,P) is the compression factor
R is the molar gas constant (8.314472 J mol-1 K-1 or
10.7316 psia (lbmol R)-1
This approach is then used to determine the compression factor for individual compounds. The compression factor is physically the amount of volume occupied at the temperature and pressure defined for the measurement. Near ambient, the truncated viral equation of state satisfactorily describes the behavior for natural gas.
z (T,P) = 1 + BP/RT
where
B = second viral coefficient for the gas mixture
B considers all the possible interactions between the components in the mixture. This has led to an alternate expression that is more convenient.
where
xj = mole fraction of compound j
jj = and jj is the summation factor for component j.
The component constants are used in conjunction with the base pressure to calculate the different reported values.
Energy calculation setup
When the 490-PRO Micro GC includes an energy-meter license the user is able to set up the 490-PRO Micro GC using PROstation, and determine the calorific value and other physical properties in the (natural) gas being sampled. The availability of the energy-meter license can be checked in the instrument configuration on the User tab at Available licenses. See Configuration Frame on page 175 for additional information.
z T P 1 P xj jj
1 2 --
=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 303
To calculate the physical properties of the (natural) gas confirm international standards ISO 6976, GPA 2172, ASTM D3588, GOST 22667 and GOST 31369 require five steps:
1 Select and optimize chromatographic conditions to provide sufficient separation of the components. Instrument Setup on page 230 describes the instruments parameter settings.
2 Correctly integrate and identify the peaks. For additional information, see Integration Events on page 236 and Peak Identification on page 254.
3 Calibrate the 490-PRO Micro GC. The calibration procedure is given is section Peak Calibration on page 266.
4 Normalize results from multiple channels. See Application Normalize on page 296 for how to set up the normalization table.
5 Select and set up the energy calculation. The sections below show how to select the calculation method and conditions used for the various official methods. Calorific Power can be displayed by selecting Application>Calorific Power. The PROstation also provides preconfigured applications which are stored as .papp files. The application can be loaded by selecting File>Application>Open.
Once Open is selected, the user can choose from the following preloaded .papp files or from applications they have already saved. There are 11 application files initially available. In addition to a default.papp file, files for ISO 6976, GPA 2172,
NOTE When GOST 22667 calculation is selected, the use of embedded GOST calibration procedure is required. See Use GOST calibration on page 271 for additional information.
304 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
ASTM D3588, and GOST 2267 are included.
ISO 6976 ISO 0-0.papp, ISO 15-0.papp, ISO 15-15.papp, ISO 20-20.papp, ISO 25-0.papp, and ISO 25-20.papp. The first number indicates the combustion temperature and the second number the metering temperature. These files are based on ISO 6976 -1995 (including Technical Corrigendum 2). See ISO 6976 / GOST 31369 on page 305.
GPA 2172 GPA 14.696 Psi.papp. This file is based on GPA 2172 -09. GPA 2145 -09 is used for the physical properties. See GPA 2172 on page 324.
ASTM D3588 D3588.papp and D3588_98.papp. D3588.papp is based on the most recent values form GPA (2145-09) and D3588_98.papp is based on values from the original D3588-98 (Table 1). See ASTM D3588 on page 331.
GOST 22667 GOST 20-0.papp and GOST 20-20.papp. These files are based on GOST 22667 published in 1982. See GOST 22667 on page 333.
GOST 31369 This standard was published in 2008 and is substantially based on ISO 6976. The availability of this functionality depends on your license. See GOST 31369 on page 336.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 305
ISO 6976 / GOST 31369
For the calculations based on ISO 6976, selection of the metering temperature and the combustion temperature are necessary. On the Calculation Method tab, the Reference Temperature provides three choices of temperature:
273.15 K (0 C)
288.15 K (15 C)
293.15 K (20 C)
These correspond to the metering temperatures defined in ISO 6976. The Compressibility Air (Zair) is also needed for the calculations and is linked to the temperature.
273.15 K (0.99941)
288.15 K (0.99958)
293.15 K (0.99963)
For more details see Sum C6+ unidentified components on page 340.
Along with the metering temperature, the combustion temperature is required to define the values used in Component Constants table.
306 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
The Superior Heating Value (Hs) and Inferior Heating Value (Hi) are defined by the choice of the metering temperature and the combustion temperature, the Summation Factor (SF) is defined by the metering temperature and MW is the molecular weight of the component. The 490-PRO calculates physical properties of the gas on volumetric base, therefor component specific values for Hs and Hi from Table 5 in ISO 6976:1995 (with the correction for Propane) should be used. The heating values are given in MJ m-3.
In the Application Report, and on the instruments webpage, the following results are presented for Energy:
Name of parameter Unit Dry Saturated
Molar mass kg/kmol
Relative density ideal (Molar mass ratio)
-
Relative density real -
Gas density ideal kg/m3
Gas density real kg/m3
Zmix (compressibility) -
A1 Xj Mj= A2 Xj Mj 1 Xwater Xwater Mwater+
=
B1 A1 Mair ----------= B2 A2
Mair ----------=
C1 B1 Zair t2.p2
Zmix ---------------------------------------= C2
B2 Zair t2.p2 Zmix_Saturated
---------------------------------------=
D1 B1 air Zair t2.p2 = D2 B2 air Zair t2.p2 =
E1 D1 F1 -------= E2 D2
F2 -------=
F1 1 Xj bj 2
= F2 1 Xj bj
1 Xwater Xwater b_water 2
+
=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 307
In the table shown above, each parameter value has both dry and saturated (sat) descriptions. Dry indicates that there is no water in the natural gas. Saturated indicates that water has been saturated in the natural gas. In ISO 6976, the reference temperate is 0 C, 15 C, or 20 C. The saturated water mole fraction is 0.6%, 1.68%, and 2.31%.
The 490-PRO has the ability to convert into other units as explained below.
Hs volume ideal MJ/m3
Hs volume real MJ/m3
Hi volume ideal MJ/m3
Hi volume real MJ/m3
Hs molar KJ/mol
Hi molar KJ/mol
Hs mass MJ/kg
Hi mass MJ/kg
Wobbe superior MJ/m3
Wobbe inferior MJ/m3
Name of parameter Unit Dry Saturated
G1 Xj Hs_j= G1 Xj Hs_j 1 Xwater Xwater Hs_water+
=
H1 G1 F1 -------= H2 G2
F2 -------=
I1 Xj Hij= I2 I1 1 Xwater =
J1 I1 F1 ------= J2 I2
F2 ------=
K1 Xj Hsj .molar= K2 Xj Hsj .molar 1 Xwater Xwater Hwater .molar+
=
L1 Xj Hij .molar= L2 Xj Hsj .molar 1 Xwater =
M1 K1 A1 ------= M2 K2
A2 ------=
N1 L1 A1 ------= N2 L2
A2 ------=
O1 H1 C1
----------= O2 H2 C2
----------=
Q1 J1 C1
----------= Q2 J2 C2
----------=
308 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Calorific value unit conversion
The calorific value unit conversion is present in the ISO calculation method screen. The ISO component constants are
based on MJ/m3 for the heating values. The drop down menu provides a means for conversion to other units.
1 BTU = 1,054.6783 J (CRC Handbook, Condition 60 F)
Calculations
Molar mass
The molar mass is molar weight.
The molar mas is calculated by:
Molar mass dry:
Molar mass sat:
where
xj = mole fraction of component j
Mj = molar mass of component j
Xwater = saturated water mole fraction
Relative density ideal (Molar mass ratio)
The Relative density ideal is the ratio of molar mass to the molecular weight of air. Molar mass ratio is calculated by dividing the molar mass of the gas mixture by the molar mass of dry air.
Relative density ideal dry: B1 = A1/Mair.
Relative density ideal sat: B2 = A2/Mair.
Conversion factor selection
Multiplier
Units
No Conversion 1 MJ/m3
MJ/m3 -> KJ/m3 1,000 KJ/m3
MJ/m3 -> KWH/m3 (1/3.6) KWH/m3
MJ/m3 -> kcal/m3 239.00573613767 kcal/m3
MJ/m3 -> BTU/ft3 26.84875658 BTU/ft3
A1 Xj Mj=
A2 Xj Mj 1 Xwater Xwater Mwater+ =
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 309
where
Mair = 28.9626
Relative density real
Real gas relative density is equal to ideal gas density multiplied by Zair, then divided by Zmix.
Relative density real dry:
Relative density real sat:
where
Zair(t2, p2) is air compressibility; values are:
273.15 K (0.99941)
288.15 K (0.99958)
293.15 K (0.99963)
Gas density ideal
Ideal gas density is ideal mass per cubic meter, and is calculated as follows:
Gas density ideal dry:
Gas density ideal sat:
Where
air is real air density:
air(273.15k, 101,325 kpa) = 1.29292283 kg/m3
air(288.15k, 101,325 kpa) = 1.22540971 kg/m3
air(293.15k, 101,325 kpa) = 1.20444873 kg/m3
C1 B1 Zair t2.p2
Zmix ---------------------------------------=
C2 B2 Zair t2.p2 Zmix_Saturated
---------------------------------------=
D1 B1 air Zair t2 p2 =
D2 B2 air Zair t2 p2 =
310 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Gas density real
Real gas density is real gas mass per cubic meter, and is calculated as follows:
Gas density real, dry:
Gas density real, sat:
Zmix (Compressibility)
Compressibility is the departure from ideal gas behavior. For each compound in the sample, the following is calculated:
Zmix dry:
Zmix sat:
where
Xj = Mole fraction of compound j
bj = summation factor for component j
Xwater = saturated water mole fraction
Hs volume ideal
Hs ideal volume is based upon ideal gas superior heating value:
HS volume ideal dry:
HS volume ideal sat:
where
Hs_j is the superior heating value of compound j
Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water
Hs_water is superior water heating value
E1 D1 F1 -------=
E2 D2 F2 -------=
F1 1 Xj bj 2
=
F2 1 Xj bj 1 Xwater Xwater b_water+ 2
=
G1 Xj Hs_j=
G1 Xj Hs_j 1 Xwater Xwater Hs_water+=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 311
Hs volume real
Hs volume real is volume based on real gas superior heating value:
Hs volume real dry:
Hs volume real sat:
Hi volume ideal
Hs ideal is the volume based idea gas inferior heating value:
Hs volume ideal dry:
HS volume ideal sat:
where
Xj is the mole fraction of compound j
Hi_j is the superior heating value of compound j
Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water
Hi_water is the superior water heating value
Hi volume real
Hi volume real is the volume based real gas inferior heating value:
Hi volume ideal dry:
Hi volume ideal sat:
Hs molar
Hs molar is the molar gas superior heating value expressed as KJ/mol:
Hs molar dry:
Hs molar sat:
where
H1 G1 F1 -------=
H2 G2 F2 -------=
I1 Xj Hi_j=
I1 Xj Hi_j 1 Xwater =
J1 I1 F1 ------=
J2 I2 F2 ------=
K1 Xj Hsj .molar=
K2 Xj Hsj .molar 1 Xwater Xwater Hwater.molar+ =
312 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Xj is the mole fraction of compound j
Hsj.molar is the superior heating value of compound j
Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water
Hwater.molar is the water molar superior heating value
Hi molar
Hi molar is the molar based gas inferior heating value expressed as KJ/mol:
Hi molar dry:
Hi molar sat:
where
Xj is the mole fraction of compound j
Hij.molar is the inferior molar heating value of compound j
Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water
Hs mass
Hs mass is the mass based gas superior heating value expressed as MJ/kg:
Hs mass dry:
Hs mass sat:
Hi mass
Hi mass is the mass based gas inferior heating value expressed as MJ/kg:
Hi mass dry:
Hi mass sat:
L1 Xj Hij .molar=
L2 Xj Hij .molar 1 Xwater =
M1 K1 A1 ------=
M2 K2 A2 ------=
N1 L1 A1 ------=
N2 L2 A2 ------=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 313
Wobbe superior
Wobbe index based on superior heating value:
Wobbe superior dry:
Wobbe superior sat:
Wobbe inferior
Wobbe index based on inferior heating value:
Wobbe superior dry:
Wobbe superior sat:
O1 H1 C1
----------=
O2 H2 C2
----------=
Q1 J1 C1
----------=
Q2 J2 C2
----------=
314 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
GPA2172 / ASTM-D3588
Name of parameter
Unit Dry Actual Saturated
Molar mass kg/kmol
Relative density ideal (Molar mass ratio)
-
Relative density real (SG)
-
Gas density ideal
ibm/ft3
Gas density real
ibm/ft3
Zmix (com- pressibility)
-
H gross volume ideal
BTU/ft3
H gross volume real
BTU/ft3
H net volume ideal
BTU/ft3
H net volume real
BTU/ft3
H gross mass BTU/ ibm
A1 A2 w% Mwater 1 w%
----------------------------------------------= A2 Xj Mj= A3 A1 1 1.74% 1.74% Mwater+=
B1 A1 Mair ----------= B2 A2
Mair ----------= B3 A3
Mair ----------=
C1 B1 F1 ------ Zair= C2 B2
F2 ------ Zair= C3 B3
F3 ------ Zair=
D1 A1 P RT = D2 A2 P RT
= D3 A3 P RT =
E1 D1 F1 -------= E2 D2
F2 -------= E3 D3
F3 -------=
F1 1 Pb
Xi bi w% bw 1 w%
------------------------------------------- 2
= F2 1 Pb
Xi bi 2 = F3 1 1 1.74%
Xi bi w% bw 1 w%
-------------------------------------------
1.74%
+
bw 2 Pb
=
G1 G2 w% Hwv
1 w% -------------------------------------= G2 Xj Hs_j= G3 G1 1-1.74%
1.74% Hwv+ =
H1 G1 F1 -------= H2 G2
F2 -------= H3 G3
F3 -------=
I1 I2 w% Hw
1 w% --------------------------------= I2 Xj Hi_j= I3 I1 1-1.74% =
J1 I1 F1 ------= J2 I2
F2 ------= J3 I3
F3 ------=
K1 K2 w% Hwm
Mw M
-------
1 w% Mw M
-------
---------------------------------------------------= K2 Xj Mj M ----- Hs_j .mass
= K3 K1 1-1.74% Mw M
-------
1.74%+ Mw M
------- Hwm
=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 315
In the table shown above, each parameter value has Dry, Actual (act), and Saturated (sat) values. Dry indicates natural gas (containing no water). Actual indicates the known actual water mole fraction in real measured natural gas. Saturated indicates natural gas saturated with water. In GPA2172 and ASTM-D3588, tested base pressure is 14.696 psi, base temperature is 60 F, accorded saturated water mole fraction is 1.74 %, and actual water mole fraction is 0 (Dry) and 1.74 % (sat).
H net mass BTU/ ibm
H gross molar KJ/mol
H net molar KJ/mol
Wobbe index, real
BTU/ft3
Spec. volume, real
ft3/ibm
GPM total, real
gal/ 1,000 ft3
Name of parameter
Unit Dry Actual Saturated
L1 L2 w% Hwm
Mw M
-------
1 w% Mw M
-------
--------------------------------------------------= L2 Xj Mj M ----- Hi_j .mass
= L3 L1 1-1.74% Mw M
------- =
M1 M2 w% Hwm
1 w% ---------------------------------------=
M2 Xj Hs_j .molar
= M3 M1 1-1.74% 1.74%+ Hwm
=
N1 N2 w% Hw
1 w% ----------------------------------=
N2 Xj Hi_j .molar
= N3 N1 1-1.74% =
O1 H1 C1
----------= O2 H2 C2
----------= O3 H3 C3
----------=
P1 1 E1 = P2 1 E2 = P3 1 E3 =
Q1 Qact W% GPMw
1 W% F1 ------------------------------------------------=
Q2 Xi GPMi F2
= Q3
Qdry 1-1.74% 1.74%+ GPMw F3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
=
316 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Calorific value unit conversion
The calorific value unit conversion is present in the ISO calculation method screen. The ISO component constants are
based on BTU/ft3 or BTU/lbm for the values. The drop down menu provides a means for conversion to other units.
1 BTU = 1,055.0559 J (ASTM-D3588)
Calculations
Molar mass
The molar mass is molar weight.
The molar mass is calculated by:
Molar mass dry:
Molar mass act:
Molar mass sat:
where
Xj is mole fraction of component j, including actual water mole fraction
Mj is molar mass of component j
w% is mole fraction of actual water
1.74% is mole fraction of saturated water
Conversion factor selection
Multiplier
Units
BTU/ft3 -> BTU/m3 (1/0.0283268466) BTU/m3
BTU/ft3 -> MMBTU/ft3 (1/1,000,000 MMBTU/ft3
BTU/ft3 -> MMBTU/m3 (1/1,000,000* 0.02831684666)
MMBTU/m3
BTU/ft3 -> MJ/m3 (1/26.83914663) MJ/m3
BTU/lbm -> MJ/kg (2.326/1,000) MJ/kg
A1 A2 w% Mwater
1 w% -------------------------------------------=
A2 Xj Mj=
A3 A1 1 1.74% 1.74% Mwater+=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 317
Relative Density Ideal (Molar Mass Ratio)
The Relative density ideal indicates the ratio of molar mass to the molecular weight of air. Molar mass ratio is calculated by dividing the molar mass of the gas mixture by the molar mass of dry air.
Relative density ideal dry:
Relative density ideal act:
Relative density ideal sat:
where
Mair = 28.9626
Relative Density Real (SG)
Real gas relative density is equal to ideal gas density multiplied by Zair and then divided by Zmix.
Relative density real dry:
Relative density real act:
Relative density real sat:
where
Zair is the compressibility of air = 0.9996
Gas density ideal
Ideal gas density is the ideal mass per cubic meter, and is calculated as follows:
Gas density ideal dry:
Gas density ideal act:
Gas density ideal sat:
where
P is base pressure = 101325 pa
B1 A1 Mair ----------=
B2 A2 Mair ----------=
B3 A3 Mair ----------=
C1 B1 F1 ------ Zair=
C2 B2 F2 ------ Zair=
C3 B3 F3 ------ Zair=
D1 A1 P RT =
D2 A2 P RT =
D3 A3 P RT =
318 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
R is constant = 8.314510 J*mol-1* K-1
T is base temperature = 273.15k + 15.5k = 288.65k
Gas density real
Real gas density is real gas mass per cubic meter, and is calculated as follows:
Gas density real dry:
Gas density real act:
Gas density real sat:
Zmix (Compressibility)
Compressibility is a departure from ideal gas behavior. For each compound in the sample, the following is calculated:
Zmix dry:
Zmix act:
Zmix sat:
where
Pb is the base pressure =14.696 psi
Xi is the mole fraction of component of i
bi is the summation factor of component i
bw is the summation factor of water
w% is the mole fraction of actual water
1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated water
E1 D1 F1 -------=
E2 D2 F2 -------=
E3 D3 F3 -------=
F1 1 Pb Xi bi w% bw
1 w% -------------------------------------------
2 =
F2 1 Pb Xi bi 2=
F3 1 1 1.74% Xi bi w% bw
1 w% ------------------------------------------- 1.74%+ bw
2 Pb =
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 319
H Gross volume ideal
H Gross volume ideal is the ideal gas volume based, gross heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Gross volume ideal dry:
H Gross volume ideal act:
H Gross volume ideal sat:
where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j
Hs_j is the gross heating value of component j
Hwv is the gross water heating value
W% is the mole fraction of actual water
1.74% is the saturated water mole fraction
H Gross volume real
H Gross volume real is the real gas gross heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Gross volume real dry:
H Gross volume real act:
H Gross volume real sat:
H Net volume ideal
H Net volume ideal is the ideal gas volume based, net heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Net volume ideal dry:
H Net volume ideal act:
H Net volume ideal sat:
G1 G2 w% Hwv
1 w% -------------------------------------=
G2 Xj Hs_j=
G3 G1 1-1.74% 1.74% Hwv+=
H1 G1 F1 -------=
H2 G2 F2 -------=
H3 G3 F3 -------=
I1 I2 w% Hw
1 w% --------------------------------=
I2 Xj Hi_j=
I3 I1 1-1.74% =
320 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j
Hi_j is the net heating value of component j
H Net volume real
H Net volume real is the real gas volume based, net heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Net volume real dry:
H Net volume real act:
H Net volume real sat:
H Gross Mass
H Gross Mass is the real gas mass based, gross heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Gross Mass dry:
H Gross Mass act:
H Gross Mass sat:
where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j
Hs_j.mass is the mass based gross heating value of component j
Mj is the molar mass of component j
J1 I1 F1 ------=
J2 I2 F2 ------=
J3 I3 F3 ------=
K1 K2 w% Hwm
Mw M
-------
1 w% Mw M
-------
---------------------------------------------------=
K2 Xj Mj M ----- Hs_j .mass =
K3 K1 1-1.74% Mw M
------- 1.74%+
Mw M
------- Hwm =
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 321
M is the molar mass of act real gas
Hwm is the water mass based gross heating value
W% is the actual water mole fraction
1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas
H Net Mass
H Net Mass is the real gas mass based, net heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Net Mass dry:
H Net Mass act:
H Net Mass sat:
where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j
Hi_j.mass is the mass based net heating value of component j
Mj is the molar mass of component j
M is the molar mass of act real gas
Hwm is the water mass based gross heating value
W% is the actual water mole fraction
1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas
H Gross molar
H Gross molar is the molar based, gross heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Gross molar dry:
H Gross molar act:
H Gross molar sat:
L1 L2 w% Hwm
Mw M
-------
1 w% Mw M
-------
--------------------------------------------------=
L2 Xj Mj M ----- Hi_j .mass =
L3 L1 1-1.74% Mw M
------- =
M1 M2 w% Hwm
1 w% ---------------------------------------=
M2 Xj Hs_j .molar=
M3 M1 1-1.74% 1.74%+ Hwm=
322 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j
Hs_j.molar is the molar based gross heating value of component j
Hwn is the water molar based gross heating value
W% is the actual water mole fraction
1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas
H Net molar
H Net molar is the molar based, net heating value, and is calculated as follows:
H Net molar dry:
H Net molar act:
H Net molar sat:
where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j
Hi_j.molar is the molar based net heating value of component j
Hwn is the water molar based gross heating value
W% is the actual water mole fraction
1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas
Wobbe index, real
Wobbe index is the real gas based on gross heating value
Wobbe index, real dry:
Wobbe index, real act:
Wobbe index, real sat:
N1 N2 w% Hw
1 w% ----------------------------------=
N2 Xj Hi_j .molar=
N3 N1 1-1.74% =
O1 H1 C1
----------=
O2 H2 C2
----------=
O3 H3 C3
----------=
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 323
Spec. volume, real
Spec. volume, real is reciprocal of real gas density
Spec. volume, real dry:
Spec. volume, real act:
Spec. volume, real sat:
GPM total, real
GPM total, real is the liquid volume equivalent, expressed as gallons per 1,000 cubic feet of gas:
GPM total, real dry:
GPM total, real act:
GPM total, real sat:
where
Xi is the mole fraction of component i
GPMi is the liquid volume equivalent expressed as gallons per 1,000 cubic feet of gas of component i (Xi*1000*Pb/(Vi*14.696))
Vi = cubic feet per gallon for compound i (this is shown as Vfact in the Component Constants table)
Pb = base pressure
W% is the actual water mole fraction
GPMw is the water liquid volume equivalent expressed as gallons per 1,000 cubic feet of gas
P1 1 E1 =
P2 1 E2 =
P3 1 E3 =
Q1 Qact W% GPMw
1 W% F1 ------------------------------------------------=
Q2 Xi GPMi F2 =
Q3 Qdry 1-1.74% 1.74%+ GPMw
F3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------=
324 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
GPA 2172
For the calculations based on GPA 2172, selection of the metering temperature and the combustion temperature are defined at 60 F. It is necessary to input the Base Pressure, normally 14.696 psia (1atm) is used unless a different base pressure is specified (GPA 2172 cites other common base pressures as 14.65psia, 14.73psia, and 15.025psia).
In addition to the Component Name, the Component Constants tab shows the following in the table. Check the values being used with the standard being used. You may be required to use a specific standard defined by publication year.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 325
Hv is the Gross Heating Value, hv is the Net Heating Value, Vfact.
is the Volume expressed as Ft3 ideal gas/gal liquid, SF is the summation factor, and MW is the molecular weight.
Comp. Type is a special variable which allows the user to calculate the calorific value for the natural gas which is partially saturated or has additional air. The use of estimates for water is described in section Accounting for water - partially saturated natural gas on page 338. The use of an estimate for air is highlighted in section Using an estimate air concentration on page 332.
Check the values being used with the standard being used. You may be required to use a specific standard defined by publication year.
The following calculations are now provided and reported (in the application report and webpage) for GPA 2172 and are shown in Table 28.
Table 28 GPA 2172 report calculations
GPA 2172 Application report parameter
Unit
Description (Natural gas sample being tested, unless noted otherwise)
Compressibility Departure from ideal gas behavior
Molar mass lb/lbmol Molecular weight
Molar mass ratio The ratio of the molar mass to the molecular weight of air (relative density for ideal gas)
Hv act Btu/ft3 Gross heating value
Hv dry Btu/ft3 Gross heating value for dry real gas
Hv wet Btu/ft3 Gross heating value for water saturated real gas
326 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Calculations
Compressibility
For each compound in the sample the following is calculated.
cfj= xj * SFj
where
xi= Mole fraction of compound j
SFj= summation factor for component j
CF = cfj
Compressibility = 1-CF2
hv act Btu/ft3 Net heating value
hv dry Btu/ft3 Net heating value for dry real gas
hv wet Btu/ft3 Net heating value for water saturated real gas
S.G. Specific gravity (Relative density for real gas)
Wobbe Btu/ft3 Wobbe index for real gas
Hv act MJ/M3 MJ/m3 Gross heating value converted to MJ/m3
hv act MJ/M3 MJ/m3 Net heating value converted to MJ/m3
Density lb/ft3 lb/ft3 Mass density for ideal gas
Spec. volume ft3/lb ft3/lb 1 / mass density for ideal gas
GPM Total gal/1000 ft3 gal/1000 ft3 Total gallons of liquid hydrocarbon per thousand cubic feet of gas
GPM per compound gal/1000 ft3
gal/1000 ft3 Gallons of liquid per thousand cubic feet of gas calculated on per compound basis
Weight % per component
The weight of a compound divided by the sample's total weight expressed as a percentage.
Table 28 GPA 2172 report calculations (continued)
GPA 2172 Application report parameter
Unit
Description (Natural gas sample being tested, unless noted otherwise)
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 327
Molar mass
Molar mass is calculated by:
Molar mass = xj * Mj
where
xj = mole fraction of component j
Mj = molar mass of component j
Molar mass ratio
Molar mass ratio is calculated by dividing the molar mass of the gas mixture by the molar mass of dry air.
Molar mass ratio = Molar mass/28.9626
Gross Btu/ft3 (Ideal gas dry gas)
Calculated as
Hv(Pb) = xi * HI(Pb/14.696)
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
Hi(ti) = Gross BTU/ft3 of compound i at temp ti
Pb = Base pressure
The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole fraction multiplied by the calorific value of the compounds in the mixture.
Gross Btu /ft3 (Real gas dry gas)
Calculated as
Hv(dry) = [xi * HI id(Pb/14.696)]/zi
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
Hi id = Gross BTU/ ft3 of compound i
Pb = Base pressure
zi = Compressibility of for the gas
328 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Gross Btu /Ft3 (Real gas wet gas)
Hv wet is then calculated as
Hvid(wet) = (1-xw)*Hvid(dry)
xw = Pw sat/Pb
At 60 F the vapor pressure of water is 0.25640 psia.
Pw = 0.25640
Net Btu /Ft3 (Ideal gas dry gas)
Calculated as
hv(Pb) = xi * hI(Pb/14.696)
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
hi(ti) = net BTU/ft3 of compound i at temp ti
Pb = Base pressure
The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole fraction multiplied by the calorific value of the compounds in the mixture.
Net Btu /ft3 (Real gas dry gas)
Calculated as
hvid(dry)= [xi * HI id(Pb/14.696)]/zi
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
hi id = Net BTU/ft3 of compound i
Pb = Base pressure
zi = Compressibility of for the gas
Net Btu /ft3 (Real gas wet gas)
hv wet is then calculated as
Hvid(wet) = (1-xw)*Hvid(dry)
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 329
xw = Pw sat/Pb
At 60 F the vapor pressure of water is 0.25640 psia.
Specific gravity
Specific gravity is also known as relative density and is calculated from the molar mass.
d = xj * [Mj /Mair]
where
d = relative density of the ideal gas
Mj = molar mass of component j
Mair = 28.9626 kg*kmol-1 (molar mass of dry air of standard composition)
The relative density for a real gas is then calculated as
SG = d * (zair/ zsample)
where
zair = compression factor for air at t1
zsample = compression factor for the sample at t1
Wobbe index
Wobbe = Hv act/Rel. Density
Hv act MJ/M3
To convert from BTU/CF to MJ/M3
Convert Hv act from btu ft-3 to MJ/m-3
= Hv act *(1055.0559 Joules/BTU * (1/ 0.0283168 m3/ft3)
hv act MJ/M3
To convert from BTU/CF to MJ/M3
Convert hv act from btu ft-3 to MJ/m-3
= hv act *(1055.0559 Joules/BTU * (1/ 0.0283168 m3/ft3)
Density
The density of the ideal gas
330 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
where
= density of the ideal gas
R = 8.314510 J*mol-1 * K-1
T = t + 273.15 K
where
T = temperature in K
t = temperature in C
The density of the real gas is calculated from
(t,p) = (t,p) / Zmix (t,p)
where
Zmix (t,p) = compressibility factor of the gas mixture
This is then converted to lb/ft3.
Specific volume
Specific volume = 1/Density
GPM total
This is the liquid volume equivalent expressed as gallons per 1000 cubic feet of gas
N
GPM = (xi *1000) * Pb) / (Vi *14.696)
I=1
xi = mole fraction of compound I
Vi = Cubic feet per gallon for compound I (this is shown as Vfact. in the Component Constants table)
Pb = Base pressure
N = number of components
t p P R T
--------------- xj Mj =
t p
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 331
ASTM D3588
For the calculations based on ASTM D3588, selection of the metering temperature and the combustion temperature are necessary. The ASTM calculations are the same as the GPA calculations. The Application Report provides the same calculations as the GPA Application Report. The application D3588.papp has the values from Figure 247 in the ASTM D3588 standard. These are based on the ASTM D3588-1989 version. Footnote A of Table 1 shown in Figure 247 states: This table is consistent with GPA 2145-89, but it is necessary to use the values from the most recent edition of GPA 2145 for custody transfer calculations.
Updating the application file with GPA 2145 updates for custody transfer calculations
Comparing the Component Constants to GPA 2145-09 does show some differences. Using n-pentane as an example, the value of Hv (Gross Heating Value) has changed from 4008.9 to 4008.7, the value of hv (Net Heating Value) has changed from 3703.9 to 3707, the value of SF (Summation Factor) has changed from 0.0631 to 0.0606, and MW (Molecular Weight) from 72.15 to 72.1488. The updated values can be entered by clicking on the cell and entering the updated value.
Figure 247 Component Constants for ASTM D3588 Table 1
332 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
The Summation Factor for Air have also been updated. See Figure 248.
Using an estimate air concentration
The Summation Factor for Air has changed from 0.0050 to 0.00537. The 0.0050 value is used in the Energy Calculation, unless the air is used as an estimated concentration.
The PROstation also provides a means to use an estimated concentration of air. The application is setup for calculating the air using a different Summation Factor as follows.
If necessary, air is added to the Normalization Table and can either have an absolute value to be provided in the Estim. Conc field (Estimate must be checked) or the concentration can be set relative to an identified peak (add index number to RefConcPeak# field) and a fixed percentage peak (add % number to RefPeakConc% field) of that peak. See Figure 249.
Figure 248 Component Constants for Air
Figure 249 Normalization table
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 333
When using the Estimate feature, air is not required in the Peak Identification Table, only the Normalization Table. See Figure 250.
In the Calorific Power under the Component Constants table, Comp. Type is set by selecting 1. Air from the drop down list. Either update the Summation Factor for Air or add the necessary values for the physical constants for Air to the table. Save the application. Download this application and then upload the application to check the values again.
GOST 22667
When GOST 22667 is selected, the Calculation Method tab shows the following screen. GOST 22667 does not require the selection of metering temperature and the combustion temperature. See Figure 251.
Figure 250 Peak Identification table
Figure 251 Calorific Power - Calculation Method
334 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
The Component Constants table has three columns. Hs(r) is the maximum heating value, Hi(r) is the minimum heating value, and Rel.Density is the relative density for each of the components. See Figure 252.
The temperature used in the calculations is defined by the values used in the Component Constants. These values are for a combustion temperature of either 0 C or 20 C. The standard provides the maximum heating and minimum heating values in
either MJ/m3 or kcal/m3 and the relative density. For the purposes of the calculations, the air density is accepted to be 1, and the heating values include each components compressibility factor. The user must check the values against the standard to verify the correct values are being used.
See Sum C6+ unidentified components on page 340 and Component concentration by difference on page 344 for further discussion of these topics.
The following calculated results for the gas sample are reported in the Application report for GOST - 22667.
Rel. Density
Hs (Maximum heat value) in MJ/m3 or kcal/m3
Hi (Minimum heat value) in MJ/m3 or kcal/m3
Wobbe sup. (Wobbe index for maximum heat value) MJ/m3 or kcal/m3
Wobbe inf. (Wobbe index for minimum heat value) MJ/m3 or kcal/m3.
Figure 252 Calorific Power - Component Constants
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 335
Calculations
Maximum heat value (Molar)
Hs(t1) = xi * Hi(t1)
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
Hi(ti) = maximum calorific value for 1 mole of i at temp tI
The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole fraction the calorific value of components in the mixture.
Minimum heat value (Molar)
Hi(t1) = xi * Hi(t1)
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
Hi(ti) = minimum calorific value for 1 mole of i at temp tI
The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole fraction the calorific value of components in the mixture.
Relative Density
For each compound in the sample the following is calculated.
sgi= xi *(MWi/MWAir) where
xi= Mole fraction of compound i
All of the sgs are summed to give the sum SG
Relative Density = xi * (MWi/MWAir)
Wobbe Index
The Wobbe Index is calculated for the gas sample:
Wobbe = Heat Value (Maximum or Minimum)/(Relative Density)
The GOST standard allows the Wobbe index to be reported as
the Maximum and Minimum values in either MJ/m3 or kcal/m3.
336 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
GOST 31369
The availability of this functionality depends on your license.
GOST 31369 Standard was published in 2008 and is substantially based on ISO 6976. Therefore, calculations require the selection of the metering temperature and the combustion temperature. On the Calculation Method screen, the Reference Temperature provides three choices of temperature:
273.15 K (0 C)
288.15 K (15 C)
293.15 K (20 C)
These correspond to the metering temperatures defined in ISO 6976. The Compressibility Air (Zair) is also needed for the calculations and is linked to the temperature.
273.15 K (0.99941)
288.15 K (0.99958)
293.15 K (0.99963)
Figure 253 GOST 31369 Calculation Method
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 337
Along with the metering temperature, the combustion temperature is required to define the values used in the Component Constants table. The user should check the values being used with the standard being used.
The Superior Heating Value (Hs) and Inferior Heating Value (Hi) are defined by the choice of the metering temperature and the combustion temperature, the Summation Factor (SF) is defined by the metering temperature and MW is the molecular weight of the component. The 490-PRO calculates physical properties of the gas on volumetric base, therefor component specific values for Hs and Hi from Table 29 in GOST 31369 should be used. The heating values are given in MJ m-3.
In the Application Report and on the instruments webpage, the following results are presented for Energy:
Figure 254 GOST 31369 Component Constants
Table 29 GOST 31369 component values
GOST 31369 Application report parameter
Unit*
Description (for the Natural Gas sample being tested, unless noted otherwise)
Compressibility Departure from ideal gas behavior
Molar mass kg/kmol Molecular weight
Molar mass ratio The ratio of the molar mass to the molecular weight of air
Relative density Density relative to density of air
Absolute density Kg/m3 Mass/Volume at specified temperature and pressure
338 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Discussion of the calculations and conversion to other units are covered in ISO 6976 / GOST 31369 on page 305. See Sum C6+ unidentified components on page 340 and Component concentration by difference on page 344 for further discussion of these topics.
Accounting for water - partially saturated natural gas
The PROstation also provides a means to use an estimated concentration of water. Selecting ASTM 3588 or GPA 2172 in the Calorific Power Calculation Method panel gives information on how to estimate the water. See Figure 255.
The application is setup for calculating the water in a partially saturated sample as follows.
Water is added to the Normalization Table, and can either have an absolute value to be provided in the Estim. Conc field (Estimate must be checked) or the concentration can be set relative to an identified peak (add index number to RefConcPeak# field) and a fixed percentage peak (add % number to RefPeakConc% field) of that peak.
Hs MJ/m3 Superior heating value
Hi MJ/m3 Inferior heating value
Wobbe superior MJ/m3 Wobbe index based on superior heating value
Wobbe inferior MJ/m3 Wobbe index based on inferior heating value
* Note: displayed units from GOST 31369.
Table 29 GOST 31369 component values (continued)
GOST 31369 Application report parameter
Unit*
Description (for the Natural Gas sample being tested, unless noted otherwise)
Figure 255 How to select water amounts
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 339
In the Calorific Power under the Component Constants table, Comp. Type is set to 2. Water for the water entry by selecting 2. Water from the drop down list for Comp. Type. Add the necessary values for the physical constants for water to the table. Save the application. Download this application and then upload the application to check the values again. See Figure 256.
When the application report is displayed, the energy calculations show Hv act, Hv dry, and Hv wet. See Figure 257
Hv Act is the calculation that includes the water concentration and Hv dry compensates for the water amount. In this example the water concentration is 0.3 %, the Hv dry is calculated by dividing the Hv act by 0.997 which is [1/(1 - 0.003)] or in % [100/(100-0.3)]. Hv act is the ideal Hv adjusted for the. 0.3 % water. Hv act = Hv ideal - [(0.3*50.312)/100]
Figure 256 Component Constants - Water
Figure 257 Energy calculations
340 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Sum C6+ unidentified components
Summing C6+ unidentified components must be used in combination with setting the RF unknown peaks to Relative in the Method Calibration window.
When Calorific Power is selected from the drop down for Application, the following screen appears. The top half of the screen under Calculation Method allows the user to select the calculation type. There is also a checkbox which can be selected to Sum C6+ unidentified components. See Figure 258.
Since the Micro GC does have back flush-to-detector it is necessary that n-hexane, and all peaks that elute beyond the C6 are summarized. The standards do provide for the grouping of the components by providing physical constant data for hexanes and heptanes. These values can be used for the summed peaks.
When using a TCD, it is appropriate to use different response factors for the components since the thermal conductivity has a molecular weight dependence.
Typically, for saturated hydrocarbons, the isomers of the n-alkane elute prior to the respective n-alkane. For example, it would be appropriate to use the response factor for n-hexane for the hexane isomers, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane, 2,2-dimethylbutane, and 2,3-dimethylbutane. The isomers of n-heptane would then use the response factor of n-heptane, etc. See Figure 259 on page 341.
Figure 258 Sum 6+ unidentified components
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 341
However, if aromatic components are in the mixture, it is appropriate to exclude these components since the heating value is significantly different. Table 30 is an excerpt from ISO 6976, Table 5. As can be seen, the aromatic compounds are significantly different from the alkanes in heating value for the same carbon number. With n-Hexane, Benzene, n-heptane, and n-octane identified and not excluded, the following regions are used for the response factors. See Figure 260 on page 342.
Figure 259 Elution order of the hexane isomers. (Chromatogram from application note for 7890)
Table 30 ISO 6976 Table 5 excerpt
Compound Carbon number Superior 15 /15 C MJ/m3
n-Hexane 6 177.55
2-Methylpentane 6 177.23
3-Methylpentane 6 177.34
2,2-Dimethylbutane 6 176.82
2,3-Dimethylbutane 6 177.15
Benzene 6 139.69
n-Heptane 7 205.42
Toluene 7 167.05
n-Octane 8 233.28
Ethylbenzene 8 194.95
o-Xylene 8 194.49
342 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Figure 260 shows region 1 includes the unidentified peaks eluting after n-pentane and up to and including n-hexane, 2 includes the unidentified peaks eluting after n-hexane and up to and including Benzene, 3 includes the unidentified peaks eluting after Benzene and up to and including n-heptane, 4 includes the unidentified peak eluting after n-heptane and up to and including n-octane, 5 is the region after the last identified peak. Region 1 uses the response factor for n-hexane, region 2 uses the response factor for Benzene, region 3 uses the response factor for n-heptane, region 4 uses the response factor for n-octane, and region 5 uses the response factor for n-octane since it is the last identified peak.
As one can see in Table 29 on page 337 this will lead to erroneous values for the calculated amounts and calorific values. If the option is used to exclude a peak from the summation algorithm, for example, Benzene is excluded the earlier mentioned regions are redistributed a bit. (See Figure 261 on page 343.) Region 2 is now allocated to Benzene only while Region 3 is expanded to include all unidentified peaks eluting right after n-Hexane up to and including n-Heptane.
Figure 260 Response factors sorted by regions 1-5
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 343
The Integration Report shows the unidentified peaks, and the Application Report will show the summed unidentified peaks as part of the normalized amount for n-Hexane and n-Heptane and n-Octane and other identified peaks that are not excluded.
When using the Estimate feature, water is not required in the Peak Identification table, only the Normalization Table.
Figure 261 Response factor excluding a peak
Figure 262 Normalization Table - water
Figure 263 Peak Identification table
344 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Component concentration by difference
The availability of the Component Concentration by Difference option depends on your license. This option is used to normalize to 100 % using a selectable component. The concentration for the selected component is calculated using the following formula:
Component concentration = 100 % - (Sum all other measured component concentrations + Sum all estimated component concentrations).
The option is enabled using the checkbox. The specific component is selected using the combo boxes.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 345
Application Verification Check
As part of the automation, on the basis of time or number of runs passed, a verification block can be programmed.
The results of this verification will either be reported as a normal sample, identifying the run as a verification run or reported as normal, but also compared to a set of preprogrammed limits.
As part of the application, the user must define limits, against which the verification will be checked. The user can choose from raw results, sample results, or calculated results.
The user must program the appropriate minimum and maximum values. If outside the programmed range, the verification is set negative, initiating a calibration block.
Note that the Verification Table must be set very carefully. Too many variables will likely result in unwanted and unnecessary calibrations. Too few variables might result in unwanted errors. During a verification run, it is possible to check whether parameters are within limits. Such as:
External standard or normalized concentrations of components listed in the Application Report.
Sample results like sum or group total and bridge component as defined in the Normalization window (Application menu).
Analog Inputs using the (sampling) converted values as defined in the Analog Input window.
Calorific Power results as defined in the Energy Calculation window (Application menu).
Figure 264 Verification block
346 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
A verification check is only performed after the sample calculation of a verification run, either from the Sequence- or Verification Table or Single run.
Enable the Verification Table in the Settings tab.
Use the Download Application from the Control menu to store the Verification settings to the 490-PRO. Only the Activated lines in the Verification Table will be downloaded to the 490-PRO.
Find more information in Verification run on page 701.
Figure 265 Verification check
Figure 266 Verification enable
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 347
Application Alarms
Alarm relays can be used to indicate whether parameters are out of limits. Such as:
External standard or normalized concentrations of components listed in the Application Report.
Sample results such as sum or group total and bridge component as defined in the Normalization window (Application menu).
Analog Inputs using the (sampling) converted values as defined in the Analog Input window.
Calorific Power results as defined in the Energy Calculation window (Application menu).
GC Status such as ambient temperature and pressure.
External Digital inputs from other devices such as flowmeter.
The Minimum and Maximum column entries can be omitted (here left zero). Some parameters do not need maximum and minimum such as digital inputs.
Figure 267 Alarms
Figure 268 Alarms with no minimum or maximum
348 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Using one relay output for multiple alarm conditions can be handled by using the Any Alarm parameter. For example, to set an alarm if either the ESTD Amount of Methane is out of limits or a Verification Failure occurs, use the following Alarm Table.
Although the first two Alarms have no physical relay, their status can be read using ModBus. For fail-safe purposes or inverting a digital input, the alarm output can be inverted in the Invert Alarm column.
The analog outputs are set after processing a certain run type or when using Recalculate Current Run. The run type is defined in the Alarm On column as either Analysis, Blank, Calibration, or Verification
Enable the Alarm Table in the Settings tab.
Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the Alarm settings to the 490-PRO. Only the Activated lines in the Alarm Table will be downloaded. Find more information in Case 2: Alarms on page 713.
Figure 269 Any alarm parameter
Figure 270 Alarm enable
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 349
Application Analog Outputs
Analog outputs can be used to indicate a parameter value or status. The conversion from the input value is illustrated in the following curves:
The conversion follows a straight line (linear interpolation) between the points [Input Low X1, Output Y1] and [Input High X2, Output Y2].
Outside the input range the output is limited to the respective Output Y1 or Output Y2 value.
A negative slope is defined by making Output Y2 smaller than Output Y1.
A zero slope (equal Output Y1 and Y2) gives one output (Output Y1/Y2) for all input values.
Note that Input Low must always be smaller than Input High.
The analog outputs can be coupled to parameters as:
Integration results for components defined in the Method menu.
Sample results like sum or group total and bridge component as defined in the Normalization window (Application menu).
Analog Inputs using the (sampling) converted values as defined in the Analog Input window.
Calorific Power results as defined in the Energy Calculation window (Application menu).
Figure 271 Input value conversion illustration
350 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Examples of these parameters and possible conversions are given below:
Analog Outputs can also be coupled to digital signals. Such as:
GC Status and
Verification Failure
Use for digital inputs 0 and 1 as Input Low X1 and High X2 values. The output will be the respective Output Y1 or Y2 value.
The analog outputs are set after processing a certain run type (or when using Recalculate Current Run). The run type is defined in the Update On column. Choices are:
Analysis
Blank
Calibration and
Verification
Enable the Analog Output Table in the Settings tab.
Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the Analog Output settings to the 490-PRO. Find more information in Case 1: Analog Output on page 709.
Figure 272 Analog outputs example parameters
Figure 273 Analog outputs digital signals
Figure 274 Analog output enable
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 351
Parameters
The parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output are listed in Table 31.
Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output
Parameter type Parameter Display
Integration results (1) ESTD Amounts
(2) Normalized Amounts
(3) Sample results ESTD total Group 1
ESTD total Group 10
Normalized total group 1
Normalized total group 10
Sum ESTD Application report (Sample column)
Sum Estimates
Bridge comp. factor
Inputs (5) Analog inputs Sampling Analog Input 1 Application report (Environment column)
Sampling Analog Input 2
(9*) Digital Inputs [Digital# 1]
[Digital# 2]
* only for Alarms, ** only for Analog Outputs, *** not for Verifications <> example, [] option depends on configuration
352 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Calorific Power
(6) ISO6976/GOST 31369 Results
1. Dry.Zmix Application report (Energy column)
2. Dry.Molar Mass
3. Dry.Rel.Dens.Ideal
4. Dry.Rel.Dens.Real
5. Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal
6. Dry.Gas.Dens.Real
7. Dry.Hs.v.Ideal
8. Dry.Hs.v.Real
9. Dry.Hs.Mass
10. Dry.Hs.Molar
11. Dry.Hi.v.Ideal
12. Dry.Hi.v.Real
13. Dry.Hi.Mass
14. Dry.Hi.Molar
15. Dry.Wobbe index
16. Dry.Wobbe Inferior
17. Sat.Zmix
18. Sat.Molar Mass
19. Sat.Rel.Dens.Ideal
20. Sat.Rel.Dens.Real
21. Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal
22. Sat.Gas.Dens.Real
23. Sat.Hs.v.Ideal
24. Sat.Hs.v.Real
25. Sat.Hs.Mass
26. Sat.Hs.Molar
27. Sat.Hi.v.Ideal
28. Sat.Hi.v.Real
29. Sat.Hi.Mass
Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)
Parameter type Parameter Display
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 353
Calorific Power (continued)
(6) ISO6976/GOST 31369 Results (continued)
30. Sat.Hi.Molar Application report (Energy column)
31. Sat.Wobbe index
32. Sat.Wobbe Inferior
(7) ASTM/GPA Results
1. Act.Zmix
2. Act.Molar Mass
3. Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal
4. Act.Rel.Dens.Real
5. Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal
6. Act.Gas.Dens.Real
7. Act.Hs.v.Ideal
8. Act.Hs.v.Real
9. Act.Hmass
11. Act.hv.ideal
12. Act.hv.real
15. Act.Wobbe index
16. Act.Spec.Volume
17. Act.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
18. Act.Hv.MJ/m3
19. Act.hv.MJ/m3
20. Dry.Zmix
21. Dry.Molar Mass
22. Dry.Rel.Dens.Ideal
23. Dry.Rel.Dens.Real
24. Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal
25. Dry.Gas.Dens.Real
26. Dry.Hs.v.Ideal
27. Dry.Hs.v.Real
28. Dry.Hmass
30. Dry.hv.ideal
31. Dry.hv.real
Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)
Parameter type Parameter Display
354 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Calorific Power (continued)
(7) ASTM/GPA Results (continued)
34. Dry.Wobbe index Application report (Energy column)
35. Dry.Spec.Volume
36. Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
37. Dry.Hv.MJ/m3
38. Dry.hv.MJ/m3
39. Sat.Zmix
40. Sat.Molar Mass
41. Sat.Rel.Dens.Ideal
42. Sat.Rel.Dens.Real
43. Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal
44. Sat.Gas.Dens.Real
45. Sat.Hs.v.Ideal
46. Sat.Hs.v.Real
47. Sat.Hmass
49. Sat.hv.ideal
50. Sat.hv.real
53. Sat.Wobbe index
54. Sat.Spec.Volume
55. Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
56. Sat.Hv.MJ/m3
57. Sat.hv.MJ/m3
58. Zair
Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)
Parameter type Parameter Display
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 355
GC Status (10*) Any Alarm from Alarm table
(11**) Verification Failure Application report (Verification Check)
(4*) Verifications Verification failure
Unknown peaks detected
Calibration Alarm
Stream selection failure Instrument Status (Common tab)
(12*) Start Run Error Start failure
(8***) GC Status Instrument Error
Cabinet Temperature Application report (Environment column)
Ambient Pressure
Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)
Parameter type Parameter Display
356 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Timed Relays
Timed relays are used to signal run sequence events or control external actuators.
The following events are available:
Figure 275 Timed relay run cycle
Table 32 Available events
Run Started the start of a new run
Sampling Started the sample gas is directed through the injector
Injection Started the sample gas is injected into the chromatography system
Sample Calculation the results from the chromatogram are calculated
Steam Selected a stream is selected
New Stream a new stream is selected
Table 33 Time periods between events
Stabilizing time defined in the Common tab of Instrument Method
Sample time defined in the Common tab of Instrument Method
Inject time defined in the Channel tabs of Instrument Method
Run time defined in the Channel tabs of Instrument Method
Cycle time combined time based on other timing as set in the method
Flush time defined in the Tables of Automation Sequence
Flush time
Run started
Sampling started
Sample time
Injection started
Inject time
Stream selected [new stream]
(stream ahead)
Run time
Sample calculation
Remainder of cycle time
Stream selected [new stream]
(normal)
Stabilizing time
Run cycle
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 357
The timing of the events Stream Selected and New Stream depends on the Stream Ahead Scheduling option (Sequence Properties tab of Automation Sequence). Without Stream Ahead, the stream selector position is updated at the end of the run followed by the Flush Time. With Stream Ahead, the stream selector position is updated just after the injection. Flushing is started and the remaining Flush Time shorted.
To indicate that the chromatography system is in action, make the following definition in the Timed Relays tables.
The first line defines the Energize event (Injection Started) for the Timed Relay 1. The second line defines the De-energize event (Sample Calculation).
To pulse a relay if a new stream is selected, make the following definition.
Here, each time a new stream is selected, Timed Relay 2 is energized for 2 seconds.
Note that a timed relay basically requires two definition lines in the table. The number of lines is limited to 6, thus 3 timed relays can be defined.
Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the Timed Relay settings to the 490-PRO
Find more information in Case 3: Timed Relays on page 714.
Figure 276 Timed relays table
Figure 277 Timed relays example definition for pulse
358 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Analog Inputs
The analog inputs are used to measure external parameters. They can be coupled to alarms or analog outputs. The conversion is defined in the Analog Inputs table columns:
The gain defines the change in output for a change in input. The offset is the output for zero input.
The gain and offset can also be of negative value. In addition, decimal values are possible.
For alarms and analog outputs, the converted output values are used.
With an external PT-100 temperature sensor, a current source of 5 mA is used for excitation. The analog input measures the voltage across the sensor. The conversion from input voltage to centigrade temperature is defined as follows.
The analog inputs are displayed in the Application Report. Note that the inputs are measured at the start of the sampling period. The Application Report is updated after the sample calculation is finished.
The Analog Inputs are continuously updated in the enhanced tab of the Instrument Status (control menu).
Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the Analog Input settings to the 490-PRO.
Figure 278 Analog input conversion
Figure 279 Analog inputs
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 359
Application Digital Inputs
Digital Inputs are used to trigger automation events such as:
Start/Stop Automation
Start Calibration or Verification Table
Run sequence line
In addition, they can also be used to signal an external device status or alarm. By using two Digital Inputs, the Automation mode can be started and stopped.
In addition, the Verification or Calibration Table can be started in idle or automation mode (priority run).
The triggering of a sequence line is done in idle mode only. For a single execution, use the edge-sensitive input. Shortly closing the digital input switch is sufficient to start the sequence line.
For continuous execution, use the level-sensitive input. The inputs are scanned every 5 seconds. To perform handshaking, use a timed relay to indicate that the run is started. This way one can also keep track of the number of runs started.
During automation or a run, the digital inputs are scanned at the end of the run (event Sample Calculation).
All digital inputs are edge sensitive, except for the (nonlatching) on-board digital inputs and level sensitive defined (execute) sequence lines. Find more information in Case 4: Digital Inputs on page 715.
Figure 280 Automation mode control
Figure 281 Continuous execution
360 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Application Local User Interface (LCD)
The LCD is an optional, four-line digital display. It is designed to show instrument specific information, such as:
Actual operating conditions
Instrument status as well as run status
Calculated values
Instrument errors
Find more information about unpacking and installation of the LCD in Local User Interface (LCD) on page 123.
The LCD output can be programmed from the application\user interface (LCD) in the PROstation toolbar. Use the Display Parameters tab to select which parameters should be presented on the screen, see an example in Figure 282. For each parameter, select whether the information should be fixed on the screen or scrollable. The right side of the Main tab provides a simulation of the selected parameters, see Figure 283. On this tab, you are also able set the contrast and brightness of the LCD as a percentage of the maximum output and the scrolling time interval.
Figure 282 LCD setup - scrollable or fixed
Figure 283 LCD setup - main screen
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 361
The sections below give a detailed overview of the information that can be displayed. For all parameters, the LCD screen output is here given as [screen output].
System status and info parameters
This section gives an overview of the system status and info parameters. The channel needs to be set to 0. Mainboard in Channel# column, see Figure 284 for an example.
0. None
Display line is not configured, will result in empty line in LCD.
9. Continuous Flow mode [Cont. Flow]
Displays whether or not continuous flow mode is switched on in the instrument configuration.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx 0 = Continuous flow mode is switched off 1= Continuous flow mode is switched on
Firmware ? Version 3.xx OFF = Continuous flow mode is switched off ON = Continuous flow mode is switched on
58. Actual Stream Number [Actual Stream#]
Displays the current selected stream position.
2205. Application Stream number [Stream#]
Displays stream position of the last finished run.
100. Actual SampleLine Temp [SampleLine T]
Displays the current temperature of the sample line in degrees centigrade (C).
Figure 284 LCD setup - System status and info parameters
362 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
102. Actual Instrument State [Inst. State]
Displays the overall instrument state of the 490-PRO.
INIT = System is initializing FLUSHING = Flush cycle is started RUNNING or RUN.##s = Running, where ## is the run time in seconds STABIL = Stabilizing method READY = System is ready to use ERROR = A critical or fatal error has occurred REC ERROR = Recoverable error/advisory fault UNREC ERR = Unrecoverable error, reboot the instrument NOT RDY = Not ready, instrument parameters setting not yet reached WAIT EXT RDY = Waiting for external ready in CLEANING = System is performing a bake out
103. Actual Cabinet Temperature [Cabinet T]
Displays current instrument cabinet temperature in degrees centigrade (C).
Note: Firmware version ? 2.xx will display [Ambient T] on screen instead of [Cabinet T].
104. Actual Ambient Pressure [Ambient P]
Displays the ambient pressure in kilo Pascal (kPa), measure in the instrument cabinet.
105. External Power Supply Voltage [Supply Volt]
Display the actual power supply voltage in Volt (V).
106. External Started status [Ext. Started]
Displays whether or not an external start is received.
0 = No External start received 1 = External start received
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 363
131. External Device Ready Status [Ext. Dev. State]
Displays the ready status of possible external connected device.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx 0 = External device not ready 1 = External device ready
Firmware ? Version 3.xx NOT RDY = External device not ready RDY = External device ready
132. Error Code status [Error Code]
Displays the instruments error code. Error codes for the LCD are reported as [LCN]; where L = location of the error, C = severity class, and N = actual error number.
Location
[empty] = mainboard 1 - 4 = channel number
Severity classes
DIAG = diagnostic message, RECO = recoverable/advisory error CRIT = critical error FATA = fatal error
Error number
Displayed as #, ## or ### (depending on error number). See Chapter 21, Errors, starting on page 717 for a description and required actions for each error number.
Note: Also see parameter 152. GC Errors only [GC Errors] on page 364.
134. Actual Flush time [Stream flush t]
Displays remaining stream flush time in seconds.
138. Actual Sequence State [Seq. State]
Displays the current automation (or sequence) status.
IDLE = Idle RUN MAN = A manual run (single run) has started RUN SEQ = Running a sequence (full automation) RUN CB = Running a calibration block RUN VB = Running a verification block RECALC = System is performing a recalculation
364 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
EQ STRM or EQ.STR ##s = Equilibrating a sample stream (selecting and flushing stream), where ## is the remaining equilibration time in seconds.
139. Actual Calibration Level Setting [Calib. Level]
Displays current calibration level, this could be either during calibration, verification using a certain calibration level and recalculation of a calibration.
1 to 7 = calibration level 1 to 7
8 = This level is used for Rw multilevel calibration, for more information see section Rw Calibration on page 685 for more information.
2204. Application Calibration Level [Calib Level]
Displays calibration level of the last finished run. This could be either a calibration, verification using a certain calibration level and recalculation of a calibration.
1 to 7 = calibration level 1 to 7
8 = This level is used for Rw multilevel calibration, for more information see section Rw Calibration on page 685 for more information.
141. Actual Sample Type [Sample Type]
Displays the sample type of the current run.
ANALYS = Analysis of an unknown sample CALIB = Calibration gas BLANK = Blank analysis (Baseline) VERIF = Verification sample
2203. Application Sample Type [Samp Type]
Displays sample type of the last finished run.
ANALYS = Analysis of an unknown sample CALIB = Calibration gas BLANK = Blank analysis (Baseline) VERIF = Verification sample
152. GC Errors only [GC Errors]
Displays whether or not there is a system error.
0 = No error 1 = Error
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 365
Note 1: This parameter only sets a notification (return value = 1) when the 490-PRO has an error in one of the severity classes Advisory Fault, Critical Error, or Fatal Error. As soon as the 490-PRO is no longer in error, this parameter is reset to 0.
Note 2: To obtain the error number use parameter 132. Error Code status [Error Code] on page 363. See also parameter 2212. Application Alarm on Index# ..." ' Step [Alarm Index#] on page 366 and parameter 2211. Application Alarm Status [Alarm status].
153. Application Errors only [Appl. Errors]
Displays whether or not there is a failure in the calibration conditions, or an error in the stream selection, or an alarm on one of the conditions specified in the alarm table.
0 = No error or alarm 1 = Error or alarm
Note: See also parameter 2211. Application Alarm Status [Alarm status] and parameter 2212. Application Alarm on Index# ..." ' Step [Alarm Index#] on page 366.
154. GC and Application Errors [GC+Appl Errors]
Displays whether or not there is a system or application error; combines parameter 152 and 153.
0 = No error or alarm 1 = Error or alarm
1331. Integration Report: Calibration Alarm [Calib Alarm]
Returns if a response factor of one or more peaks detected in the current calibration run does not meet the allowed variation. The allowed variation for response factor alarms is defined in the Method peak table.
0 = No calibration alarm 1 = Calibration alarm
2211. Application Alarm Status [Alarm status]
Displays whether any of the configured alarms from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run.
0 = No alarm 1 = Alarm
366 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
2212. Application Alarm on Index# ..." ' Step [Alarm Index#]
Displays whether a particular configured alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run. The alarm index should be set in the Peak#/Index# column.
0 = No alarm 1 = Alarm
[Alarm Index#] where x is the alarm index number
500. MPU firmware version number [MPU version]
Displays the MPU firmware version and subversion and build number (build number only from firmware version 2.0 and up). MPU version is displayed as MVersion x.xx byyyyy, where x version# and yyyyy is the build number.
515. Current Time [Time]
Displays the current instruments date and time setting.
601. Instrument Serial Number [Serial#]
Displays the instruments serial number.
611. Operating Runs logging [Oper.Runs#]
Displays the total number of runs performed on the system.
612. Operating Time logging [Oper.Time]
Displays the total instrument up time in hours.
613. Operating Max Temperature logging [Oper.Max T]
Displays the maximum reached cabinet temperature in degrees centigrade (C).
2200. New Data Available (synchronization flag) [New Data#]
Displays status of the new data available flag. Flag automatically resets 0 after the Reset-Time data available flag expires.
0 = No new data available/reset new data available 1 = (Still) new valid data available
2202. Application Run number ID [RUN ID#]
Displays the incremental run number, generated by the 490-PRO.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 367
2213. Application Verification Status [Verif.Status]
Displays whether or not the verification criteria as defined in the Verification Table passes.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx 0 = All verification criteria passed. 1 = One of the verification criteria did not pass.
Firmware ? Version 3.xx PASS = All verification criteria passed. FAIL = One of the verification criteria did not pass.
2216. Application Total Peaks [Total Peaks]
Displays the total number of detected peaks from application report, defined in the normalization table.
2217. Application Sum ESTD [Sum Unnorm]
Displays the sum of ESTD values of all detected peaks, defined in the normalization table, from the last finished run.
2218. Application Sum Estimates [Sum Estim]
Displays the sum of estimates that are identified as estimate peaks in the normalization table.
2221. Application Sum Areas [Sum Areas]
Displays the sum of areas of all detected peaks that are defined in the normalization table.
2225. Application Day of Injection [Inj Day]
Displays the day of injection of the last finished run.
2226. Application Hour of Injection [Inj Hour]
Displays the hour of injection of the last finished run.
2227. Application Minute of Injection [Inj Min]
Displays the minute of injection of the last finished run.
2228. Application Second of Injection [Inj Sec]
Displays the second of injection of the last finished run.
368 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
2229. Application Total Unknown Peaks [Unknown Pks]
Displays the total number of unknown peaks from the application report. A peak is handled as 'unknown' when it is not defined in the normalization table but still detected in the integration report.
Channel specific status parameters
For the channel specific status parameters, the desired channel is chosen by selecting 1. Channel 1, 2. Channel 2, 3. Channel 3 or 4. Channel 4 in Channel# column, see Figure 285 for an example.
300. Actual Column Temperature Chan# ... [Column T #x]
Displays the actual column temperature in degrees centigrade (C) for the selected channel.
[Column T #x]; x = channel #
302. Actual Injector Temperature [Injector T #x]
Displays the actual injector temperature in degrees centigrade (C) for the selected channel.
[Injector T #x]; x = channel #
304. Actual Column Pressure [Column P #x]
Displays the actual column pressure in kilo Pascal (kPa) for the selected channel.
[Column P #x]; x = channel #
Figure 285 LCD setup channel specific status parameters
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 369
308. Board Temperature Chan# ... [PCB Temp #X]
Returns the actual channel board temperature in degrees centigrade (C) for the selected channel.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx [Ambient T#x]; x = channel #
Firmware ? Version 3.xx [PCB Temp #x]; x = channel #
811. Operating Max Temperature logging Chan#... [Oper.Max T #x]
Displays the maximum operating column temperature in degrees centigrade (C) for selected channel.
[Oper.Max T #x]; x = channel #
Channel specific result parameters
This section gives an overview of the available channel specific results that can be displayed on the LCD. For each parameter, a channel needs to be set using 1. Channel 1, 2. Channel 2, 3. Channel 3 or 4. Channel 4 in Channel# column. The component of interest can be selected using the index number (#) from the Peak identification/Calibration table in the Method. The component index number should be filled in the Peak#/Index# column. See Figure 286 for an example. The LCD will show the first 5 characters of the peak name, indicated as $$$$$ in the parameters below.
1202. Integration Report: Total Peaks Integrated chan# ... [Integ.pks#x]
Displays the total number of peaks (named and unnamed) for the selected channel.
[Integ.pks#x]; x = channel #
Figure 286 LCD setup channel specific result parameters
370 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
1214. Integration Report: Identified peaks chan# ... [Ident.pks#x]
Displays the total number of identified peaks for the selected channel.
[Ident.pks#x]; x = channel #
1375. Integration Report: Area meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$ Area]
Displays the peak area of the selected component.
1376. Integration Report: Height meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$ Hght]
Displays the peak height of the selected component.
1377. Integration Report: Amount meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$ ESTD]
Displays the calculated amount of the selected component.
1378. Integration Report: Retention meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$ Ret]
Returns the retention time in seconds (s) of the selected component.
Component specific result parameters
This section gives an overview of the available component specific normalized results that can be displayed on the LCD.
For each parameter, the channel# needs to be set to 0. Mainboard in the Channel# column. The component of interest can be selected using the index number (#) from the Normalization table from the Application. The component index number should be filled in the Peak#/Index# column, see Figure 287 on page 371 for an example.
The required group number as used in the Normalization table from the Application should be filled in the Peak#/Index# column. The LCD will show the first 5 characters of the peak name, indicated as $$$$$ in the parameters below.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 371
2230. Application $$$$ Retention [$$$$$ Rt]
Displays the retention time in seconds of the selected component from the last finished run.
2231. Application $$$$ Height [$$$$$ Hght]
Displays the peak height of the selected component from the last finished run.
2232. Application $$$$ ESTD [$$$$$ ESTD]
Displays the calculated amount of the selected component from the last finished run.
2233. Application $$$$$ Normalized ESTD [$$$$$ Norm]
Displays the normalized amount of the selected component from the last finished run.
2235. Application Group @ Total ESTD [Group x ESTD]
Displays the sum of the ESTD concentrations of all peaks in the selected group from the last finished run.
[Group x ESTD] where x is the group number
2236. Application Group @ Total Norm [Group x Norm]
Displays the sum of the normalized concentrations in percentage (%) of all peaks in the selected group from of the last finished run.
[Group x norm] where x is the group number
2237. Application $$$$ Area [$$$$$ Area]
Displays the peak area of the selected component from the last finished run.
Figure 287 LCD setup component specific result parameters
372 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
2310. Application: ASTM/GPA GPM [ft3/gal] #norm-peak (Float, MB) [$$$$$ GPM]
Displays the ideal GPM on component basis of the last run calculated according to the selected standard.
2312. Application: Weight Percentage [%] #norm-peak (Float, MB) [$$$$$ Wght%]
Displays the weight percentage on component basis of the last run.
Energy meter result parameters
This section gives an overview of the available energy meter results that can be displayed on the LCD. For each parameter, the channel# needs to be set 0. Mainboard in Channel# column, see Figure 288 for an example. The results for these parameters are only available when calorific power calculation is enabled, see Application Calorific Power on page 300 for more information.
2260. Application Calorific Value Calculation Method [EM-Method]
Displays the active energy meter calculation method as used in the application report of the last finished run.
ISO = ISO 6976 GPA = GPA 2172 ASTM = ASTM 3588 GOST = GOST 22667 or GOST 31369
2262. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Zmix
Displays the Zmix of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2263. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Molar Mass
Figure 288 LCD setup application specific result parameters
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 373
Displays the molar mass of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2264. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal
Displays the ideal relative density of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2265. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Wobbe index
Displays the Wobbe superior index of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2266. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Hs.v.Real
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2267. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Hi.v.Real
Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2268. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Gas.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas density value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2269. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Rel.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas relative density value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2271. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Wobbe Inferior
Displays the Wobbe inferior value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2274. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.Real
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2275. Application GPA/ASTM.Dry.Hv.Real
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
374 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
2276. Application GPA/ASTM.Sat.Hv.Real
Displays volume based superior heating value of the saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2277. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Real Displays the real gas relative density of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2278. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal
Displays the ideal gas density of the actual sample in pounds per cubic foot from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2279. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Spec.Volume
Displays the Specific Volume of the actual sample in cubic foot per pound from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2280. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the actual sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2281. Application: Zair
Displays the Zair of the sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2292. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.Real
Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2293. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.Real
Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2294. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.Real
Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 375
2295. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the actual sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2310. Application: GPA/ASTM GPM [gal/1000ft3] #norm-peak (Float, MB)
Displays the GPM [gal/1000ft3] norm-peak of the sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2311. Application: GPA/ASTM Total GPM [gal/1000ft3] (Float, MB)
Displays the total ideal GPM of the last run calculated according to the selected standard.
2312. Application: Weight Percentage [%] #norm-peak (Float, MB)
Displays the Weight Percentage [%] #norm-peak from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2102. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole
Displays the water mole of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2313. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Zmix
Displays the Zmix of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2314. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Molar Mass
Displays the molar mass of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2315. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Wobbe index
Displays the superior wobbe index of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2316. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Water mole
Displays the water mole of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2318. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Zmix
Displays the Zmix of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
376 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
2319. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Molar Mass
Displays the molar mass of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2320. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Rel.Dens.ideal
Displays ideal relative density of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2321. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Rel.Dens.ideal
Displays ideal relative density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2322. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Wobbe index
Displays superior wobbe index of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2325. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.real
Displays the real gas volume based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2326. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.real
Displays the real gas volume based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2327. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Den.Real
Displays the real gas density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2328. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Rel.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas relative density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2329. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Wobbe inferior
Displays the inferior wobbe index of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2330. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal
Displays the ideal gas density of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 377
2331. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal
Displays the ideal gas density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2333. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmass
Displays the mass based superior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2334. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmass
Displays the mass based inferior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2335. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmass
Displays the mass based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2336. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmass
Displays the mass based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2337. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmolar
Displays the molar based superior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2338. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmolar
Displays the molar based inferior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2339. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmolar
Displays the molar based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2340. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmolar
Displays the molar based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2341. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hv.ideal
378 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2342. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2343. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2344. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2317. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole
Displays the water mole of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2345. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2346. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2347. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2348. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 379
2349. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2350. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.ideal
Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2351. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmass
Displays the mass based superior heating value of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2352. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmolar
Displays the molar based superior heating value of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2353. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmass
Displays the mass based superior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2354. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmolar
Displays the molar based superior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2355. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmass
Displays the mass based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2356. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmolar
Displays the molar based superior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2357. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmass
Displays the mass based inferior heating value of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2358. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmolar
380 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
Displays the molar based inferior heating value of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2359. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmass
Displays the mass based inferior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2360. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmolar
Displays the molar based inferior heating value of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2361. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmass
Displays the mass based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2362. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmolar
Displays the molar based inferior heating value of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2363. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Rel.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas relative density of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2364. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Rel.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas relative density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2365. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal
Displays the real gas density of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2366. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal
Displays the real gas density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2367. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Gas.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas density of actual sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2368. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Real
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 381
Displays the real gas density of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2369. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Real
Displays the real gas density of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2370. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Spec.Volume
Displays the Spec Volume of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2371. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Spec.Volume
Displays the Spec Volume of saturated sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2372. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
Displays the GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2373. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
Displays the GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] of dry sample from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2374. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the dry sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2375. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"
Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the dry sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2376. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"
Displays the volume based superior heating value of the saturated sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
2377. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"
Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the saturated sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run calculated according to selected standard.
382 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
I/O parameters
This section gives an overview of the available I/O parameters that can be displayed on the LCD. For each parameter, an I/O channel number in the Channel# column should be set, see Figure 289 for an example.
129. Digital Input #2 [Digital In#2]
Displays whether or not the Digital Input (pin 12 from External Digital I/O) is activated.
0 = Deactivated 1 = Activated
2207. Application Digital Input I/O-chan# ... [Digital In#x]
Displays whether or not the Digital Input was activated.
0 = Deactivated 1 = Activated
[Digital In#x] where x is the I/O Channel number
2208. Application Analog Input I/O-chan# ... [V] [R Anal.In#x]
Displays the value in volts (V) of the selected analog input. The value is measured continuously at the analog input and refreshed at screen refresh rate.
[R Anal.In#x] where x is the I/O channel number
2209. Application Computed Analog Input I/O-chan# ... [C Anal.In#x]
Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input, based on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input table. See Application Analog Inputs on page 358 for more information. The value is measured and calculated continuously
Figure 289 LCD setup I/O parameters
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 383
and refreshed at screen refresh rate.
[C Anal.IN#x] where x is the I/O channel number
2210. Application Current Analog Input I/O-chan# ... at sampling time [S Anal.In#x]
Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input, based on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input table. See Application Analog Inputs on page 358 for more information. The value is measured only once during the run (at sampling) and directly displayed.
API21 Parameters
Statistical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 average, minimum and maximum parameters which can be used in the LCD configuration. For each parameter the channel# and peak# needs to be set. The channel# should be set to the stream number. The stream number can be set from 1 till the maximum number of available streams. The peak# should be set to one of the API21-ParamID, see Table 34 on page 383.
The CHAN identifies from which stream the results are requested. The API21-ParamID identifies which value is requested, for instance PARAM_ID = 101 identifies the Heating value superior.
Table 34 API21 ParamID - display text
Description API21-ParamID Display text
Year 1 Year
Month 2 Month
Day 3 Day
Hour 4 Hour
Minute 5 Min.
Second 6 Sec.
Number of analysis 7 #Ana.
Number of analysis with active alarms
8 #Alrm
Heating value superior 101 HvSup
Heating value inferior 102 HvInf
384 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
12004. API21: Average per hour #stream #norm-peak [Display Text AVG[h]]
Displays the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34) over current hour interval.
12005. API21: Average per day #stream #norm-peak [Display Text AVG[d]]
Displays the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current day interval.
12006. API21: Average per month #stream #norm-peak [Display Text AVG[m]]
Displays the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current month interval.
12007. API21: Minimum per hour #stream #norm-peak [Display Text MIN[h]]
Displays the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current hour interval.
12008. API21: Minimum per day #stream #norm-peak [Display Text MIN[d]]
Relative density 103 Rel.D
Wobbe index superior 104 WobSu
Wobbe index inferior 105 WobIn
Compressibility at base conditions
106 Compr
Total area, sum of all peaks
107 TArea
Unnormalised sum 108 Unsum
Concentration component 1
1001 First 5 characters of the component name
... ... First 5 characters of the component name
Concentration component 19
1019 First 5 characters of the component name
Table 34 API21 ParamID - display text (continued)
Description API21-ParamID Display text
PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 385
Displays the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current day interval.
12009. API21: Minimum per month #stream #norm-peak [Display Text MIN[m]]
Displays the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current month interval.
12010. API21: Maximum per hour #stream #norm-peak [Display Text MAX[h]]
Displays the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current hour interval.
12011. API21: Maximum per day #stream #norm-peak [Display Text MAX[d]]
Displays the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current day interval.
12012. API21: Maximum per month #stream #norm-peak [Display Text MAX[m]]
Displays the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see Table 34 on page 383) over current month interval.
Historical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 Latest, previous, 2nd previous and 3rd previous result parameter which can be used in the LCD configuration. This parameter provides access to the stored API21 values. For this parameter the channel# and peak# should be set. The channel# should be set to one of the following options:
0. Latest results
1. Previous results
2. 2nd Previous results
3. 3rd Previous results
The peak# should be set to one of the API21-ParamID, see Table 35.
Table 35 API21-ParamID - display text
Description API21-ParamID Display text
Year 1 Year
386 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu
12015. API21: History Value #stream #norm-peak [Display Text]
Month 2 Month
Day 3 Day
Hour 4 Hour
Minute 5 Min.
Second 6 Sec.
Analysis number 9 Ana.#
Stream number 10 Strm#
Alarm register 1 51 Alrm1
Alarm register 2 52 Alrm2
Alarm register 3 53 Alrm3
Alarm register 4 54 Alrm4
Heating value superior 101 HvSup
Heating value inferior 102 HvInf
Relative density 103 Rel.D
Wobbe index superior 104 WobSu
Wobbe index inferior 105 WobIn
Compressibility at base conditions
106 Compr
Total area, sum of all peaks
107 TArea
Unnormalised sum 108 Unsum
Concentration component 1
1001 First 5 characters of the component name
... ... First 5 characters of the component name
Concentration component 19
1019 First 5 characters of the component name
Table 35 API21-ParamID - display text (continued)
Description API21-ParamID Display text
387
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation Sequence 388
Sequence Table 392
Verification Properties 394
Verification Table 396
Calibration Properties 397
Calibration Table 399
Automation Site Information 401
Automation Modbus Setup 402
Advanced Modbus Information 414
Modbus Parameter ID Reference 423
Automation FTP Service 631
USB Storage 633
Automation Real Time Clock 645
Automation Reprocess List 647
To automate your 490-PRO Micro GC, configure your instrument as described in Instrument Configuration, Automation tab. In this Configuration Setup, the user sets his I/O settings, Stream Selection hardware, Extension Boards and various other automation related parameters.
Figure 290 Automation tab
388 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation Sequence
If no Sequence is available, execute the Sequence Wizard. This will generate a sequence upon the selections in the wizard, see Sequence Wizard on page 222.
To access Sequence, click the Automation pull down menu from the PROstation Toolbar and select Sequence.
The Sequence menu has two different layouts, depending on stream selection hardware present. A hardware setup with no stream selection device is unable to switch to different sample streams, or select calibration- or verification gas streams while being automated. A hardware setup with a VICI sample selection device or a Relay type sample selector has the ability to switch sample streams, run blank samples, run and perform timed calibrations or verifications.
A hardware setup with no stream selection device is unable to switch to different sample streams, or select calibration- or verification gas streams while being automated.
The sequence Run Properties will look like Figure 291. As only one single sample is connected, one run type can be performed. In case of a necessary calibration or verification, the sequence must be stopped, the appropriate sample connected and the Run Properties must be changed or another sequence opened and downloaded to the instrument. To resume normal operation again, the Run type must be reset to Analysis.
Figure 291 Single stream run properties
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 389
The single stream sequence properties screen, Figure 291, is also active if, in Instrument Configuration on page 170, a sampler has been selected in combination with Host System Control. A hardware setup with a VICI sample selection device or a Relay type sample selector has the ability to switch sample streams, run blank samples, run and perform timed calibrations or verifications.
Consequently the sequence menu will look like Figure 292.
Auto start sequence on power-up
Used to start automation automatically after booting the 490-PRO instrument. When the checkbox is checked automation will start the Sequence Table and any present Calibration/Verification Tables in the active automation method. The instrument will resume its routine after a power cut or failure automatically without human intervention.
Enable this option when the GC is running in stand-alone mode, in case of a power failure the 490-PRO will start the automation again. The sequence will start from the beginning.
Run sequence continuously
When this option is selected, the system will cycle the Sequence continuously. After completing the last line of automation in the Sequence Table, the system will continue with the first line in the Table. The system will stop only with human intervention or when it is indicated it should do so when Calibration or Verification fails.
Figure 292 Multistream sequence properties
390 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
A continuous sequence can be interrupted by:
Programmed and activated calibration block
Programmed and activated verification block
External intervention through ModBus
Continuous analysis
The instrument will run continuously. An internal watchdog will monitor the ongoing process. If for some reason the ongoing process is disturbed, the instrument will be rebooted. Always have the Restart on reboot option enabled in the Automation - sequence page in order to let the instrument continue a sequence which was interrupted by reboot.
Times to repeat sequence
When this option is selected, the system will do a defined number of cycles of the Sequence Table. After completing its last cycle, the system will stop and go to ready state.
Number of repeatings
The number of times a sequence should be repeated.
Run cycle time
The run cycle time represents the time that should expire before a new run can be started. Normally a run cycle consists of sample flush time, chromatogram runtime, and calculation time (in this order).
When the cycle time is set greater than the total time needed to complete this chromatographic cycle, the system will hold and wait until the indicated amount of time has elapsed before proceeding to the next run (cycle).
Home position
Determines the position of the stream selection device at power startup and after completion of the sequence (including aborting the automation) or when the system has encountered an error. This option ensures that a known sample stream flows through the sample lines in case there is no analysis being performed by the system.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 391
Stream ahead scheduling
When this option is selected, it enables the 490-PRO to start preflushing the sample for the next sample stream, just 1 second after injection. This feature will cut down cycle times when switching streams, as switching to different sample streams often requires a longer time for a sample to reach equilibrium. Note that this option only works for analysis-to-analysis run types. A calibration or verification run cannot schedule the stream ahead.
392 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Sequence Table
If a sequence is required with automatic calibration by means of a stream selector, it is recommended to put only analysis runs (Sample Type = Analysis) in the Sequence Table. In addition, fill the Calibration Table only with the required calibration runs and finally set the triggering for a calibration in the Calibration Properties.
Sample type
The sample type for this line (run). Can be set to None, Analysis, Blank, Calibration, Verification. Sample type = None represents a blank run without sample being injected (injectime = 0 msec).
Replicates
The number of runs for this line in the Sequence Table.
Calib. level
Sets the calibration level for the line. The number of Calibration levels available is determined by the calibration method. This field is only relevant when sample type is set to Calibration or Verification. For an Analysis run type, just enter 0.
Stream #
The sample stream number for this line.
Figure 293 Sequence Table
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 393
Flush time
Sets the time in seconds the sample selected in Stream# is flushed through the tubing before the actual injection is made. When Stream Ahead Scheduling is enabled, the flushing process of the next sample stream will be invoked five seconds after injection.
Solution slot #
A solution is a set of method and application settings. PROstation allows you to create and store multiple solutions for use by the GC. Each solution is stored in a solution slot.
Existing solutions can be downloaded to the GC on demand, as well as be associated with one or more runs in a defined sequence. See Solutions on page 657.
394 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Verification Properties
On sequence start up
Checking On Sequence Startup forces the system to run the Verification Table on starting automation. Once the Verification Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table contents.
On runs performed (runs)
Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be interrupted after a selected number of runs, and then switch to the Verification Table. Once the Verification Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.
On time elapsed (hours)
Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be interrupted every number of hours of runtime as indicated, and switch to the Verification Table. Once the Verification Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.
On fixed time/once every n days
Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be interrupted at a fixed time every n days, and switch to the Verification Table. Once the Verification Table is complete, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.
Figure 294 Verification Properties
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 395
The system will always complete the run in progress before switching to Verification Table contents. For instance, if we set the system to switch to Verification Table at 14:02 hrs each day and a 3-minute run is started at 14:01 hrs, this run will be completed and the actual switch to Verification Table will take place at 14:04 hrs. A Verification Table should be finished before reverting, unless it fails the verification criteria. In that case, it may switch automatically to the Calibration Table.
396 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Verification Table
Replicates
Determines the number of cycles for this particular line in the Verification Table.
Calib. level
Set the calibration level for the line. The number of Calibration levels that are available is determined by the calibration method. Verification calculation is done against the set level of calibration
Stream #
Sets the sample stream for this particular Sequence Table line.
Flush time
Sets the time in seconds the sample selected in Stream# is flushed through the lines before the actual injection is performed. Note that when Stream Ahead Scheduling is enabled, this flushing process may be started during the previous run.
Figure 295 Verification Table
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 397
Calibration Properties
On Sequence Start up
Checking On Sequence Startup forces the system to run the Calibration Table on starting automation. Once the Calibration Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table contents.
On Runs Performed (runs)
Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be interrupted after a selectable number of runs, and then switch to the Calibration Table. Once the Calibration Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.
On Time Elapsed (hours)
Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be interrupted every number of hours of runtime as indicated, and switch to the Calibration Table. Once the Calibration Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.
On Fixed Time/Once Every n days
Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be interrupted at a fixed time every n days, and switch to the Calibration Table. Once the Calibration Table is complete, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.
Figure 296 Calibration Properties
398 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
On Verification Failure
When this option is selected, the system will run the calibration block after verification has failed to meet its criteria for that particular calibration level. System will complete Calibration Table and revert back to Verification Table, complete that and revert back to Sequence Table.
Note that the system will always complete the run in progress before switching to Calibration Table contents. In case a Calibration Table is running it will be completed at all times, before switching to verification block or reverting back to Sequence Table.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 399
Calibration Table
Replicates
Determines the amount of cycles for this particular line in the Calibration Table.
Calib. Level
Set the calibration level for the line. The number of Calibration levels is determined by the calibration method. Calibrating will add data points to the calibration curve according to Calib level set.
Calib. Type
This field sets the way the calibration result is handled. Available options are Ignore, Replace, or Append. Selecting Ignore causes the calibration to be rejected and they will not be added to the calibration curve. This can be used for flushing runs. This cleaning the system without performing an update of the calibration curve. Selecting Replace will delete all available older calibration points for the particular level in the calibration curve and the new calibration result for the level is added instead. Selecting Append simply adds the result to the existing calibration curve.
Stream #
Sets the sample stream for this calibration line.
Flush time
Sets the time in seconds the sample selected in Stream# is flushed through the tubes before the actual injection is performed. When Stream Ahead Scheduling is enabled, this flushing process may be started during the previous run.
Figure 297 Calibration Table
400 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
The necessary information for the calibration calculations is taken from, and stored as a part of the method (Calibration chart on page 284).
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 401
Automation Site Information
Site information parameters are only used by API 21 Logging 35 days analysis license. The settings as listed below will be stored together with analysis results in a database stored in the instruments flash memory.
Figure 298 Site Information
402 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation Modbus Setup
To interact with the 490-PRO, Modbus registers need to be coupled to parameters IDs. The Modbus table is the list where parameter IDs can be linked to Modbus registers. Follow the steps as described below for a proper Modbus table setup.
Process settings tab
The Modbus Setup will be visible throughout Automation and Modbus setup.
Protocol
Change the Modbus protocol from standard MODICON to other derived Modbus protocols. Modbus MODICON is a standard protocol for SCADA systems. Differences between Modbus MODICON and other Modbus protocols can mainly be found in the holding and input registers above the address 4999 range and above the 6999 range. Above address 4999, the non-MODICON protocol will return 4 byte integers, above 6999 the protocol will give 4 byte floating point values.
Figure 299 Modbus Setup
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 403
Synchronization with Modbus master
For certain parameters, synchronization is required, otherwise the values read are not reliable. Among others, the Reset Time New Data available flag and data flag itself avoid mixing up sample results of two following runs. The Reset Time New Data available flag is the time in seconds the data available flag remains set. Set the data available flag time lower than the 490-PRO run time. The reset time avoids missing data when more then one Modbus master reads data from the same 490-PRO or when the Modbus Master connects while a 490-PRO is running, For more information see Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s) on page 414.
Modbus communication settings
Slave address
The Modbus serial slave address of the 490-PRO. Every serial Modbus device must have a unique slave address. This way the Modbus Master (DCS, flow computer) knows how to contact a specific 490-PRO.
In a Modbus TCP/IP network, the slave address is ignored in the 490-PRO. If there is a conversion from Modbus TCP/IP to serial Modbus by a Modbus bridge, although ignored by Modbus TCP/IP devices, the slave address is vital when the Modbus request is passed from Modbus TCP/IP to Modbus serial by a Modbus bridge. For more information see Modbus bridge on page 420.
Serial communication settings
Baud rate
Baud rate of the serial connection. The speed in characters per second in which data is transmitted over the serial connection between the 490-PRO (Modbus client) and the DCS or flow computer (Modbus Master).
Port settings
The port settings on which the primary and secondary comport are configured. This configuration is set in D. Communication port settings on page 184.
404 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Comport Primary
The Comport to which the first Modbus master is connected as set in D. Communication port settings on page 184.
Comport Secondary
The Comport to which the second or redundant Modbus master is connected as set in D. Communication port settings on page 184.
Serial Transmission Mode
Remote Terminal Unit (RTU). RTU can only be used with 8 data bits serial communication. Note that with 8 data bits, 2 stop bits are not possible. ASCII is a standard for sending information (American Standard Code for Information Interchange). ASCII is standardized to 7 data bits serial communication, but if necessary can also be used on 8 data bits serial communication.
Floating point type conversion
The Modbus MODICON protocol has no definition of 32 bit floating point values. Lacking this definition, two kinds of floating point value definitions have emerged.
This option switches between both of the options, where Normal is the definition as used in the 490-PRO and Reverse is the definition where the first 2 bytes are swapped with the last 2 bytes.
Int32 bit type conversion
The Modbus MODICON protocol has no definition of 32 bit integer values. Lacking this definition, two kinds of 32 bit integer value definitions have emerged.
This option switches between both of the options, where Normal is the definition as used in the 490-PRO and Reverse is the definition where the first 2 bytes are swapped with the last 2 bytes.
Shift Modbus addresses
When using Modbus, several kinds of Modbus register addressing can be used. The 490-PRO has three different options.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 405
No: where for register 500 a request for register 500 is sent out (as the 490-PRO has always done)
1 down: where for register 500 a request for register 499 is sent out (which can mostly be found in the field)
1 up: Where for register 500 a request for register 501 is sent out (rarely used)
For more information see Modbus register address shift on page 416
Registers setup tab
The Modbus Setup table is used to define the Modbus registers. Up to 1000 Modbus registers can be configured.
Figure 300 Registers Setup tab
406 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Register Type
Coil status This register is a single bit register. Modbus master is capable of reading and writing this register.
Input Status This register is a read-only single bit register. This register can only be read from a Modbus master.
Holding register This is a 16 bit integer register. Modbus master is capable of reading and writing. Two registers grouped together can hold a 4 byte integer or 4 byte floating point value.
Input register This is a 16 bit integer register. This register can only be read. Two registers grouped together can hold a 4 byte integer or 4 byte floating point value.
Register # The Register # column contains the Modbus register address. Note that Holding and Input registers require two registers to store a floating point or 32 bit integer value in MODICON mode.
Figure 301 Register Type
Figure 302 Register #
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 407
In the Modbus mode, used by Daniel, Elster-Instromet (and others), 32 bit integers and 32 bit floating point values are handled differently from Modbus MODICON. In contrast with Modbus MODICON, only 1 register is required. In Modbus Daniel mode, certain register ranges are built up of 32 bit registers, which means that 1 register can contain a complete floating point or 32 bit integer value. The 32 bit integers can only be stored in the register range between and including registers 5000 and 6999. Floating points can only be stored in the register range after and including register 7000.
Data Type
In the Data Type column, you can choose the register output data type.
Bit a single bit, value 0 or 1.
Int16 16 bit integer value.
Int32 32 bit integer value.
Float 4 byte floating point value.
Figure 303 Data type
408 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Parameter ID
The Parameter ID number is the output number in the 490-PRO that corresponds with the parameter or function that needs to be called to retrieve a value from a 490-PRO, or start an action in it. The Modbus parameters that can be selected in the Modbus table in PROstation are ordered by subject. This means that, for example, all Modbus parameters concerning integration results, are grouped together, whatever the parameters numbers are.
Note that the remarks between brackets reveal the data type for that particular parameter, (Bit, Int16, Int32, Float), the channel value (location of the 490-PRO part to address) and optionally the Peak values that should be used. Which data type, channel and peak value are required for each parameter, is defined in Modbus Parameter ID Reference on page 423.
Figure 304 Parameter ID
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 409
Channel
If a Parameter ID concerns the mainboard or the instrument itself, the choice should be 0 Mainboard. Otherwise, one of the four channels, required I/O number, stream number, etc must be chosen. Which channel setting is required for each parameter, is defined in Modbus Parameter ID Reference on page 423.
Peak#
Peak numbers should be set for those Parameter IDs concerning peak related parameters or certain indexes. For some parameters the values in the Peak# column are used for other purposes. Which peak setting is required for each parameter, is defined in Modbus Parameter ID Reference on page 423.
Which Parameter IDs to use
The 490-PRO Micro GC uses parameter IDs to allow getting or setting data remotely.
Determine whether the Modbus master (DCS, etc.) must be capable to only read data from the 490-PRO Micro GC or also write data.
Figure 305 Channel
Figure 306 Peak #
410 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Setup and complete the method, application and automation. Ensure all method peaks exist in the application normalization table. If the application is still empty, run the application wizard in order to create a component list from the method peak table.
Now open a predefined Modbus table from hard disk (developed for a 490-PRO Micro GC) or select the Modbus wizard when developing a new Modbus table. In the Modbus wizard, select the options that are required. It is advisable not to select options which are not requested by the Modbus master. Select OK to generate a dynamic Modbus table from the selected options. If Elster-Instromet/Daniel mode was selected, a component identity is created on holding register 3001 and up, for every component in the application normalization table. This is required in order to be Daniel protocol compatible.
Modify, delete, or add lines to the generated Modbus table to fulfill the requirements.
Download, Save, and Print the Modbus table. A printout is required for setting up the Modbus masters (DCS) Modbus registers.
The WinDCS application can be used to test the Modbus registers.
Table Copy Functions
By right mouse clicking on a row containing valid data, a menu dialog appears. This allows the operator to use copy and paste functions to set up the Modbus table more efficiently
Figure 307 The Setup window
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 411
Remote system synchronization
Create Modbus holding registers containing the parameter IDs 515 on page 469 to 520 on page 471 in the Modbus table. Ensure the Modbus master sets parameter 518 on page 470 second as the last clock parameter. On downloading parameter 518 on page 470 second, the real-time clock is updated in the BIOS of the 490-PRO Micro GC. The BIOS is responsible for setting the application clock correctly at reboot.
Figure 308 The Copy window
Figure 309 The Paste window
412 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Reading sample results
Use parameters 2203 to 2237, starting on page 492 for reading all relevant sample results after detecting that new sample results are available (see synchronization). Unnormalized (ESTD) component concentrations can be read by reading the Modbus register containing parameter 2232. For normalized values use parameter 2233. The peak column must contain the component number from the application normalization window; channel must be set to 0-mainboard. For an Energy meter parameter, IDs 2260 - 2280 starting on page 519 must be read. All sample results parameters must wait for a New data available flag on page 489 (synchronization bit) to be set.
Reading stream specific results
Parameter IDs 2400 - 2416 starting on page 569 are used for reading the last stream specific sample results. The 490-PRO holds the last sample results of every stream in RAM memory.
Fixed values
By using parameter 9000. Fixed Value (Int16, MB, PEAK=fixed value) on page 630 fixed values, Modbus registers can be set up to return a fixed definable value. Enter the required value (INT16 value) in the peak column of the Modbus table. This parameter can be used for additional identification.
Execute commands
The Execute commands on page 616 (0-36) can be used to remotely perform an action. Although these parameters trigger some action in the 490-PRO, they still require regular Modbus parameters to be written to Modbus.
If, for example, the 490-PRO Micro GC must be rebooted on request, create the following line in the Modbus table:
Register type : 0 Coil Status Register: 100 (any other coil address is allowed) Data type: 0 Bit Parameter ID: 2 MPU reset (execute Cmd, MB) Channel: 0 MB Peak: 0
To request the 490-PRO Micro GC to reboot, set coil status 100 to value 1.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 413
Full remote control 490-PRO Micro GC
Although the 490-PRO Micro GC can run autonomic, it also can be configured to act as a slave. The Modbus master system is then responsible for selecting the stream, setting Run type, Calibration level, Starting runs, etc.
For remote control, setup a Modbus table containing at least the Parameter IDs as listed below. It is assumed that the method parameters should not be changed during operation.
0 Start Run (execute CMD, MB) 24 Start Calibration Table (execute CMD, MB) * 25 Start Verification Table (execute CMD, MB) * 60 Set Manual Run Type (INT16, MB) 61 Set Manual Run Calibration level (INT16, MB) 62 Set Manual Run Stream position (INT16, MB)
To prepare a new run, the Modbus master must set Run type, Calibration level and stream position, parameter IDs 60, 61, and 62 (page 438), and then start a single run (parameter ID 0). Predefined calibration and/or Verification Tables can simply be started by sending out an execute command.
* These are priority runs. They will be executed after the current run is completed. In instrument idle mode, priority runs will be executed at once.
414 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Advanced Modbus Information
Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s)
To synchronize a DCS with 490-PRO new analysis data, setup a Modbus table containing a New data available flag (synchronization parameters 2200, 2201, or 2238 starting on page 489) on an input status register or, if required, an input register.
All sample result related parameter IDs, which are linked to Modbus registers, should only be read when the New data available flag is set to 1. This means the run has finished, all calculation is done, and Modbus registers containing result data have been updated with information of the finished run.
Now all sample results parameter IDs can be read any time.
The 490-PRO has three different New Data Available flags (that cannot be used in combination), with their own behavior when it comes to resetting the flag.
Parameter 2200 is set to 1 when all sample result data of the last finished run are available. This value is automatically reset after the Reset-Time data available flag expires. The Reset-Time data available can be set in the process setting tab Modbus Setup on page 403. These parameters should not be used when more than one Modbus master reads data from the same 490-PRO. Parameters 2201 and 2238 become 1 the moment all sample result data of the last finished run is available. This value is reset back to 0 directly after the register is read by a flow computer. However, if the parameter is not read, the value will be reset automatically after the Reset-Time data available flag expires. The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the process setting tab Modbus Setup on page 403. These parameters must be used when more then one Modbus master reads data from the same 490-PRO, otherwise one of the Modbus Masters misses new data. Check Modbus pitfalls, attention points and recommendations for additional information.
Modbus pitfalls, attention points and recommendations
Modbus synchronization has some pitfalls and points of attention. Some are unique to the 490-PRO, some are general to Modbus. The most common are listed. Use identical Modbus settings and Modbus table on both master and slave side. Modbus settings on the 490-PRO (slave) should be the same as on the Flow Computer side (master).
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 415
Reset time new data available flag
Ensure the Reset-Time data available flag is smaller than the run time, but long enough to be detected by the Modbus master(s). Please see Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s) on page 414 for additional information.
New Data available flag only accounts for result data
The new data available parameters 2200. 2201, or 2238 on page 489 is only applicable to sample result data. Status data is valid at any time and reading status does not require waiting for the synchronization parameter to be set to 1. Please find Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s) on page 414 for additional information.
Do not combine new data available flags
Do not use any combination of 2200, 2201, or 2238 in the same Modbus table. You should use either parameters 2200, 2201, or 2238.
If you use them combined, unexpected behavior will occur, if, for example, parameter 2201 is read, parameter 2201 will be reset to 0, but parameters 2200 and 2238 will be reset as well. Similar issues could occur when using a combination of two or more times the same synchronization 2200, 2201, or 2368.
Int32 and Float data types in Modbus MODICON.
When working in Modbus MODICON mode, always use 2 register spaces for 32 bit values, because Modbus MODICON, by design, only accommodates 16 bit register spaces. The 32 bit values that can be used are Float and Int32 (32 bit integer).
Modbus MODICON
Table 36 Modbus MODICON
Register Register type Data type Parameter ID
502 Holding register Float 2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc.
504 Holding register Float 2237. Application: Comp. Area
416 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Int32 and Float data types in Modbus Daniel
When working in a Modbus addition as used by Elster-Instromet, Daniel, Enron or Omni, you have 32 bit address spaces available, but only for certain address ranges. From address 5000 to 6999, only 32 bit integers can be used. From 7000 and up only floating points can be used. These address ranges have 32 bit address spaces, so for one 32 bit integer or 1 floating point value (which is 32 bit as well), only one address space has to be used.
Modbus Elster-Instromet/Daniel/Enron/Omni Int32
Modbus register address shift
Manufacturers of Modbus equipment can start counting a Modbus table at various starting points, different from what is shown to the user. The various ways of counting are explained below. Those different ways of counting are better known as address shift (manual and PROstation).
If the Modbus master (flow computer) internally starts counting the Modbus table at 0, the master requests register 499 if register 500 is defined in the Modbus table presented to the user of the Modbus Master. The 490-PRO (Modbus slave) if address shift configured correctly returns the content of register 500. If the 490-PRO is configured in another way, the Modbus master will end up with the content of register 499 or 501 or with an error. This is most common in the field according to the official Modbus MODICON standard. To handle this type of address shift properly, set the Modbus address shift to 1 down.
Table 37 Modbus Elster-Instromet/Daniel/Enron/Omni Int32
Register Register type Data type Parameter ID
7002 Holding register Float 2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc.
7003 Holding register Float 2237. Application: Comp. Area
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 417
If the Modbus master (flow computer) internally starts counting the Modbus table at 1, the master requests register 500 if register 500 is defined in the Modbus table presented to the user of the Modbus Master. The 490-PRO (Modbus slave) if address shift configured correctly returns the content of register 500. If the 490-PRO is configured in another way, the Modbus master will end up with the content of register 499 or 501 or with an error. This is the way the 490-PRO has operated in the past. To handle this type of address shift properly, set the Modbus address shift to No.
Figure 310 Modbus address shift 1 Down
418 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
If the Modbus master (flow computer) internally starts counting the Modbus table at 2, the master requests register 501 if register 500 is defined in the Modbus table presented to the user of the Modbus Master. In this case, the Modbus table presented to the user often starts at 0. The 490-PRO (Modbus slave) if address shift configured correctly returns the content of register 500. If the 490-PRO is configured in another way, the Modbus master will end up with the content of register 499 or 501 or with an error. To handle this type of address shift properly, set the Modbus address shift to 1 up.
Figure 311 Modbus address shift to No
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 419
Register requests outside the 490-PRO Modbus table
If an address is requested outside the table defined in the 490-PRO, the GC will ignore the request and return an error. For example, assume this is the complete table defined in the 490-PRO table (Daniel mode)
Figure 312 Modbus address shift to 1 down.
Table 38 Example table
Register Register type Data type Parameter ID
7002 Holding register Float 2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc.
7003 Holding register Float 2237. Application: Comp. Area
420 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Now assume a block of registers ranging from 7001 up to and including 7004 is requested by the flow computer. The 490-PRO responds with an error, because registers 7001 and 7004 are not configured in the GCs Modbus table.
Communication start test
Some Modbus Master applications (for example Simplicity) test all their configured Modbus registers in large blocks at the start of communication. These blocks often exceed the limits as defined in the Modbus table of the Modbus master or used during normal communication. The register blocks to which the 490-PRO responds with an error will be removed from the communication schedule. Therefore, all registers and register blocks that fail during this test will never be requested again until the communication is stopped and restarted (again the configured registers are tested).
Configured Modbus master table
During normal communication, register 500 and 520 will be requested independently. While testing, it is possible that a block of registers is requested from 500 to 520 at once. Due to the 490-PRO behavior described above, this test will fail, although nothing is wrong with the 490-PRO configuration. The test algorithm and how or when several independent registers are grouped during the test, is unknown to us.
To have a workaround for this problem, do not leave gaps between registers of the same type.
Modbus bridge
Because of the variety of Modbus variants and connection possibilities, one can come across a Modbus network configuration that the 490-PRO does not or cannot support. The same problem can occur when a Modbus serial network is required and all 490-PRO serial ports are occupied for additional equipment. In such cases, a Modbus bridge can be the solution.
Table 39 Configured Modbus master table
Register Data type
500 Int16
520 Int16
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 421
Cases where a Modbus bridge can help
Modbus RS485 2-wire serial network
Any Modbus serial network where all serial ports of the 490-PRO are in use
Modbus RS422 serial network
Modbus TCP/IP Master for some reason does not communicate with Modbus TCP/IP in the 490-PRO
To help with these issues, we have tested a couple of Modbus bridges of Moxa Inc. operating in serial to Modbus TCP mode and Modbus TCP to serial mode. It is advisable to use one of these Modbus bridges in case one is needed. Moxa comes in two Modbus bridge series: a standard series (MB3x80, where x is the number of ports) and an industrial series (MB3x70 where x is the number of ports)
Often, the standard series (MB3x80) is more suitable when the 490-PRO is used in a clean laboratory environment.
The industrial series is more suitable for use in industrial environments. It has some specific industrial options, such as redundant power supply, power supply alarm, rack mounting, Ethernet cascading, and priority control for urgent commands etc.
Here is an example diagram of a situation where two 490-PRO devices are connected to a Modbus RS485 2-wire serial network, which is normally not supported by the 490-PRO.
422 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
If there are one or more Modbus Master(s) on the Modbus TCP/IP network that need to communicate with the network, note that a 2-port Modbus gateway is required (or two individual Modbus gateways).
Figure 313 Modbus gateway
Two
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 423
Modbus Parameter ID Reference
This section lists and explains all available Modbus parameters. The Modbus parameters are listed in the same order and manner as they are listed in the Modbus configuration of PROstation. This means that the Modbus parameters are ordered by subject. Each subject that contains a Modbus parameter is put into a separate paragraph, making it easier to find the correct Modbus parameters.
Each Modbus parameter description consists of several fields. Some fields are only for use in the Modbus table of PROstation (Modbus slave), others are required to use in PROstation and the DCS or flow computer (Modbus masters). Below is a description of all possible fields. The fields of interest for the PROstation Modbus table are marked:
Description The general task Allowed values: One of the defined values is selected for each Modbus parameter, depending on whether the particular value is read-only, write-only or read/write.
Return value The kind or range of return value for a read-only parameter. (Corresponds with return value field in the Modbus Master). If an error occurs, a Modbus error will be returned instead.
Set Value The kind or allowed range of set value for a write only parameter (Corresponds with return and set value field in the Modbus Master). If successful, 0 will be returned, otherwise a Modbus error is returned.
Return/Set Value The kind or allowed range of return or set value for a read/write parameter (Corresponds with return and set value field in the Modbus Master). If successful, 0 will be returned, otherwise a Modbus error is returned.
Unit Specification of the used unit (if any).
Accuracy The returned or required accuracy (if specifiable).
Modbus data type The advised data type that should be used to work with a particular Modbus parameter.
Channel (PROstation) The location of the 490-PRO to which the Modbus request should be addressed. This field contains a select list with possible locations for the selected parameter ID.
424 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
This select list changes according to the Modbus parameter specified (corresponds with the Channel column in the Modbus table in PROstation).
Peak (PROstation) A field that is required for some Modbus parameters to do additional selections. Most of the times it is used to select a particular peak, but often it is used to select a particular relay or IO port. (Corresponds with the Peak column in the Modbus table in PROstation).
Remarks Specifies additional behavior, characteristics, warnings and/or attention points. This field gives links to related Modbus parameters or related sections elsewhere in the manual.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 425
Modbus Parameter ID table of contents
System method and configuration settings 426
Automation 1 - Modbus parameters 430
Hardware 433
Automation 2 Modbus parameters 438
Method protection Modbus parameters 443
GC status Modbus parameters 447
GC/Run mode status Modbus parameters 453
Channel method setting Modbus parameters 458
Channel status Modbus parameters 463
Mainboard Modbus parameters 466
Mainboard EDS Modbus parameters 472
Integration method Modbus parameters 474
General integration results Modbus parameters 475
Integration results of all peaks named and unnamed 479
Integration results named peaks only 483
New data available flag 489
Application data Modbus parameters 492
Energy meter method 516
Energy meter results 519
Stream specific application data 569
Site info parameters 607
Read chromatogram 608
API21 parameters 610
Execute commands 616
Fixed value repeater 630
426 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
System method and configuration settings
1. Sample Line Setpoint (Float, MB)
Description Returns/sets the sample line Setpoint.
Return/Set value 30 to 110
Unit degrees Centigrade (C)
Accuracy 1 C
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bits floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks Before use, check if a heated sample line is installed in the configuration screen on page 175.
See also Sample line setpoint method screen. Heated sample line information.
2. Flush Cycle Active (bit, MB)
Description Returns/sets whether or not the 490-PRO will perform a flush cycle when needed. For example after restart (changing gas bottle).
Set Value 0 = No flush cycle will be performed 1 = Flush cycle will be performed
Register type Bit (1 Bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 427
Remarks When recovering from a too low pressure error, a flush cycle is always performed. A too low pressure error occurs when changing a gas bottle or certain gas errors.
See also Flush cycle setting. The chapter about the factory default settings briefly mentions the flush cycle. For detailed information about the flush cycle, refer to the 490 Micro GC manual.
3. Number of flush cycles (Int16, MB)
Description Returns/sets the number of flush cycles set in the 490-PRO configuration.
Set Value 1, 2, or 3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0) This parameter can return a value bigger than 0, even when parameter number 2. Flush Cycle Active (bit, MB) is set to 0.
See also Flush cycle method setting. The section about the factory default settings briefly mentions the flush cycle. For detailed information about the flush cycle, refer to the 490-PRO cycle schema.
4. Sampling Time [ms] (Int16, MB)
Description Returns/sets sampling time set in the 490-PRO method.
Set Value 0 to 999
Unit milliseconds (ms)
Accuracy 1 ms
428 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Sampling time method setting.
9. Continuous Flow Mode (bit, MB)
Description Returns/sets whether or not continuous flow mode is switched on as set in the 490-PRO instrument configuration.
Set Value 0 = Continuous flow mode is switched off 1 = Continuous flow mode is switched on
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Continuous flow configuration settings.
10. Stabilization Time [s] (Int16, MB)
Description Returns/sets the stabilizing time as set in the 490-PRO method.
Set Value 0 to 99
Unit Seconds (s)
Accuracy 1 s
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 429
Remarks 0 = stabilizing time off
See also Stabilizing Time Stabilizing Time method setting Explanation chromatographic run in 490-PRO Micro GC cycle schema
430 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation 1 - Modbus parameters
11. Cycle time [min] (Float, MB)
Description Returns/set the total cycle time of a 490-PRO cycle (run).
Return/Set value 0 to 1440
Unit minutes (min)
Accuracy 0.01 min
Modbus Register Type Holding Register (Input register in case of reading)
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remark This value in PROstation is defined in seconds.
See also 490-PRO cycle schema Corresponding value in the sequence properties of PROstation (Note that this value is in seconds.)
12. Run Continuously (bit, MB)
Description Returns/sets whether or not the 490-PRO is set to run the Sequence continuous.
Return/Set value 0 = Run Continuously option is not activated 1 = Run Continuously option is activated
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Corresponding value in the sequence properties of PROstation.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 431
15. Number of Automation Runs (Int32, MB)
Description Returns/sets the number of runs to perform as set in the sequence.
Return/Set value 0 to 2147483647
Unit none
Accuracy 1
Modbus Register Type Holding
Register/Input Register Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Corresponding value in the sequence properties of PROstation.
16. Calibration at Startup (bit, MB)
Description Returns/sets whether or not the Calibration Table will be executed at startup of the sequence.
Return/Set value 0 = At startup of the sequence the Calibration Table will be started (before the sequence starts) 1 = At startup of the sequence no calibration will be performed
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
432 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
19. Verification at Startup (bit, MB)
Description Returns/sets whether or not the Verification Table will be executed at startup of the sequence.
Return/Set value 0 = At startup of the sequence the Verification Table will be started (before the sequence starts) 1 = At startup of the sequence no verification will be performed
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
35. Verification After Calibration Failure (bit, MB)
Description Returns/sets whether or not a new calibration will be performed in case the verification fails.
Return/Set value 0 = No calibration will be performed on verification failure 1 = The Calibration Table will be executed when the verification fails.
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Verification Properties.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 433
Hardware
39. Select Stream (Int16, CHAN)
Description Switches the stream selector to the stream supplied.
Set Value 1 to the number of streams set in the configuration.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Unit none
Accuracy 1
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument holds the desired stream number.
See also This parameter does the same as Stream selection test.
41. Set Digital Channel (bit, CHAN)
Description Sets the value of a digital output.
Set value 0 = Deactivate digital output 1 = Activate digital output
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Remarks Using extension boards, this parameter only resembles the value sent to the extension boards. On the extension boards a choice can be made between normally open and normally closed relays.
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the digital output.
434 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
51. Read Analog Output (Float, CHAN)
Description Returns the actual value from an analog output.
Return value Analog out value depending on settings in the Analog output table.
Unit Set output signal in percent.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the analog Output. The number of analog outputs depends on the configuration.
Remarks This parameter only returns valid information if extension boards are installed and Analog outputs are configured.
52. Read Digital Output (bit, CHAN)
Description Returns the current value from a digital output.
Return value 0 = Deactivated 1 = Activated
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the digital output.
Remarks This parameter only resembles the value read from the extension boards. On the extension boards a choice can be made between normally open and normally closed relays.
See also Extension boards
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 435
53. Read Digital Input (bit, CHAN)
Description Returns the current value from a digital output.
Return value 0 = Deactivated 1 = Activated
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
See also Application - Digital Inputs
54. Read Digital Input Pos edge (bit, CHAN)
Description Returns the latched positive edge of the signal on a digital input.
Return value 0 = No Positive edge detected 1 = Positive edge has been detected
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
Remarks The parameter is reset after reading.
See also Application - Digital Inputs on page
436 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
55. Read Digital Input Neg edge (bit, CHAN)
Description Returns the latched negative edge of the signal on a digital input.
Return value 0 = No negative edge detected 1 = Negative edge has been detected
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
Remarks The parameter is reset after reading.
See also Application - Digital Inputs on page
57. Read Requested Stream Position (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the last requested stream position.
Return value Integer value more than 0, representing the stream position.
Unit none
Accuracy 1
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks If the stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO, the maximum number of stream positions depends on the number of streams selected in the configuration.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 437
58. Read Current Stream Position (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current selected stream position.
Return value Integer value more than 0, representing the stream position.
Unit none
Accuracy 1
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks If the stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO, the maximum number of stream positions depends on the number of streams selected in the configuration.
438 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation 2 Modbus parameters
60. Set Manual Run RunType (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the run type in the single run settings.
Set value 0 = Analysis/unknown 1 = Calibration 2 = Blank (Baseline) 3 = Verification
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to the manual or single run.
61. Set Manual Run Calib. Level (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the Calibration level in the single run settings.
Set value Integer value from 1 to 7 depending on the number of calibration levels. The Set value can also be 8 in case the number of calibration level is more than 3 (Multilevel calibration).
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to the manual run (single run). Note that level 8 is the Rw calibration.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 439
62. Set Manual Run Stream Pos. (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the stream position in the single run settings.
Set value 1 to the number of streams configured in the 490-PRO (maximum 64 streams)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to the manual or single run.
63. Set Stream Ahead Scheduling (Bit, MB)
Description Return/Sets the stream ahead scheduling.
Set Value 0 = Stream ahead scheduling off 1 = Stream ahead scheduling on
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation analysis runs.
64. Set Calibration Hour (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the hour value of the calibration start on fixed time option.
Set Value Integer value from 0 to 23
Unit Hours
440 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Accuracy 1 hour
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation calibration runs.
65. Set Calibration Minute (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the minute value of the calibration start on fixed time option.
Set Value Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit Minutes
Accuracy 1 minute
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation calibration runs.
66. Set Days Between Calibration (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the days value of the calibration start on elapsed days option.
Set Value Integer value from 1 to 365
Unit Days
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 441
Accuracy 1 day
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation calibration runs.
67. Set Verification Hour (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the hour value of the verification start on fixed time option.
Set Value Integer value from 0 to 23
Unit Hours
Accuracy 1 hour
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation verification runs.
68. Set Verification Minute (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the minute value of the verification start on fixed time option.
Set Value Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit Minutes
442 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Accuracy 1 minute
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation verification runs.
69. Set Days Between Verification (Int16, MB)
Description Returns/Sets the days value of the verification start on elapsed days option Return.
Set Value Integer value from 1 to 365
Unit Days
Accuracy 1 day
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies to full automation verification runs.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 443
Method protection Modbus parameters
70. Read Method protection (Bit, MB)
Description Returns the lock status of the method protection.
Return value 0 = Method protection disabled (unlocked) 1 = Method protection enabled (locked)
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
91. Set Unlock Method Protection (Bit, MB)
Description Unlocks/relocks the method protection when the hardware method locking is enabled.
Set Value 0 = Relock method protection 1 = Unlock method protection
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This option only applies when the Method protection switch is enabled. If Method locking is unlocked and the 490-PRO is rebooted, the method is automatically relocked.
95. Set Channel to clean, 1=On (Bit, CHAN)
Description Selects a channel to be cleaned.
Set Value 0 = Deselect channel for cleaning 1 = Select Channel for cleaning
444 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks The channels selected for cleaning will only be cleaned after parameter 96 Request cleaning cycle minutes is sent and handled by the 490-PRO.
See also Execute command 29. Stop Cleaning Cycle (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 625
Parameter 96. Request cleaning cycle, minutes(Int32, MB)
96. Request cleaning cycle, minutes(Int32, MB)
Description Sets the cleaning time in minutes and requests a cleaning cycle.
Set Value Cleaning time in minutes
Unit Minutes
Accuracy 1 minute
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks When the 490-PRO receives a request for cleaning it will schedule the cleaning cycle. The cleaning cycle will be started after finishing the current run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 445
See also Execute command 29. Stop Cleaning Cycle (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 625 Parameter 95. Set Channel to clean, 1=On (Bit, CHAN) on page 443
99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK)
Description Switches one of the relays positioned on one of the additional extension boards.
Set Value 1 to the number of configured relays
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the relay. This should be the relay number as assigned in the Automation TAB of the configuration window of PROstation.
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select the state of the relay.
0 = De-energized 1 = Energized
Remarks The channel cleaning for the channels to clean begins after the current run finishes.
See also Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 618 Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 620 Execute Command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute
446 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Cmd, MB) on page 627 Execute Command 35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 628
1000. Request Single Sequence Line (Int16, MB)
Description Requests to run a single line from the sequence.
Set value 1 to maximum number of lines in the sequence
Unit none
Accuracy 1
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks When the 490-PRO receives a request to run a single sequence line, it will schedule this single run. It will be started after finishing the current run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 447
GC status Modbus parameters
100. Status: Sample Line Temp. (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current temperature of the sample line.
Return value 30 to 110
Unit Degrees Centigrade (C)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
101. Status: Sample Line Temp. State (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not the heated sample line is ready.
Return value 0 = Not ready (Temperature not yet reached) 1 = Not ready (Temperature reached)
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
102. Status: Instrument State (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the overall instrument state of the 490-PRO.
Return value 0 = Initializing 1 = Flushing 2 = Running 3 = Stabilizing
448 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
4 = Ready 5 = Critical or Fatal Error 6 = Advisory Fault 7 = Broken 8 = Not ready 9 = Waiting for external ready in 10 = Cleaning
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
103. Status: Cabinet Temperature (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the instrument cabinet temperature.
Return value Cabinet temperature
Unit Degrees Centigrade (C)
Accuracy 1 C
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks 40 to 50 are the specified operating temperatures
104. Status: Ambient Pressure (Float, MB)
Description Returns the ambient pressure measured in the instrument cabinet.
Return value Pressure
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 449
Unit Kilopascal (kPa)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
105. Status: Power Supply Voltage (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual power supply Voltage of the 490-PRO.
Return value Around 12 to 14 V
Unit Volt (V)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
106. Status: External Start Received(Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not an external start is received.
Return value 0 = No External start received 1 = External start received
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
450 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks After reading this parameter the value will be reset to 0.
108. Status: Analog Input #1 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current voltage of analog input 1 as provided by an external device.
Return value Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Application - Analog Inputs
109. Status: Analog Input #2 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current voltage of analog input 2 as provided by an external device.
Return value Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 451
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Application - Analog Inputs
110. Status: Analog Input #3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current voltage of analog input 3 as provided by an external device.
Return value Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Application - Analog Inputs
111. Status: Analog Input #4 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current voltage of analog input 4 as provided by an external device.
Return value Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
452 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Application - Analog Inputs
112. Status: Analog Input #5 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current voltage of analog input 5 as provided by an external device.
Return value Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0) See also Application - Analog Inputs
113. Status: Analog Input #6 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the current voltage of analog input 6 as provided by an external device.
Return value Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 453
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0) See also Application - Analog Inputs
GC/Run mode status Modbus parameters
131. Status: External Device Ready Status [Bit, MB]
Description Returns the ready status of possible external connected device.
Return value 0 = External is device not ready 1 = External is device ready
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
132. Status: Error Number (Int32, MB)
Description Returns the GC error status number. See Chapter 21, Errors, starting on page 717 for an explanation of the error codes.
Return value Error number generated when the 490-PRO is in error.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks Use parameter 152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB) to get only a notification whether or not the 490-PRO is in error. This parameter returns an error number when the 490-PRO has an error in the severity classes: Advisory Fault, Critical Error, or Fatal Error as soon as the 490-PRO is no longer in error, this parameter returns to 0.
454 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
134. Status: Actual Flush time [min] (Float, MB)
Description Returns the remaining sample stream flush time.
Return value Time
Unit Minutes
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
138. Status: Current Sequence State (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current automation (or sequence) state.
Return value 0 = Idle 1 = Running Manual (single run) 2 = Running sequence (full automation) 3 = Running calibration block 4 = Running verification block 5 = Equilibrating stream (selecting and flushing stream)
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
139. Status: Current Calibration Level Setting (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current calibration level.
Return value Integer value from 0 to 8 depending on the number of calibration levels. Level 8 is the Rw Calibration that can be used in Multilevel calibration. Level 0 is an Analysis (Unknown) run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 455
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks Current calibration level 1 to 8 can also be returned in case of blank or verification runs.
141. Status: Current Sample Type (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the sample type of the current run.
Return value 0 = Analysis/unknown 1 = Calibration 2 = Blank (Baseline) 3 = Verification
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not the 490-PRO is in error.
Return value 0 = 490-PRO is not in error 1 = 490-PRO is in error
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
456 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks To obtain the error number use parameter 132. Status: Error Number (Int32, MB) . This parameter only sets a notification (return value = 1) when the 490-PRO has an error in one of the severity classes Advisory Fault, Critical Error, or Fatal Error. As soon as the 490-PRO is no longer in error, this parameter is reset and will return value 0.
See also Parameter 2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index) Parameter 2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB) Parameter 2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)
153. Status: Application Error Status (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not there is a failure in the calibration conditions, or an error in the stream selection, or an alarm on one of the conditions specified in the alarm table at the moment of requesting this Modbus parameter.
Return value 0 = No error or alarm at this moment 1 = An error or alarm raised in Calibration, Stream selection, or in any condition specified in the alarm table
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
See also Parameter 2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index) Parameter 2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB) Parameter 2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index) Parameter 2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 457
161. Status: Current running time (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the runtime of the current run starting as shown, during the run, in Instrument status in the GC section of the status screen. The return value is 0 at the beginning of the run and increases while the run proceeds.
Return value 0 to the runtime as specified in the method (maximum run time is 600)
Unit seconds (s)
Accuracy 1 s
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter resets to 0 at the end of the run.
163. Status: Current Stream Analyzing (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the stream number, which the current run uses to analyze gas.
Return value 0 to the runtime as specified in the method (maximum run time is 600)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
458 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks This value is set at the beginning of a run and will not be reset until the next run is being analyzed from a different stream. If there is no following run, the last returned value will remain until the 490-PRO is switched off.
Channel method setting Modbus parameters
202. Set Column Temperature (Float, CHAN)
Description Sets the column temperature of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 30 C to the maximum allowed channel temperature most used maximum temperatures are 160 or 180 C
Unit Degrees Centigrade (C)
Accuracy 1 C
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks The maximum allowed column temperature is shown in the of the configuration screen.
See also Hardware Tab
203. Set Injector Temperature (Float, CHAN)
Description Sets the injector temperature of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO Return.
Set Value 30 to 110 C
Unit Degrees Centigrade (C)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 459
Accuracy 1 C
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
204. Set Run Time [s] (Int16, CHAN)
Description Sets the run time of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 1 to 600
Unit seconds (s)
Accuracy 0.1 s
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
205. Set Injection Time [ms] (Int16, CHAN)
Description Sets the injection time of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 1 to 600
Unit milliseconds (ms)
Accuracy 1 ms
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
460 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
207. Set Back flush Time [s] (Float, CHAN)
Description Sets the back flush time of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 1 to 600
Unit seconds (s)
Accuracy 1 s
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remark The value of this parameter is only taken into account in case of a backflush channel.
209. Set Initial Pressure [Pa] (Float, CHAN)
Description Sets the initial pressure of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 50 to 350
Unit Pascal (Pa)
Accuracy 1 pa
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 461
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks Note that the initial pressure anywhere in PROstation is shown in kPa.
215. Set TCD Power [1=On/0=Off] (Bit, CHAN)
Description Sets the Detector state or TCD power on or off for the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 0 = Detector state/TCD power Off 1 = Detector state/TCD power On
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
218. Set TCD Range [0,16,256,1024] (Int16, CHAN)
Description Sets the TCD sensitivity range of the TCD Detector for the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 0 = Low 16 = Medium 256 = High 1024 = Extra High
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks If parameter auto ranging (220. Set TCD Auto Ranging) is switched on, the values are ignored.
462 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
220. Set TCD Auto Ranging [1=On/0=Off] (Bit, CHAN)
Description Sets the TCD sensitivity of the TCD detector to Auto ranging for the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 0 = Switch Auto ranging off 1 = Switch Auto ranging On
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks If parameter auto ranging is switched off, a manual TCD sensitivity range needs to be set by means of parameter 218. Set TCD Range [0,16,256,1024] (Int16, CHAN) on page 461.
221. Set TCD Invert Signal [1=On/0=Off] (Bit, CHAN)
Description Sets the Invert signal option on or off for TCD detector of the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value 0 = TCD Invert signal switched Off 1 = TCD Invert signal switched On
Modbus Register Type Coil status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 463
Channel status Modbus parameters
300. Column Temperature (Float, CHAN)
Description Returns the actual column temperature for the selected channel, as displayed in the GC-Channel status part of the Instrument status screen.
Return value The actual column temperature can be 30 to 160 C or 30 to 180 C, depending on the maximum allowed.
Unit Degrees Centigrade (C)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4) The maximum allowed column temperature is shown in the Hardware Tab of the configuration screen.
See also Hardware Tab
301. Column Temp.State (Bit, CHAN)
Description Returns whether or not the actual column temperature has reached the channels setpoint for the selected channel. The return value is equal to the ready status of the channel temperature as shown in the GC-Channel status part of the Instrument status screen (Column temp value is blue = ready/Column temp value is red = not ready.
Return value 0 = The actual column temperature has not reached the channels set point (Not Ready). 1 = The actual column temperature has reached the channels set point (Ready).
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
464 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
302. Injector Temperature(Float, CHAN)
Description Returns the actual injector temperature for the selected channel, as displayed in the GC-Channel status part of the Instrument status screen.
Return value The actual injector temperature vary between 30 to 110 C.
Unit Degrees Centigrade (C)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
303. Injector Temp.State (Bit, CHAN)
Description Returns whether or not the actual injector temperature has reached the channels setpoint for the selected channel. The return value is equal to the ready status of the injector temperature as shown in the GC-Channel status part of the Instrument status screen (injector temp value is blue = ready/injector temp value is red = not ready.
Return value 0 = The actual injector temperature has not reached the channels set point (Not Ready). 1 = The actual injector temperature has reached the channels set point (Ready).
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 465
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
304. Column Pressure (Float, CHAN)
Description Returns the actual column pressure for the selected channel, as displayed in the GC-Channel status part of the Instrument status screen.
Return value The actual column pressure varies between 50 and 350.
Unit Pascal (Pa)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks Note that the column pressure anywhere in PROstation is shown in kPa.
305. Column Pressure State (Bit, CHAN)
Description Returns whether or not the actual column pressure has reached the channels setpoint for the selected channel. The return value is equal to the ready status of the column pressure ready status as shown in the GC-Channel status part of the Instrument status screen (column pressure value is blue = ready. Column pressure value is red = not ready).
Return value 0 = The actual column has not reached the channels setpoint (Not Ready). 1 = The actual injector temperature has reached the channels setpoint (Ready).
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
466 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
308. Channel Board Temp (Int16, CHAN)
Description Returns the actual channel board temperature for the selected channel.
Return value The actual board temperature should vary between the approximate ambient temperature and the maximum allowed board temperature.
Unit Degrees centigrade (C)
Accuracy 1 C
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Mainboard Modbus parameters
500. MPU firmware (Float, MB)
Description Returns the MPU firmware version and subversion and build number (build number only from version 2.0 and up), combined in one number.
Return value The value returned is build up in this way:
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 467
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks The build number is only returned from firmware version 2.00 and up.
501. IOC firmware (Float, CHAN)
Description Returns the IOC firmware version and build, combined in one number.
Return value The value returned is built up in this manner:
Example 1.15 version 1, subversion 15
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
502. Channel 1 installed (1 bit)
Description Returns whether or not channel 1 is installed.
Return value 0 = Channel 1 is not installed 1 = Channel 1 is installed
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) none
503. Channel 2 installed (1 bit)
Description Returns whether or not channel 2 is installed.
468 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value 0 = Channel 2 is not installed 1 = Channel 2 is installed
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) none
504. Channel 3 installed (1 bit)
Description Returns whether or not channel 3 is installed.
Return value 0 = Channel 3 is not installed 1 = Channel 3 is installed
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) none
505. Channel 4 installed (1 bit)
Description Returns whether or not channel 4 is installed.
Return value 0 = Channel 4 is not installed 1 = Channel 4 is installed
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) none
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 469
515. Clock: Day of Month (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current day of month of the system date set in the 490-PRO.
Set Value Integer value from 1 to 31
Unit Days
Accuracy 1 day
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
516. Clock: Month (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current month of the system date set in the 490-PRO Return.
Set Value Integer value from 1 to 12
Unit Months
Accuracy 1 month
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
517. Clock: Year (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current year of the system date set in the 490-PRO.
470 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Set Value Integer value from 1 to 99
Unit Years
Accuracy 1 year
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
518. Clock: Second (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current second of the system time set in the 490-PRO Return.
Set Value Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit Seconds (s)
Accuracy 1 s
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
519. Clock: Minute (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current minute of the system time set in the 490-PRO Return.
Set Value Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit Minutes (min)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 471
Accuracy 1 min
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
520. Clock: Hour (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the current hour of the system time set in the 490-PRO Return.
Set Value Integer value from 1 to 23
Unit Hours (h)
Accuracy 1 h
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
472 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Mainboard EDS Modbus parameters
601. Instrument serial number (Int32, MB)
Description Returns the 490-PRO serial number.
Return value Serial number
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
611. Log: Number of runs (Int32, MB)
Description Returns the total number of runs performed on the system.
Return value Number of runs
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This value is not viewable from PROstation.
612. Log: Operating Period (Float, MB)
Description Returns the total instrument up time.
Return value Operating period
Unit Hours
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 473
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This value is not available in PROstation.
613. Log: Max Ambient Instrument Temperature (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the maximum reached cabinet temperature in degrees centigrade (C).
Return value Maximum ambient temperature
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This value is not available in PROstation.
474 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Integration method Modbus parameters
1230. Integ.Meth.: Level 1 amount (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns/sets the amount for calibration level 1 of the selected peak on the selected channel. This value is entered in the Level 1 column for the selected peak in the method peak table of the selected channel.
Set Value Any 32 bit floating point value
Unit none
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in the method peak table. The Method peak numbers start with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the method peak table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 475
General integration results Modbus parameters
1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named + Unnamed(Int16, CHAN)
Description Returns the total number of peaks (named and unnamed) for the selected channel.
Return value Total number of peaks for the selected channel, detected during integration. Total number of peaks is the sum of all named peaks (peaks defined in the method peak table) as well as all unnamed peaks (not defined peaks or not detected within the defined window of a peak).
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit Integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks Named peaks are peaks that are detected during integration, within the retention time peak window of a peak or group defined in the method peak table. Unnamed peaks are peaks that are detected during integration but fall outside any peak or group window defined in the method peak table. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16, CHAN) Parameter 1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed Peaks(Int16, CHAN) Parameter 2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB) Parameter 2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16, MB)
476 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16, CHAN)
Description Returns the total number of named peaks for the selected channel.
Return value Total number of named peaks for the selected channel, detected during integration.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit Integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks Named peaks are peaks that are detected during integration, within the retention time peak window of a peak or group defined in the method peak table. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named + Unnamed(Int16, CHAN) Parameter 1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed Peaks(Int16, CHAN) Parameter 2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB) Parameter 2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16, MB)
1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed Peaks(Int16, CHAN)
Description Returns the total number of unnamed peaks for the selected channel.
Return value Sum of total number of unnamed peaks and total number of named peaks. Named peaks are peaks detected during integration within a peak window of a component defined in the method peak table. Unnamed peaks are peaks detected outside any peak window.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 477
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit Integer)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks Unnamed peaks are peaks that are detected during integration but fall outside any retention time peak or group window defined in the method peak table. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named + Unnamed(Int16, CHAN) Parameter 1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16, CHAN) Parameter 2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB) Parameter 2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16, MB)
1331. Int.Rep.: Calibration Alarm (Bit, MB)
Description Returns if a response factor of one or more peaks detected in the current calibration run does not meet the allowed variation. The allowed variation for response factor alarms is defined in the Method peak table.
Return value 0 = Current run has no calibration alarm 1 = Current run does have a Calibration alarm
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
478 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks This parameter will only be set at the end of the calibration run. If in the following run the error or alarm doesnt occur anymore, the return value is reset to 0. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 479
Integration results of all peaks named and unnamed
1219. Int.Rep.All: Retention Time (Float, CHAN, Peak)
Description Returns the retention time of the peak selected from the list of all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Unit Minutes
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in integration result table or the integration report. The integration peak numbers start with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1203. Int.Rep.All: Peak Area (Float, CHAN, Peak)
Description Returns the peak area of the peak selected from the list of all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
480 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in integration result table or the integration report. The integration peak numbers starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1204. Int.Rep.All: Peak Height (Float, CHAN, Peak)
Description Returns the peak height of the peak selected from the list of all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in integration result table or the integration report. The integration peak numbers starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 481
1205. Int.Rep.All: Amount (Float, CHAN, Peak)
Description Returns the amount of the peak selected from the list of all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in integration result table or the integration report. The integration peak numbers starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1207. Int.Rep.All: Peak Width (Float, CHAN, Peak)
Description Returns the width of the peak selected from the list of all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
482 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Peak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in integration result table or the integration report. The integration peak numbers starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1209. Int.Rep.All: Peak Named Yes/No (Bit, CHAN, Peak)
Description Returns whether or not the selected peak is a named or unnamed peak.
Return value 0 = Current selected peak is a unnamed peak 1 = Current selected peak is a named peak
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in integration result table or the integration report. The integration peak numbers starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 483
Integration results named peaks only
1375. Int.Rep.Named: Area Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the peak area of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1376. Int.Rep.Named: Height Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the peak height of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
484 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1377. Int.Rep.Named: Amount Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the amount of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 485
1378. Int.Rep.Named: Retention Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the retention time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Unit Seconds (s)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1380. Int.Rep.Named: Width Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the width at half height of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Unit Minutes
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
486 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each up following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1381. Int.Rep.Named: StartTime Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the start time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 487
1382. Int.Rep.Named: EndTime Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the end time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
1383. Int.Rep.Named: Asym Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)
Description Returns the end time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
488 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
MetPeak (PROstation) Peak number index as used in method peak table. The method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 489
New data available flag
2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)
Description Returns 1 at the moment all sample result data of the last finished run is available, and resets automatically to 0 after the Reset-Time data available flag expires. This parameter can also be reset by the Master.
Set Value 0: No new data available/reset new data available 1: (Still) new valid data available
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the Process Setting tab Modbus Setup (Synchronization with Modbus master on page 403). It is advised not to set 1 in the Modbus register.
2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)
Description Returns 1 at the moment all sample result data of the last finished run is available and resets automatically to 0 after a Modbus Master has read the new data.
Return value 0: No new data available 1: New (not yet read) valid data available
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks If the no Modbus master is reading the new data the value is automatically reset to 0 after the Reset-Time data available flag
490 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
expires. The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the Process Setting tab Modbus Setup (Synchronization with Modbus master on page 403) Parameter 2238 is a copy of this parameter.
2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)
Description Returns 1 at the moment all sample result data of the last finished run is available and resets automatically to 0 after a Modbus Master has read the new data.
Return value 0: No new data available 1: New (not yet read) valid data available
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks If the no Modbus master is reading the new data, the value is automatically reset to 0 after the Reset-Time data available flag expires. The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the Process Setting tab Modbus Setup (Synchronization with Modbus master on page 403) parameter is a copy of parameter 2201.)
2202. Sync: Run Number (Int32, MB)
Description Returns a number, which is increased at the end of every run. This number is increased for each run, whether the current run is an Analysis(unknown), Calibration, verification or blank(check).
Return value Positive integer value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 491
Remarks After a restart of the 490-PRO, this parameter is reset to 0. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
492 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Application data Modbus parameters
2203. Application: Sample Type (Int32, MB)
Description Returns the sample type of the last run.
Return value 0 = Analysis/unknown 1 = Calibration 2 = Blank (Baseline) 3 = Verification
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks After a restart of the 490-PRO, this parameter is reset to 0. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2399. Application: Is Analysis Run (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not the last run was an analysis.
Return value 0 = Last run is not an Analysis run, but calibration, blank or verification 1 = Last run is an Analysis run
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 493
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2290. Application: Calibration Method (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the calibration method of the last run.
Return value 0 = default calibration method 1 = GOST calibration method
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2291. Application: Calibration Status (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the calibration status of the last run.
Return value 0 = Calibration failed 1 = Calibration OK 2 = GOST calibration is still busy (run 1 and 2) 3 = GOST calibration runs where not accepted (run 3 or 4)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
494 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2204. Application: Calibration Level (Int16, MB)
Description Returns whether the calibration level of the last run.
Return value 0 = No calibration level, thus no calibration or verification run 1 to 8 = calibration level depending on the number of calibration levels. The return value can be 8 if the number of calibration levels is greater then 3 (Multilevel calibration)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2239. Application: Calibration ignore (Bit, MB)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 495
Description Returns whether the last run is an ignored calibration. An ignored calibration is a calibration run that will not be accepted as such. In other words flush run with calibration gas.
Return value 0 = A normal calibration run 1 = A calibration run that will be ignored
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter returns 0 if the last run was an Analysis, verification or blank run. Ensure the run type is known before using this parameter This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2205. Application: Stream Position (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the stream that was requested for the last run. This is the stream position request at the start of the sequence or single run.
Return value Integer value greater than 0
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
496 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks If the stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO, the maximum number of stream positions depends on the number of streams selected in the configuration. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2206. Application: Stream Position OK (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not the requested stream of the last run is correctly switched.
Return value 0 = Requested stream is not switched due to communication failure with the stream selector or stream selector failure. In other words, last run is sample from a wrong stream position. 1 = Requested stream is successfully switched
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2207. Application: Digital Input (Bit, CHAN)
Description Returns whether or not the Digital Input was activated at the start of the run, value reported at the end of the last run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 497
Return value 0 = Deactivated 1 = Activated
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2208. Application: Raw Analog In (Float, CHAN)
Description Returns the value in volts (V) of the selected analog input. The value is measured at the analog input and reported at the end of the last run.
Return value 0 to 10
Unit Volt
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the analog input.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
498 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2209. Application: Computed Analog In (Float, CHAN)
Description Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input, based on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input table. See Application Analog Inputs on page 358 for more information. This calculated value is reported at the end of the last run.
Return value The calculated analog value
Unit The unit as calculated in the analog input table
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the analog input.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2210. Application: Sampling comp.Analog In (Float, CHAN)
Description Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input, based on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input table. The value is measured only once during the run (at sampling) and directly displayed.
Return value The calculated analog value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 499
Unit The unit as calculated in the analog input table.
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) The CHAN argument selects the analog input.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether any of the configured alarms from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run.
Return value 0 = No alarm raised 1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run.
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
500 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index) . Parameter 152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB) . Parameter 2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index) . Parameter 2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream) .
2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index)
Description Returns whether or not the selected alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run.
Return value 0 = No alarm raised 1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select an alarm (by line number/index) from the alarm table.
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 501
Parameter 2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB) . Parameter 152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB) . Parameter 2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index) . Parameter 2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream) .
2213. Application: Overall Verification status (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not all verification criteria are passed. The verification criteria are defined in the Verification Table.
Return value 0 = All verification criteria passed. 1 = One of the verification criteria did not pass.
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB) . Parameter 152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB) . Parameter 2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index) . Parameter 2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream) .
2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB)
502 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the total number of peaks of the application report. These are peaks that are defined in the normalization table (maximum 100 peaks) and which are also detected in the integration report.
Return value 0 to maximum number of peaks in the application report (maximum 100 peaks)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16, MB) . Parameter 1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named + Unnamed(Int16, CHAN) . Parameter 1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16, CHAN) . Parameter 1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed Peaks(Int16, CHAN) .
2217. Application: Sum ESTD (Float, MB)
Description Returns the sum of ESTD values of all peaks in the application report of the last run. These are peaks that are defined in the normalization table (maximum 100 peaks) and which are also detected in the integration report.
Return value Positive value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 503
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 2418. Appl.: Stream Sum ESTD (Float, CHAN=stream) .
2218. Application: Sum Estimates (Float, MB)
Description Returns the sum of estimates of all peaks that are identified as estimate peaks in the normalization table and also detected in the integration report.
Return value 0 to 100
Unit Percent (%)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
504 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2221. Application: Sum Areas. (Float, MB)
Description Returns the sum of areas of all peaks that are defined in the normalization table (maximum 100 peaks) and also are detected in the integration report.
Return value Positive value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2222. Application: Is Startup Run. (Bit, MB)
Description Returns whether or not the last run was the first run after startup of the 490-PRO.
Return value 0 = Last run was not a startup run 1 = Last run was a the first run after startup of the 490-PRO
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 505
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2223. Application: Year of Injection (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the year of injection of the last run.
Return value Integer value from 1 to 99
Unit Years
Accuracy 1 year
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2224. Application: Month of Injection (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the month of injection of the last run.
Return value Integer value from 1 to 12
506 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Unit Months
Accuracy 1 month
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2225. Application: Day of Injection (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the day of injection of the last run.
Return value Integer value from 1 to 31
Unit Days
Accuracy 1 day
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 507
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2226. Application: Hour of Injection (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the hour of injection of the last run.
Return value Integer value from 1 to 23
Unit Hours (h)
Accuracy 1 h
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2227. Application: Minute of Injection (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the minute of injection of the last run.
Return value Integer value from 1 to 60
Unit Minutes (min)
Accuracy 1 min
508 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2228. Application: Second (time) of Injection (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the second of injection of the last run.
Return value Integer value from 1 to 60
Unit Seconds (s)
Accuracy 1 s
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 509
2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the total number of unknown peaks of the application report. These are peaks that are NOT defined in the normalization table but still detected in the integration report.
Return value 0 to maximum number of peaks in the application report (maximum 100 peaks)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
See also Parameter 2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB) . Parameter 1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named + Unnamed(Int16, CHAN) . Parameter 1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16, CHAN) . Parameter 1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed Peaks(Int16, CHAN) .
2230. Application: Comp. Retention. (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the Retention time of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value 0 to maximum runtime of this run.
510 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Unit Minutes
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2231. Application: Comp. Height. (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the height of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value Any floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 511
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc. (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the ESTD concentration of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value A positive floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
512 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2233. Application: Comp. Normalized Conc. (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the Normalized concentration of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value 0 to 100
Unit Percent (%)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 513
2237. Application: Comp. Area (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the area of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value A positive floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2235. Application: Group total ESTD. (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the sum of the ESTD concentrations of all peaks in the selected group from the application report of the last run.
Return value A positive floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
514 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Supply the peak index for a group in the normalization table in the PEAK argument, to find the corresponding group in the application report.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2236. Application: Group total Normalized (Float, PEAK)
Description Returns the sum of the normalized concentrations of all peaks in the selected group from the application report of the last run.
Return value 0 to 100
Unit Percent (%)
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Supply the peak index from a group in the normalization table in the PEAK argument to find the corresponding group in the application report.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 515
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2297. Application: Alarm status (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the status of the first 16 alarms defined in the alarm table. Each bit represents an alarm. An active alarm is presented as logical high (= 1).
Return value The value returned is an integer value of 16 bits
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
516 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Energy meter method
2255. Application: Comp New RF (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the new Response Factor of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value Any floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2256. Application: Comp. Current RF (Float, PEAK)
Description Returns the Current Response Factor of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value Any floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 517
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2258. Application: Comp. Initial RF (Float, PEAK)
Description Returns the Initial Response Factor of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value Any floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
518 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2289. Application: Comp. Rw (Float, MB, PEAK)
Description Returns the field calibration correction Factor (Rw factor) of the selected peak from the application report of the last run.
Return value Any floating point value
Accuracy Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks The application report is a system wide report, so one cannot select peaks per channel from the application report. This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 519
Energy meter results
2260. Application: Calorific Value Calculation Method (Int16, MB)
Description Returns the calorific valve calculation method as used in the application report of the last run.
Return value 1 = ISO 6976 2 = GPA 2172 3 = ASTM 3588 4 = GOST 22667 5 = GOST 31369
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters 2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB) , 2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB) , or 2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB) can be used.
2262. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Zmix (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual Zmix value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
520 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2263. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Molar Mass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual molar mass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2264. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual ideal relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 521
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2265. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Wobbe index (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual Wobbe index of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2266. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Hs.v.Real (Float, MB)
522 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the volume based dry real Hs value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2267. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Hi.v.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the volume based dry real Hi value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 523
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2268. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2269. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
524 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2271. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Wobbe Inferior (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Wobbe inferior value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2274. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 525
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2275. Application: GPA/ASTM.Dry.Hv.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2276. Application: GPA/ASTM.Sat.Hv.Real (Float, MB)
526 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2277. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 527
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2278. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2279. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Spec.Volume (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual specific volume of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
528 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2280. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculamtion method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2281. Application: GPA/ASTM.Zair (Float, MB)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 529
Description Returns the Zair value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculamtion method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2292. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
530 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2293. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2294. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 531
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2295. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2310. Application: GPA/ASTM GPM [gal/1000ft3] #norm-peak (Float, MB)
Description Returns the GPM value of the selected component in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
532 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2311. Application: GPA/ASTM Total GPM [gal/1000ft3] (Float, MB)
Description Returns the total GPM value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 533
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2313. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Zmix (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Zmix value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2314. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Molar Mass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated molar mass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
534 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2315. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Wobbe index (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Wobbe index of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2316. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Water mole (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated water mole value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 535
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2317. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual water mole value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
536 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2318. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Zmix (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Zmix value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2319. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Molar Mass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry molar mass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 537
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2320. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Rel.Dens.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry ideal relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2321. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Rel.Dens.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated ideal relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
538 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2322. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Wobbe index (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Wobbe index of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 539
2325. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2326. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
540 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2327. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2328. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 541
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2329. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Wobbe inferior (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Wobbe inferior value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2330. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)
542 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2331. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 543
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2333. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2334. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
544 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2335. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2336. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 545
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2337. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
546 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2338. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2339. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 547
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2340. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2341. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
548 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2342. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2343. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 549
Description Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2344. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
550 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2345. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2346. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 551
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2347. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2348. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
552 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2349. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2350. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.ideal (Float, MB)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 553
Description Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2351. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
554 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2352. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2353. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 555
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2354. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2355. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
556 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2356. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2357. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmass (Float, MB)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 557
Description Returns the actual hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2358. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
558 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2359. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2360. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 559
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2361. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmass (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2362. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmolar (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
560 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2363. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2364. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 561
Description Returns the saturated real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2365. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
562 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2366. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2367. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the actual real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 563
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2368. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2369. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
564 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2370. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Spec.Volume (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry specific volume of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 565
2371. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Spec.Volume (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated specific volume of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2372. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry total GPM of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
566 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2373. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated total GPM of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2374. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 567
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2375. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the dry hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
568 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2376. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
2377. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)
Description Returns the saturated hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 569
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" , or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be used.
Stream specific application data
2400. Appl.: Stream Component ESTD(Float, CHAN=stream, PEAK)
Description Returns the ESTD concentration of the selected peak from the application report of the last run, which was sampled and analyzed on the selected stream.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the last ESTD value.
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report generated on the selected stream. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
570 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2401. Appl.: Stream Component Norm%(Float, CHAN=stream, PEAK)
Description Returns the Normalized concentration of the selected peak from the application report of the last run, which was sampled and analyzed on the selected stream.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit Percent (%)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the last Normalized concentration value.
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the last application report generated on the selected stream. To do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the normalization table.
2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)
Description Returns whether or not the selected alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run, which was sampled and analyzed from the selected stream.
Return value 0 = No alarm raised 1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run for the selected stream.
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the last Alarm results.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 571
Peak (PROstation) Use the PEAK argument to select an alarm (by line number/index) from the alarm table.
See also Parameter 2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream) . Parameter 2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB) . Parameter 2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index) . Parameter 152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB) .
2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns if any of the configured alarms from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run, which was sampled and analyzed from the selected stream.
Return value 0 = No alarm raised 1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of the last run for the selected stream.
Modbus Register Type Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the last Alarm results.
See also Parameter 2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream, PEAK=index) . Parameter 2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB) . Parameter 2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index) . Parameter 152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB) .
2404. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Zmix (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual Zmix value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
572 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual Zmix.
2418. Appl.: Stream Sum ESTD (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the sum of ESTD values of all peaks in the application report of the last run, which was sampled and analyzed from the selected stream. These peaks are defined in the normalization table (maximum 100 peaks) and are also detected in the integration report.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the Sum ESTD value.
2423. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Molar Mass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual molar mass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 573
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual molar mass.
2443. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual ideal relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual ideal relative density.
2405. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Wobbe index (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual Wobbe index value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual Wobbe index.
2406. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Hs.v.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
574 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the volume based dry real Hs value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the volume based dry real Hs.
2407. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Hi.v.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the volume based dry real Hi value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the volume based dry real Hi.
2408. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 575
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry real gas density.
2409. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry real relative density.
2410. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Wobbe Inferior (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Wobbe inferior value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
576 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Wobbe inferior.
2411. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual real Hv.
2412. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Dry.Hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry real Hv.
2413. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Sat.Hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 577
Description Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real Hv.
2414. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual real relative density.
2415. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
578 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual ideal gas density.
2416. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Spec.Volume (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual specific volume value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual specific volume.
2417. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.MJM3 (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 579
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual Hv.
2485. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Zair (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the Zair value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the Zair.
2419. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual real hv.
2420. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
580 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry real hv.
2421. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real hv.
2422. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hv.MJM3 (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 581
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual hv.
2471. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Total GPM [gal/1000ft3] (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the total GPM value of the selected component in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the total GPM.
2427. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Zmix (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Zmix value of the selected component in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Zmix.
582 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2429. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Molar Mass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated molar mass value of the selected component in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated molar mass.
2428. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Wobbe index (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Wobbe index value of the selected component in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Wobbe index.
2480. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Water mole (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated water mole value of the selected component in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 583
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated water mole.
2424. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Zmix (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Zmix value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Zmix.
2425. Appl.:Steam ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Wobbe index (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Wobbe index of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
584 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Wobbe index.
2426. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Molar Mass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry molar mass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry molar mass.
2445. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Rel.Dens.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, ASTM 3588 or GPA 2172 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry ideal relative density.
2449. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Rel.Dens.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 585
Description Returns the saturated ideal relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal relative density.
2476. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real Hv.
2477. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hv.real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real hv of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
586 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real hv.
2450. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Den.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real gas density.
2451. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 587
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real relative density.
2452. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Wobbe inferior (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Wobbe inferior value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Wobbe inferior.
2442. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry ideal gas density.
2448. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, CHAN=stream
588 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal gas density.
2434. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Hmass.
2435. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 589
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry hmass.
2440. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Hmass.
2441. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated hmass.
590 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2432. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Hmolar.
2433. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry hmolar.
2438. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 591
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Hmolar.
2439. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated hmolar.
2430. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry ideal Hv.
592 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2431. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve dry ideal hv.
2436. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal Hv.
2437. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 593
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal hv.
2479. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual water mole value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual water mole.
2459. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry ideal Hv.
594 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2465. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal Hv.
2453. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual ideal Hv.
2454. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 595
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual ideal hv.
2460. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry ideal hv.
2466. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal hv.
596 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
2457. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual Hmass.
2455. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual Hmolar.
2463. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 597
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Hmass.
2461. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Hmolar.
2469. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Hmass.
2467. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
598 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Hmolar.
2458. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual hmass.
2456. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 599
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual hmolar.
2464. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry hmass.
2462. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry hmolar.
2470. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)
600 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated hmass.
2468. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated hmolar.
2447. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 601
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry real relative density.
2487. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real relative density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real relative density.
2444. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
602 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry ideal gas density.
2488. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated ideal gas density.
2489. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the actual real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the actual real gas density.
2446. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 603
Description Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry real gas density.
2490. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated real gas density.
2472. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Spec.Volume (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry specific volume value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
604 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry specific volume.
2474. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Spec.Volume (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated specific volume value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated specific volume.
2473. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry total GPM value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 605
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry total GPM.
2475. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated total GPM value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated total GPM.
2481. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.MJM3 (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
606 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry Hv.
2482. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.MJM3 (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the dry hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the dry hv.
2483. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.MJM3 (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated Hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated Hv.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 607
2484. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.MJM3 (Float, CHAN=stream)
Description Returns the saturated hv value of the sample reported in the application report of the last run. This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value A positive floating point value
Unit MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the saturated hv.
Site info parameters
965. SiteInfo: Calorific Value (Float, MB)
Description Returns/sets the Calorific value, which is inserted in the Site Info area. The Calorific value is taken from the specification on the calibration gas bottle.
Set Value A positive floating point value
Unit Depends on the unit specified on the calibration gas bottle.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
966. SiteInfo: Density (Float, MB)
608 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Description Returns/sets the Density value, which is inserted in the Site Info area. The Density value is taken from the specification on the Calibration gas bottle.
Set Value A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Read chromatogram
With this set of parameters it is possible to read chromatogram data through Modbus.
8013. Set Channel Nr. remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the channel number from which the chromatogram data needs to be read.
Set Value A positive integer value
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks Chromatogram data can only be retrieved from one channel at a time.
8014. Set Data rate remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)
Description Sets the data rate of the chromatogram data to retrieve.
Set Value 1 to 100
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 609
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks When using 8016. Remote read single chrom. point (Int32, MB) , each chromatogram point recorded will be returned, if set value is 1 (100 Hz). Each second chromatogram point recorded will be returned, if set value is 1 (50 Hz) Each hundredth chromatogram point recorded will be returned, if Set value is 100 (1 Hz).
8015. Set Offset Time remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)
Description Sets from which time (offset), the chromatogram data must be read. The offset time is measured from the start of the chromatogram.
Set Value 0 to length of the chromatogram
Unit Seconds (s)
Modbus Register Type Holding Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks The time set must not be larger than the run time of the chromatogram.
8016. Remote read single chrom. point (Int32, MB)
Description Reads a single chromatogram point from the channel.
Return value Any 32 bit integer value
Unit 10 nano Volt (10 nV)
610 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
The unit is 10 nV. If, for example, a value 20 is returned, it means that the value is 20 * 10 nV = 200 nV.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks The time set must not be larger than the run time of the chromatogram. When setting the data rate (8014. Set Data rate remote chrom. data (Int16, MB) ) at:
A value of 1, each chromatogram point recorded will be returned (100 Hz)
A value of 1, each second chromatogram point recorded will be returned (50Hz)
A value of 100, each hundredth chromatogram point recorded will be returned (1 Hz)
API21 parameters
Statistical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 parameters which can be used in the Modbus configuration. For each parameter, the channel# and peak# should be set. The channel# should be set to the stream number. The stream number can be set from 1 up to the maximum number of available streams. The peak# should be set to one of the API21-ParamID, see Table 40.
The CHAN identifies from which stream the results are requested. The API21-ParamID identifies which value is requested, for instance PARAM_ID = 101 identifies the Heating value superior.
Table 40 API21-ParamID - data type
Description API21-ParamID Data type
Year 1 Integer
Month 2 Integer
Day 3 Integer
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 611
12004. API21: Average per hour (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current hour interval.
Return value The value returned is the average over the current hour interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12005. API21: Average per day (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current day interval.
Hour 4 Integer
Minute 5 Integer
Second 6 Integer
Number of analysis 7 Integer
Number of analysis with active alarms 8 Integer
Heating value superior 101 Float
Heating value inferior 102 Float
Relative density 103 Float
Wobbe index superior 104 Float
Wobbe index inferior 105 Float
Compressibility at base conditions 106 Float
Total area, sum of all peaks 107 Float
Unnormalised sum 108 Float
Concentration component 1 1001 Float
... ... Float
Concentration component 19 1019 Float
Table 40 API21-ParamID - data type (continued)
Description API21-ParamID Data type
612 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Return value The value returned is the average over the current day interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12006. API21: Average per month (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current month interval.
Return value The value returned is the average over the current month interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12007. API21: Minimum per hour (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current hour interval.
Return value The value returned is the minimum over the current hour interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12008. API21: Minimum per day (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current day interval.
Return value The value returned is the minimum over the current day interval.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 613
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12009. API21: Minimum per month (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current month interval.
Return value The value returned is the minimum over the current month interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12010. API21: Maximum per hour (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current hour interval.
Return value The value returned is the maximum over the current hour interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
12011. API21: Maximum per day (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current day interval.
Return value The value returned is the maximum over the current day interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
614 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
12012. API21: Maximum per month (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) over current month interval.
Return value The value returned is the maximum over the current month interval.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
Historical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 latest,
previous, 2nd previous and 3rd previous result parameter which can be used in the Modbus configuration. This parameter provides access to the stored API21 values. For this parameter the channel# and peak# should be set. The channel# should be set to one of the following options:
0. Latest results
1. Previous results
2. 2nd Previous results
3. 3rd Previous results
The peak# should be set to one of the API21-ParamID, see Table 41.
Table 41 API21-ParamID
Description API21-ParamID DataType
Year 1 Integer
Month 2 Integer
Day 3 Integer
Hour 4 Integer
Minute 5 Integer
Second 6 Integer
Analysis number 9 Integer
Stream number 10 Integer
Alarm register 1 51 Integer
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 615
12015. API21: History Value (CHAN=history#, PARAM_ID)
Description Returns the value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) of the selected analysis (channel#).
Return value The value returned is the value of the configured PARAM_ID of the selected analysis (channel#).
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Depending on the configured PARAM_ID
Alarm register 2 52 Integer
Alarm register 3 53 Integer
Alarm register 4 54 Integer
Heating value superior 101 Float
Heating value inferior 102 Float
Relative density 103 Float
Wobbe index superior 104 Float
Wobbe index inferior 105 Float
Compressibility at base conditions 106 Float
Total area, sum of all peaks 107 Float
Unnormalised sum 108 Float
Concentration component 1 1001 Float
... ... Float
Concentration component 19 1019 Float
Table 41 API21-ParamID (continued)
Description API21-ParamID DataType
616 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Execute commands
Unlike all other Modbus parameters, these Modbus parameters perform an action rather than return or set a value. Most of these execute commands can also be requested from PROstation.
0. Start Run (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description Starts a single run (manual run) using the method, application, and all other concerned parameters that are currently in the 490-PRO. After ending this run, the 490-PRO returns to idle mode.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also Parameter 16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 622 Parameter 24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624 Parameter 25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624 Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 623
1. Stop Run (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description Stops the current running single run (manual run). After the current run has stopped, the 490-PRO returns to idle mode.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 617
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 623
2. MPU Reset (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This causes a software reboot. It also resets some automation parameters, but leaves parameters that can be downloaded from PROstation untouched.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks The onboard I/O (Standard or general I/O) of the 490-PRO will be reset during a software reboot. All I/O of the optional extension boards remains untouched during a software reboot except for the onboard I/O which are operated on the Basic Extension Board.
7. Calibrate TCD (Execute Cmd, CHAN)
Description This command can be used to calibrate the TCD of a channel of the 490-PRO. Only use this command if suspicion is raised that the TCDs are not performing correctly.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
618 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks The TCDs are calibrated at startup. Before calibrating the TCDs, ensure that the 490-PRO is in idle mode and that no run or sequence is about or scheduled to start. If the TCD is calibrated during a run, the calibration is not reliable.
9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command energizes (switches on) onboard relay 1.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks When an optional extension board is used, the onboard relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) on page 445 Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute Command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 620 Execute Command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 627
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 619
10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command de-energizes (switches off) onboard relay 1.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks When an optional extension board is used, the onboard relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
See also Parameter Execute command Execute command Execute Command Execute Command Execute Command Execute Command Outputs Execute Command
11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command energizes (switches on) the onboard relay 2.
Set Value 0 = No effect1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks When an optional extension board is used, the onboard relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
620 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) on page 445 Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 618 Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute Command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 620 Execute Command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 627 Execute Command 35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 628
12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command de-energizes (switches off) onboard relay 2.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks When an optional extension board is used, the onboard relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) on page 445 Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 618 Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute Command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 621
Execute Command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 627 Execute Command 35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 628
13. Store Config on Flash (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command stores the 490-PRO configuration on the onboard flash disk. All configuration settings that have been changed since last save action or since last startup, will now be stored in the configuration. This command only concerns configuration parameters that have been changed by means of Modbus. Configuration parameters downloaded from PROstation are automatically stored on flash. The configuration of the 490-PRO is considered as all parameters that can be changed in the configuration screen of PROstation.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks Configuration parameters downloaded from PROstation are automatically stored on flash. Be aware that downloading configuration parameters from PROstation will overwrite configuration changes done through Modbus and vice versa. When configuration changes are done through Modbus, ensure in PROstation to first upload the current (changed) configuration from the 490-PRO. Changed parameters, even if not saved, will be uploaded when in the configuration screen of PROstation an upload is performed.
15. Store Method on Flash (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command stores the 490-PRO method on the onboard flash disk. All method settings that have been changed since
622 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
last save action or since last startup, will now be stored in the method. This command only concerns method parameters that have been changed by Modbus. Parameters downloaded from PROstation are automatically stored on flash. The method of the 490-PRO is defined as the parameters that determine the instrument conditions during the analysis run. The PROstation method screens provide the user interface to these method parameters.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks Modbus parameters downloaded from PROstation are automatically stored on flash. Be aware that downloading method parameters from PROstation will overwrite configuration changes done through Modbus and vice versa. When changes are done through Modbus, ensure in PROstation to first upload the current (changed) method from the 490-PRO. Changed parameters, even if not saved, will be uploaded when in the PROstation an upload of the method is performed.
16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command starts the automation using the method, application, and all other concerned parameters that are currently in the 490-PRO. After automation has ended (when the automation is not set to endless running), the 490-PRO returns to idle mode.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 623
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks Start automation does not necessarily start the sequence. If the sequence settings instruct to first start the verification or Calibration Table, the 490-PRO will perform as instructed.
See also Parameter 16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 622 Parameter 24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624 Parameter 25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624 Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 623
17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command stops the automation of the 490-PRO. After automation is ending (when the automation is not set to endless running), the 490-PRO returns to idle mode. The Automation will only stop after the current run has finished.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also Parameter 16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 622 Parameter 24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624 Parameter 25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624 Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 623
624 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command starts the Calibration Table using the method, application, and all other concerned parameters that are currently in the 490-PRO. If the 490-PRO is in idle mode, executing the Calibration Table starts immediately. If it is in running automation mode, executing the Calibration Tables starts after the current run has finished. After the Calibration Table has ended, the 490-PRO returns to idle mode or to running automation, depending upon whether the 490-PRO was in idle mode or in running automation mode at the moment of starting the Calibration Table.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks Running the Calibration Table will stop after Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) is executed. If automation was running before the Calibration Table was started, then the automation will be stopped as well.
See also Parameter 16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) Parameter 25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB) Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)
25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command starts the Verification Table using the method, application, and all other concerned parameters that are currently in the 490-PRO. If the GC is in idle mode, executing the Verification Table starts immediately. If it is in running automation mode, executing the Verification Tables starts after the current run has finished. After the Verification Table has ended, the 490-PRO returns to idle mode or to running automation, depending upon whether the 490-PRO was in idle mode or in running automation mode at the moment of starting the Verification Table.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 625
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks Running the Verification Table will stop after 17. Stop Automation is executed. If automation was running before the Verification Table was started, then the automation will be stopped as well.
See also Parameter 16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 622 Parameter 17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 623 Parameter 24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 624
29. Stop Cleaning Cycle (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command stops the cleaning cycle if that is currently running. If the automation was running before the cleaning cycle was started, the 490-PRO will return to running automation. Otherwise it will return to idle mode.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also Parameter Parameter minutes
626 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command resets all timed relays to their original setting.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value= 1)
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) on page 445 Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 618 Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 620 Execute Command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 627 Execute Command 35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 628
32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command resets all alarm relays to their original setting.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 627
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks The extra relays that become available when using one or more optional extension board can be connected as normally open or normally closed. Relays that are connected as normally open will be reset to open and oncs that are connected as normally closed will be reset to closed. The standard onboard relays are normally open only.
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) . Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 618 Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 619 Execute command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 620 Execute Command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 626 Execute Command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 627 Execute Command 35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB) on page 628
33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command resets the analog outputs to their low signal. For a 4 to 20 mA and a 0 to 10 V output it means that the analog signal is reset to 4 mA and 0 V respectively.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
628 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Remarks Analog outputs are only available when using an analog extension board in combination with a basic extension board.
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) . Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB) .
35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command resets all alarms to their original setting. This command resets the alarm relays, the calibration alarms, overall alarm status and the verification alarms.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
See also Parameter 99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK) . Execute command 9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 629
MB) . Execute command 12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB) . Execute command 33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB) .
36. Empty ErrorLog file (Execute Cmd, MB)
Description This command empties the 490-PRO error log file. This is the log file which is uploaded when an upload diagnostic is performed.
Set Value 0 = No effect 1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type Coil
Modbus data type Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
630 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Fixed value repeater
9000. Fixed Value (Int16, MB, PEAK=fixed value)
Description Returns the value that needs to be defined in the peak argument for this parameter. This parameter can be used, for example, to let the 490-PRO return an additional identification.
Return value Fixed value defined in the peak column of the Modbus table.
Modbus Register Type Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation) Mainboard (Value = 1)
Peak (PROstation) Use the Peak argument to define the fixed value to return.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 631
Automation FTP Service
The 490-PRO FTP Service is responsible for transferring analysis results, RAW data (chromatogram) and diagnostic data to a Predefined FTP Server.
The 490-PRO firmware has an onboard FTP Client, capable of sending files to an FTP server.
The FTP server name must be set up by entering its IP address. To store the instrument data in a subdirectory on the FTP server, be sure to use / (slash) instead of \ (backslash) to set a subdirectory. If only one subdirectory deep from the root directory, a slash is not required.
In Figure 314, the files are stored in InstSerial780123Data folder, which is a subdirectory of the default directory after logging in with an FTP client using the login name and password as defined above. If this subdirectory has a subdirectory test1 and data should be stored in this folder, enter InstSerial780123Data/test1.
In this example, the chromatogram file and sample results file are sent to the FTP server at the end of every run. Destination Files can be set under which name to store the selected files.
Figure 314 The FTP server
632 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
If Time stamps are selected, the chromatogram is stored as Chrom_[time].dat, the sample results as Chrom_[time].txt and the diagnostic data as ErrorLog.txt. The Chromatogram file as stored on the FTP server can be opened in PROstation in a later stage for diagnostics purposes. The sample results and ErrorLog file are simple text files and can be opened in any ordinary text editor.
Set TCP Port to a value other than default 21 if this required by the FTP server.
The Test FTP Service button can be used to check whether the correct FTP server settings are used. By pressing the button, the selected files are immediately sent to the FTP server. Check on the FTP server if they were received.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 633
USB Storage
USB storage setup
1 Ensure your USB has only one FAT32 partition.
2 Create a folder named gcroot under the root path of the USB disk, otherwise the 490 micro GC will not save anything into the USB.
USB menus
You may access the USB from the file menu, toolbar icons, and automation menus.
Figure 315 USB properties
634 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
File menu
File > USB Storage > ...
Toolbar icons
Figure 316 File menu
Figure 317 New icon
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 635
Figure 318 Open icon
Figure 319 Save icon
636 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Automation menu
USB storage settings
To setup the automated settings that will be used when data is saved to the USB drive:
1 Select Automation > USB Storage. The USB storage dialog appears. The settings for USB storage are similar to those of FTP.
Figure 320 Automation menu
Figure 321 USB storage dialog
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 637
2 Complete each field as applicable for your system. Below are brief descriptions of the major input fields:
Enable USB Service: If selected, USB storage service is enabled.
Directory: The location the data saves to. In this example, files will be saved to folder
Transfer chromatogram file: If selected, raw chromatogram data will be saved.
Transfer sample result file: If selected, a text file containing sample results will be saved.
Transfer instrument diagnostics file: If selected, the ERROR.txt file will be saved.
Use Time stamps for file name and Use Overwriting mode: Determines the naming strategy of destination files, just like that of FTP service.
3 Download the USB storage to your 490 Micro GC.
Figure 322 Download to 490-PRO Micro GC dialog
638 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
You can also upload USB storage settings from your GC to PROstation. Check the USB storage dialog again to see if the downloading takes effect.
Figure 323 Upload USB storage settings to the 490-PRO Micro GC
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 639
Browse USB contents
To browse the contents of the USB:
1 Plug the USB directly into your 490 Micro GC or into a connected USB hub.
2 Navigate to the 490 Micro GC web page by typing the IP address of the 490 Micro GC into your Web Browser.
3 Click the USB Explorer link on the left. This enables you to browse the contents of the gcroot folder of your USB.
Figure 324 USB explorer
640 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Test USB storage directly
To test the USB storage:
1 Follow the steps in USB Storage settings to download the USB settings.
2 Ensure the root folder of your USB contains a folder named gcroot.
3 Plug the USB directly into the 490 Micro GC or into a connected USB hub.
4 In PROstation, open the USB Storage dialog.
5 Click Test USB Service. If it successfully saves the destination files, the displayed result will be Success.
6 Use the web browser as described in Browse USB contents to check whether the files have really been saved. In this example, the chrom data and sample result is saved to the folder
Figure 325 Successful USB storage test
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 641
Save data to USB during automated runs
To save data to a USB during automated runs:
1 Download the following USB settings to your GC.
2 Saving the results of experiment runs to your USB requires the USB service, and the Application Calculations in the method properties dialog to be enabled. Once both are enabled, download the method.
Figure 326 Saved USB data
Figure 327 USB settings to be downloaded
642 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
Figure 328 Method dropdown menu
Figure 329 Method properties
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 643
3 Start an automated or a single run.
Figure 330 Download method to 490-PRO Micro GC
Figure 331 Start a run dialog
644 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
4 Check the content of the USB via the GC web page as described in Browse USB contents. In this case, check the folder
Figure 332 Files saved on the USB
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 645
Automation Real Time Clock
You may either enter the time as is, or select Use PC Time. Leave this window open and select Download from the Control menu, check Real Time Clock and press OK to set the time in the instrument.
Figure 333 Real Time Clock
Figure 334 Downloading time
646 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
An alternate way to set the time is through Modbus communication protocol in an automated process where clock synchronization is required.
PROstation Automation Menu 16
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 647
Automation Reprocess List
Close this window and you will be asked to enter a name. The list will be stored under this name. This list can always be reopened using the menu File Reprocess Open.
From the Control menu, select Start, Recalculate Reprocess List. PROstation will download the first chromatogram from the list to the 490-PRO and request the instrument to process this chromatogram. When the 490-PRO completes the calculations, the result and chromatogram are shown in PROstation. Now the second chromatogram will be downloaded to the instrument. This will continue till the results of the last processed chromatogram are uploaded to PROstation.
Note that you can only reprocess chromatograms on a nonrunning instrument. PROstation itself has no process capabilities.
Figure 335 Reprocessing
648 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
16 PROstation Automation Menu
649
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Start the Analyzer 650
Stop Column Reconditioning 654
Stop 654
Upload 655
Download 656
Instrument Status 660
Stream Selector Test 662
Control Reset I/O 663
Control Test I/O 664
Reset Alarms 665
Reboot Instrument 665
Clear Error Log 666
Under Control you will find all items related to instrument communication: start/stop, up- and down loading controls, status, and so forth.
Figure 336 Control menu
650 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Start the Analyzer
Start full Automation to test instrument performance.
Select Control\Start.
Set chromatogram file name in the correct field, see Figure 338 on page 651.
Set Maximum runs, for example, 100 runs, see Figure 338 on page 651.
Set Export file sample results file name. Results will be exported in a tab separated file. This can be opened in Excel at a later stage.
Ensure all sample streams and calibration mixture(s) are connected to the stream selector. When only one sample stream is selected, stream selection parameters can be ignored.
Now start full automation by pressing Full Automation.
Figure 337 Control menu start
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 651
Find detailed information about the Automation Sequence on page 388 and Sequence Table on page 392.
Because the 490-PRO is capable of executing several different tasks, it is necessary to identify what to start. Apart from Full Automation, most of the possibilities listed are used during method development or instrument service.
Execution of the various items is only possible after the appropriate methods have been downloaded to the instrument.
Full Automation
This will start the execution of the Full Automation sequences as developed under automation and downloaded to the instrument. The automation consists of a main sequence and
Figure 338 Start
652 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
optionally a calibration and verification sequence. Those sequences run in the instrument and continue, even if PROstation is exited.
Full Automation requires the parameters Chromatogram file prefix, Maximum runs to keep, and Export file sample results to be filled in.
Once the automation is started, the collected chromatogram and sample results are stored on the local hard disk of the PROstation PC under the file name as defined Chromatogram file prefix. In addition, all sample results are stored in a tab separated file as defined by Export file sample results parameter. This text file can be opened in Excel for statistical analysis.
When Automation is running, do not open the export file. Instead, open a copy of this file.
Single Run
This will start a Single Run. This consists of sample injection, chromatographic separation, integration, and calculation. Depending on the availability of an application method, this will be performed as well.
This option requires the parameters Stream Position and Sample type.
If a run is a calibration run, Level and Type must be filled in.
Recalculate current run
This option allows the user to reintegrate and recalculate the run currently in memory of the 490-PRO. This feature is especially useful when developing methods. Integration, calibration or application methods can be edited and downloaded to the instrument. Changes can be made by recalculating the same run as before.
You can only reprocess the current on a nonrunning instrument. PROstation itself has no process capabilities.
Execute Calibration Block
This option allows the user to directly start a Calibration Block. Practically, this will be used only to perform a calibration without running the main sequence.
Execute Verification Block
This option allows the user to directly start a Verification Block only. This will be used to check a calibration without running
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 653
the main sequence.
Execute Single Sequence Line
This option allows the user to start a single line from a complete sequence.
This option requires the parameters Stream Position, Sample type, Level and Type.
Recalculate Reprocess List
This option will start the reprocessing (integration/calculation), following the list as defined under Automation/Reprocess List.
Column Reconditioning
To bake out the column(s) on the maximum allowed temperature for that column for a period of time, select the Column Reconditioning option.
In this example, only the column in Channel 1 will be baked out for 6 hours on its maximum allowed temperature, which is stored in channel persistent memory. Press the Start column reconditioning button to start this process. When reconditioning time expires, the column temperature will return to its operating temperature.
Recalculate Calibration Curve
Use this option to let the 490-PRO recalculates its calibration curve out of the available calibration data (amount and area for all calibration levels).
Figure 339 Column Reconditioning
654 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
In addition, a pre-recalculation action can be performed before recalculating the curve fit. These are:
Remove Single Point List: If single calibration points are marked in the Method - Calibration window in order to be removed from the calibration curve, this option will appear. The selected points will be removed from the calibration fit and the curve will be recalculated.
Clear calib. level 1 all peaks: Clears all calibration data performed with calibration level 1. If more calibration levels exist, these can be cleared as well.
Clear Rw values: Resets all Rw values to 1.0. This option is only required in a multilevel calibration in combination with a field calibration, used to make a correction on the curve.
Clear entire calibration: This clears the entire calibration curve of all peaks and requires performing a new calibration from scratch.
Stop Column Reconditioning
Once the Column Reconditioning is started, this option will become visible in the Control menu. Select Stop Column Reconditioning to abort this process immediately and return to operating column temperature.
Stop
To stop 490-PRO Micro GC activity, select Control/Stop or click directly on the Stop icon.
On a Stop Automation the current run will first be completed, before Automation is stopped.
When an execute block is performed, the current run will be aborted immediately and the Automation will be stopped.
When Automation is stopped, all Timed Relays will be reset to their default state.
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 655
Upload
Uploading from the instrument to PROstation.
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Upload.
As different parts of the complete 490-PRO method are stored in different sections, one must identify which part needs to be uploaded from or downloaded to the instrument. This minimizes traffic, and at the same time allows the user to focus on specific parts.
Figure 340 Control/Upload
656 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Download
Downloading from PROstation to the instrument.
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Download
Select the items to download:
Method change is related to Jumper 5 in the hardware manual.
Sample results and diagnostics should not be downloaded to the instrument, hence they are grayed out.
Figure 341 Control/Download
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 657
Solutions
A solution is a set of method and application settings. PROstation allows you to create and store multiple solutions for use by the GC. This allows to use store multi method and application setting in the instrument and use these different settings in a sequence.
Existing solutions can be downloaded to the GC on demand, as well as be associated with a defined sequence.
Creating a solution
Solutions can either be created within PROstation, or created by uploading the current method and application being used on the GC to a solution slot in PROstation.
Creating a solution within PROstation
Once a method is defined (see PROstation Instrument Method Menu on page 229), and an application is defined (see PROstation Instrument Application Menu on page 295), they can be stored as a solution.
1 From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Download. The Download dialog box appears.
Figure 342 Download dialog box
658 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
2 Check Solution, and the Method and Application check boxes are disabled. A drop-down list box and text field appear to the right of the check boxes.
3 Use the drop-down list box to choose the slot in which you want to store the solution. If a solution already exists in the selected slot, it will be overwritten.
4 Enter or edit the name for the solution in the text field.
5 Click OK. The solution is saved within PROstation and is also downloaded to the GC.
Creating a solution based on the existing method and application settings on the GC
A solution can be created based on the existing method and application parameters currently in use on the GC.
1 From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Upload. The Upload dialog box appears.
2 Check Solution, and the Method and Application check boxes are disabled. A drop-down list box appears to the right of the check boxes.
3 Use the drop-down list box to choose the slot in which you want to store the solution. If a solution already exists in the selected slot, it will be overwritten.
4 Click OK. The method and application details are uploaded from the GC, and saved as a solution within PROstation.
Figure 343 Upload dialog box
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 659
Using solutions in a sequence
Once a solution is created (see Creating a solution on page 657), it can be associated with individual runs as part of a sequence.
In the Sequence Table (see Sequence Table on page 392), use the Solution slot # drop down list box to choose a sequence to associate with the corresponding run.
If you choose slot 0 Use Active, the currently active solution loaded on the GC will be used for the run. If you do not choose slot 0 Use Active, the specified solution will be used for the run.
The solution name will be displayed in the instrument overview, the web interface, and reports.
Figure 344 Sequence Table
660 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Instrument Status
The Control/Instrument Status command is used to bring up a real-time status screen for your 490-PRO. The instrument method settings (Set column) will only appear if a method is up or downloaded from/to the 490-PRO.
Automation
Current Automation State, Sample type, Sample stream, Flushing time, Calib. Level and more are displayed.
GC
Instrument State, Sample line temperature and Error Status appear.
GC channel
The channel status contains settings and actuals. Status data is colored blue if the actuals are within the settings window and colored red if they are outside the settings windows.
Figure 345 Instrument status
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 661
Enhanced status
Status of Power Supply, Battery Supplies, Cabinet pressure, and temperature of the instrument, external analog input (corrected by scaling factor and offset value set in the application), external Ready In, External Start and digital input received for Configured Digital Inputs (represented in binary format).
Figure 346 Enhanced status
662 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Stream Selector Test
From the PROstation toolbar, select Stream Selector Test.
Select a stream number within the configured range and click OK. The stream selector (whether a VICI valve or a relay configured device) should now switch the requested stream number.
Figure 347 Stream selector test
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 663
Control Reset I/O
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Reset I/O.
Select the type of I/O which should be reset and click OK to request the 490-PRO to execute the selected options.
Figure 348 Control/Reset I/O
664 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Control Test I/O
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Test I/O.
The hardware and software configuration of your predefined I/O's can be checked.
Select an Alarm from the list and toggle the State check. The relay should switch.
Select a Timed Relay from the list and toggle the State check. The relay should switch.
Select an Analog Output from the list and enter a percentage of the full scale the hardware can provide. Measure the generated output with a digital multimeter.
Generate a digital input (shortcut of digital input to ground) and press Read states of all configured digital Inputs. The correct digital input state must have value 1. Release the shortcut and again press this button. The state of the digital input should show 0.
With the Read negative flank of all configured digital Inputs option, only the change from no shortcut to shortcut, results in state=1. The state is cleared after reading its status. Check this by again pressing this button after you have generated a negative flank and check that the state becomes 0.
Figure 349 Testing I/O
PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 665
Reset Alarms
From the PROstation toolbar, select 'Control/Test I/O'.
Pressing OK resets all application alarms in the 490-PRO. Application alarms are set if parameters exceed their range as defined in the Alarm table of the Application.
Reboot Instrument
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Reboot.
If it is required to reboot the system, click OK.
Figure 350 Alarm testing
Figure 351 Reboot testing
666 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Clear Error Log
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Clear Error Log.
Click OK to clear (empty) the error log.
After clearing ErrorLog, upload Diagnostics followed by Displaying Diagnostic. The Error Report will be empty.
Figure 352 Clearing error log
667
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
Integration Report 668
Application Report 670
Stream Application Report 674
Diagnostics 674
Print Integration/Application Report 675
Auto Print Application Report After Calibration or Alarm 675
To access the reporting capabilities, from the PROstation toolbar select Report.
The pull down menu is divided into sections:
Integration, Application and Stream Application Report (displayed on screen)
Diagnostics
Print Integration Report or Print Application Report
Automated Print Request on Calibration or Alarm
Figure 353 PROstation toolbar
668 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
Integration Report
The Integration Report parameters are determined in the 490-PRO at the end of a chromatographic run and uploaded to PROstation.
The following properties are part of the integration report:
Index Line number
Channel GC channel
Peak Number Peak number in GC channel
Peak Name Name of the peak as given in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table
ESTD Conc. Calculated external standard concentration
Retention [s] Retention time in seconds
PeakRRT [s] Relative retention time calculated if reference peak has been identified in the peak table. RRTi = PEAKi_retention/PEAKref_retention
Area Peak area in [x 10 nV.s] units
Height Peak height in [x 10 nV] units
Width [s] Peak width at half height in seconds
Figure 354 Integration report
PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 669
Sep.Code Peak separation code identifying the baseline relative to the peak This can be BB, BV, VB, VV in which B = baseline and V = value
Validation Not used
Pk Start [s] Start time for the peak
Pk End [s] End time for the peak
Asym 5% Peak asymmetry factor at a height of 5 %
Used RF Response factor used to calculate the external standard concentration
This parameter is only reported in a single level calibration.
Rw Factor calculated from measured concentration of calibration sample divided by given calibration of level 8 value from the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. Response factor used to calculate the external standard concentration.
This parameter is only reported in a multilevel calibration performing a calibration of level 8.
Init RF Alarm A calibration failure based on a too large difference of the new response factor compared to the initial response factor. This parameter is only reported for a calibration run in a single level calibration.
Current RF Alarm A calibration failure based on a too large difference of the new response factor compared to the current response factor. This parameter is only reported for a calibration run in a single level calibration.
Rw Alarm Response factor used to calculate the external standard concentration. This parameter is only reported in a multilevel calibration performing a level 8 calibration.
670 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
Application Report
The Application Report parameters are determined in the 490-PRO at the end of a chromatographic run and uploaded to PROstation.
The application report contains the results from all, instrument wide, application-related calculations, that is, normalization, possibly in combination with calorific power calculation. Figure 355 shows the report after instrument wide normalization.
Components are identified on their name as they were reported in the Integration Report. Find more information in the Normalization section.
SAMPLE
Sampling time The time the sample was injected according the 490-PRO internal clock.
Figure 355 Application Report
PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 671
Analysis # Run ID number, increases with every analysis by 1. This number resets at reboot of the instrument.
Run type Indication of the run type: analysis, calibration, verification or blank run
Calibration level Identifies the calibration level (range 1 to 8) of a calibration run. For a non calibration 0 is reported
Sum ESTD Sum of external standard concentrations for all components listed in the normalization table excluding components marked as Estimate
Sum Estimates Sum of all component concentrations defined in the normalization table as Estimate
Sum Area Sum of area of all peaks in all channels detected
Total Peaks Total identified peaks in all GC channels
Is Startup Run Identifies if the current run is the first run after an instrument reboot (power up)
Unknown peaks Number of unidentified peaks in all GC channels
Current stream # The current stream number at the moment the report is generated in the 490-PRO.
Alarms All alarms, as defined in the Alarming window under the Application menu, are reported here on Alarm Index, if an alarm occurs.
ENERGY
All parameters related to calculating calorific value of a gas mixture are reported in this section. The report will be slightly different depending on the energy method selection (ISO, GPA, ASTM, GOST).
672 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
ENVIRONMENT
Sampling Analog # These are the converted analog input values as defined in the Analog Input window under the Application menu. During the sampling state part of a chromatographic run, analog input signals are measured, converted to real units and stored in the 490-PRO.
Cabinet Temperature Internal analyzer temperature, measured by a temperature sensor on the mainboard
Ambient Pressure Internal analyzer ambient pressure, measured by a pressure sensor on the mainboard
SITE INFO
This data was defined in the Site Info window found under the Automation menu.
COMPONENTS LIST
The component list contains the peaks as defined in the Normalization window found under the Application menu. It contains the following parameters:
# Index number
Channel The GC channel peak was identified.
Peak name The name of the peak as defined in the Normalization table found under the Application menu.
ESTD Conc The external standard concentration of the peak found in the integration report.
Norm Conc Calculated concentration after normalization following the normalization table. For ignored bridge components no Norm Conc is calculated, these compounds are presented as bridged cmp.
Retention[s] The retention of the peak found in the integration report
Area The area of the peak found in the integration report
PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 673
Height The height of the peak found in the integration report
Meth-Index Peak index number as the peak is defined in the Normalization table
Group # This peak is part of a group as defined in the Normalization table.
RF Response factor used to calculate external standard concentration. This parameter is only reported in a single level calibration.
Rw The Rw factor used to calculate external standard concentration from the corrected curve. This parameter is only reported for a multilevel calibration with field calibration correction.
Weight % Mass per component relative total mass
GPM Theoretical hydrocarbon liquid content per component. This results is shown when GPA 2172 or ASTM D3588 energy calculation are chosen.
Depending on the extent of the application as well as the configured stream selection, specific information becomes available.
The application report is updated after every run.
674 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
Stream Application Report
The stream application report is an equivalent of the application report. It basically contains concentration results and, if selected, energy meter results and limited sample information. The stream application report however, is updated after that particular stream has been run again. The specific stream information is available while other streams are being analyzed.
Diagnostics
The diagnostic report becomes available after uploading using Control\Upload Diagnostics. The information is brought on screen after Report\Diagnostics is selected from the PROstation toolbar:
Three different diagnostic reports are available:
Figure 356 Diagnostic Report
PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 675
Workstation errors (errorlist.txt on PROstation computer) Information about uploads from the instrument and downloads to the instrument; any communication that has taken place. The file is cleared after a start (run, sequence, recalculation) has been sent to the 490-PRO.
Internal instrument errors (errorlog.txt on instrument flash memory) This file contains all class 1 and higher errors that have occurred. Also the firmware updates are recorded. More extended error information is provided in Errors on page 717. The file can be cleared after a remote request: from the PROstation toolbar select Control/Clear Error Log File.
Current application report (samprslt.txt on instrument flash) The bottom field shows the last report as stored on flash. This is made available for diagnostics after a system crash.
Print Integration/Application Report
After an upload of sample results, the integration report will be printed after selecting Report/Print Integration Report from the PROstation toolbar.
After an upload of sample results, the application report will be printed after selecting Report/Print Application Report from the PROstation toolbar.
Auto Print Application Report After Calibration or Alarm
This only works properly if PROstation is continuously connected.
Select Report/Auto Print Application Report after Calibration from the PROstation toolbar if the application report needs to be printed after every calibration.
Select Report/Auto Print Application Report after Alarm from the PROstation toolbar if the application report needs to be printed after every calibration.
676 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu
677
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
19 Multi Level Calibration
Chromatogram 678
Calibration Options 679
Rw Calibration 685
Relative RF 688
Setting Up a Typical Single Level Calibration 689
Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration 692
Single Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 698
Multiple Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 700
Calibration Validation 701
This chapter describes the calibration mechanism available in the 490-PRO. The multilevel calibration is compliant with ISO-10723 Natural gas - Performance evaluation for on-line analytical systems.
678 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Chromatogram
The primary data from a GC is a chromatogram, as seen here.
Using an integration module, the chromatogram can be analyzed. The output of the integration is the combination of the retention time of a peak and its area. The retention time, in combination with the Peak Identification table, identifies the component. The area under the component peak, is proportional to the concentration of that particular component.
The integration of a single chromatogram results in multiple areas, one area for each component.
Figure 357 Chromatogram
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 679
Calibration Options
The relation between the area and the concentration of a component can be determined using a calibration mixture containing known concentrations for all components. A unique calibration mixture with known concentrations is called a level.
Calibrating with only one level is called a single level calibration and is described in Single level calibration below. Calibrating with more than one level is called a multilevel calibration and is described in Multilevel calibration .
Single level calibration
When calibrating with only one level, the relation between area and concentration can only be described with a linear curve through the origin (0,0).
Y = a * x
x represents the Area y represents the Concentration
Coefficient a is calculated using the following formula: a = Concentration/Area
Coefficient a is also known as Response Factor (RF). Example:
Data set
a = 3.5/2850 = 0.0012
Multilevel calibration
By using multiple calibration mixtures, a multilevel calibration can be performed.
Each calibration level results in a point on the calibration curve. The calibration curve gets more accurate by calibrating with more than one calibration level.
The relation between the area and concentration is described using a polynomial curve, up to cubic is supported. Linear and quadratic curves can be achieved by setting the coefficients a and b to zero.
Level Area Concentration
1 2850 3.5
680 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Y = a * x3 + b * x2 + c * x + d
x represents the Area y represents the Concentration
Example:
Data set:
The data above has been used to fit a cubic curve.
Level Area Concentration
1 2850 1.0
2 5700 2.0
3 8550 3.0
4 11400 4.0
5 14250 5.0
6 19950 6.0
7 22800 7.0
Figure 358 Multilevel calibration using cubic fit
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 681
Offline calibration
The coefficients of the polynomial equation can be determined in third party mathematical tools. This is called Offline Calibration.
The coefficients for the polynomial equation can only be set if the option Allow overriding Curve Coefficients is enabled in the Peak Calibration screen, see screen dumps below.
The Peak Calibration screen can be opened using the menu option shown below.
The coefficients of the polynomial curve can be downloaded to the instrument using the method.
The coefficients of the curve can be entered in the Peak Identification table. The Peak Identification can be selected from the Method menu.
Figure 359 Calibration settings
682 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
The coefficients of the polynomial curve y = a * x3 + b * x2 + c* x + d are defined as follows:
a = Cubic coeff. b = Quadratic coeff. c = Linear coeff. d = Intercept coeff.
Online calibration
The 490-PRO is capable of performing the calibration by itself. The sequence containing the Calibration Table can be downloaded to the 490-PRO.
A typical calibration sequence for seven calibration levels is shown in the following figure:
Figure 360 Coefficients polynomial
Figure 361 Calibration Table
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 683
The 490-PRO is capable of calibrating up to seven levels. After each calibration run, the 490-PRO will perform a curve fit using the available calibration data.
When more than one replicate is chosen, the 490-PRO will average the measured areas.
The level of the polynomial fit, either linear, quadratic or cubic, can be selected. The curve can also be forced through the origin (Point (0,0)). The options for the fit can be entered in the Peak Identification table.
The user is responsible for verification of the calibration output. PROstation is capable of showing the calibration curve and points for each component. The graphical output of the calibration can be examined in the Peak Calibration.
After selecting the Peak Calibration, the screen in Figure 363 on page 684 is displayed.
Figure 362 Peak Identification Table, Curve Type, and Thru origin
684 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
The coefficients can be examined in the Peak Identification Table after uploading the method:
Figure 363 Calibration screen
Figure 364 Coefficients Polynomial
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 685
Rw Calibration
After determining the relation between the area and concentration through the fit, the validity of the curve should be checked periodically. Typically, a daily interval is chosen.
The ambient pressure and detector aging are factors for which a correction should be made.
Figure 365 on page 685 shows the fitted curve in the middle and two possible field calibrations: one above the fitted curve and one below the fitted curve.
The concentration of the Rw calibration gas must be filled in, this is called Level 8 Rw. During the calibration, the 490-PRO calculates the factor between the concentration found using the fitted curve and the concentration entered (see Figure 365). This factor is called the Rw factor.
Figure 365 Peak Identification Table, the levels
Figure 366 Peak Identification Table, the Rw factor
686 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Typically, the Rw factor will vary around 1.
An Rw calibration can be scheduled in the sequence identical to other calibration levels.
The Rw limit can be specified using a percentage, for instance an Rw limit of 10 % means that the Rw must be within 0.9 and 1.1.
Figure 367 Graphical representation of the Rw correction
MultiLevel Calibration ISO 10723
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000
Area
A m
o u
n t
Fitted Curve
Corrected curve (Rw 0.9)
Field Calibration Point
Corrected curve (Rw 1.1)
Field Calibration Point
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 687
The Rw factor will be used as follows:
y = Rw * (a * x3 + b * x2 + c* x + d)
x represents the Area y represents the Concentration
Figure 368 Rw Limit
688 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Relative RF
When it is not possible to determine a calibration curve for a component, it is possible to refer to a component that does have a curve.
During an analysis, the 490-PRO will use the curve of the referred component in combination with the Relative RF factor.
Typical use: C6+ components refer to the C3 curve with a Relative RF factor.
The Relative RF factor can be determined using a Lab GC.
Peak referring to peak c:
y = Rel. R.F.i * Rwc * (ac * x3 + bc * x2 + cc* x + dc)
x represents the Area y represents the Concentration
Figure 369 Peak Identification Table, Rel.R.F
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 689
Setting Up a Typical Single Level Calibration
This section describes typical usage of the 490-PRO in combination with a single level calibration.
Environment
The description of this section is based on the environment described in this paragraph.
Three streams to analyze continuously
One calibration stream
Sequence
The sequence is setup using the Sequence Table and the Sequence Properties. The Sequence Properties determine how the Sequence Table will be used.
Sequence Table
The Sequence Table defines which analyses should be run, and in what order. Figure 370 shows that three streams are to be analyzed, starting with stream 1, followed by stream 2 and then stream 3. Each stream starts with flushing for 60 seconds to prevent mixing of the different streams.
Sequence Properties
The sequence properties define how the Sequence Table is being used. Figure 371 on page 690 defines that the sequence should start at startup of the 490-PRO and that it should run continuously. The option Home Position (on error and when sequence stops) defines the position of the stream when the sequence has been interrupted. This option can be used to prevent waste of (expensive) calibration mixture in case of an error.
Figure 370 Sequence Table
690 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Calibration Table
The Calibration Table defines how a calibration should be performed. In this example, the calibration mixture is connected to stream 4.
The concentration of the calibration level and curve type must be entered in the Peak Identification table.
Figure 371 Sequence Properties
Figure 372 Peak Identification table
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 691
The calibration consists of two steps: the Ignore step and the Append step. The Ignore step is responsible for flushing the 490-PRO to ensure a reliable calibration. The Append step, with the number of replicates set to two, forces the 490-PRO to clear the previous calibration points and add two new calibration points. Based on these points, the coefficient of the linear curve is determined.
Calibration properties
The calibration properties define how the Calibration Table will be used. The figure below defines that the calibration should start at 07:00 oclock every day.
Figure 373 Calibration Table
Figure 374 Calibration Properties
692 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration
This section describes typical usage of the 490-PRO in combination with multilevel calibration.
Environment
The description of this section is based on the environment described in this paragraph.
The 490-PRO will be used in two different contexts, the Calibration of the multilevel curve and the daily usage.
Calibration of the multilevel curve:
Seven calibration streams
One Rw calibration stream
Daily usage:
Three streams to analyze continuously
The Rw calibration stream
Calibration of the multilevel curve
Before the 490-PRO can be used with a multilevel curve, it is necessary to calibrate the multilevel curve. Typically the multilevel curve is determined on a laboratory with all calibration mixtures available.
For each calibration level the concentration and curve type must be filled in the Peak Identification table.
Figure 376 on page 693 shows the Calibration Table for performing the calibration of level 1 to 7 and level 8 (Rw).
Figure 375 Peak Identification table containing the component concentration of the mixture
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 693
The calibration can be started using the Start screen.
When the calibration sequence has finished, the derived curves and their coefficients can be examined in the Peak Calibration screen and the Peak Identification table, see Figure 378 and Figure 379 on page 694.
Figure 376 Calibration Table
Figure 377 Starting Calibration Table
694 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Figure 378 Peak Calibration screen
Figure 379 Peak Identification table, the coefficients
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 695
Sequence
The sequence is setup using the Sequence Table and the Sequence Properties. The Sequence Properties determine how the Sequence Table will be used.
Sequence Table
The Sequence Table defines which analyses should be run and in what order. The figure below shows that two streams are to be analyzed.
Each stream starts with flushing for 20 seconds to prevent mixing of the different streams.
Sequence properties
The sequence properties define how the Sequence Table is being used. Figure 381 on page 696 defines that the sequence should start at startup of the 490-PRO and it should run continuously. The option Home Position (on error and when sequence stops) defines the position of the stream when the sequence has been interrupted. This option can be used to prevent waste of (expensive) calibration mixture in case of an error.
Figure 380 Sequence table
696 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Calibration Table
The Calibration Table defines how a calibration should be performed. In this example, the Rw calibration mixture is connected to stream 4.
The calibration is set up with two steps: the Ignore step and the Replace step. The Ignore step is responsible for flushing the 490-PRO to ensure a reliable calibration. The Replace step forces the 490-PRO to clear the previous calibration points and add one new calibration point. Based on this point, the Rw factor is determined.
Calibration properties
The calibration properties define how the Calibration Table is being used. Figure 383 on page 697 defines that the calibration should start at 0700 every day.
Figure 381 Sequence Properties
Figure 382 Calibration Table
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 697
Figure 383 Calibration properties
698 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Single Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures
If multiple calibration mixtures are required because not all components are available in one calibration mixture, use multiple calibration levels. Every level represents a calibration mixture
Two calibration mixtures
To setup a method and sequence with two calibration mixtures:
In the Peak identification table set the level amounts for calibration mixture 1 (A). Put a zero for not existing components in mixture 1 (C).
In the Peak identification table set the level amounts for calibration mixture 2 (B). Put a zero for not existing components in mixture 2.
In the Peak Calibration window set the Total Calibration Levels to 2 (D).
Save and download the method.
Setup a sequence and use the Cal.Level parameter to distinguish between the two calibration mixtures (E).
Figure 384 Calibration Module
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 699
More than two calibration mixtures
This is identical to two calibration mixtures. Set the Total Calibration levels equal to the number of calibration mixtures. Fill in the level amounts in the Peak identification table and extend the Calibration Table of the sequence with more levels.
700 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
Multiple Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures
A combination of multiple calibration points per peak and multiple calibration mixtures containing only a subset of components as identified in the peak identification table can be handled, see picture below.
The 490-PRO will handle the amounts in Level 3 and 4 as the second calibration point of a component, because zero values are ignored. The calibration curve will end up with two calibration points for every component.
A combination of single and multiple calibration points per peak is also possible. The 490-PRO will count the number of positive values in all level columns for a component.
Figure 385 Peak Identification/Calibration:Channel 1
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 701
Calibration Validation
There are two distinct methods available for validating the calibration in the 490-PRO: the verification run and response factor (R.F.) limit checking during a new calibration run.
Verification run
The Verification run can be used to verify whether the calibration curve for every component is still valid. Typically the calibration gas mixture is used for this verification, although it might be another gas sample.
The validation criteria (defined lower and upper limits) for the Verification run are configured in the 'Verification Check' window found in the 'Application' menu.
The window below contains two criteria: the Normalized Amount of Methane must be within 82.0 and 82.5, the Normalized Amount of Ethane must be within 5.1 and 5.3.
The components used in this table must be defined in the 'Normalize' window part of the Application. Also ESTD concentrations refer to the Normalize window. Also calorific values can be checked in energy meter configurations.
The verification criteria must be enabled in the Verification Settings tab, see Figure 387.
After defining the verification criteria the Verification sequence must be entered. Select the menu option Sequence.
Figure 386 Verification Table
Figure 387 Verification Settings
702 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
The Verification Table contains the run (sequence of runs) parameters for a verification run. In this example the calibration mixture is sampled from stream 4. First an extra flushing of 60 seconds is performed to flush away sample from a previous run.
In the Verification Properties tab, define when to perform the verification while running full automation. Figure 389 shows that the verification should start at 0700 every day.
The result of a verification run is either pass or fail. This is reported in the Application Report. The result can be read by Modbus protocol. It is possible to use a verification failure after a verification run as a trigger to start the Calibration Table automatically, see Figure 390 on page 703.
Figure 388 Verification Table
Figure 389 Verification properties
Multi Level Calibration 19
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 703
Calibration limits
The 490-PRO has multiple options for checking the calibration values, before accepting them.
Checking the Response Factor (RF) against the initial RF and current RF is called RF checking see RF checking . This is used in single level calibration.
Multilevel calibration is used in combination with the so called Rw factor. The Rw factor is determined using an Rw calibration (Level 8) and tested against the Rw limit, see Rw Limit .
RF checking
RF checking against the initial RF requires the determination of the initial RF. The initial RF can be determined like a normal calibration, only with the option Calibration Check and Initial Calibration enabled followed by a download of the Application.
After running an Initial Calibration, the 490-PRO will store the value of the Initial RF for every component. In the Peak Identification table, limits can be entered for a calibration.
The settings from the screen below allow 5 % deviation from the Initial RF and 5 % deviation from the Current RF. These limits are only active when the option Calibration Check is enabled.
Each component can have its own InitialRF% and CurrentRF%.
If any peak fails for Initial-- or Current R.F. validation, the entire calibration will be rejected for all peaks and the 490-PRO
Figure 390 Option to start calibrating On Verification Failure
704 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
19 Multi Level Calibration
will continue using the current Response Factors determined in the last successful calibration run.
Rw Limit
An Rw calibration can be performed when a multilevel calibration curve has been determined. Typically this is used in non linear calibration curves. When the multilevel calibration curve is accurate, the value of the Rw factor should be approximately 1.0. The 490-PRO can be configured to test the Rw factor before accepting it. The settings of the screens below enable the testing of the Rw Limit (Calibration Check) and allow a value of 1.0 10 % (0.9 to 1.1).
If any peak Rw exceeds its limit, the entire calibration for all peaks will be rejected and the 490-PRO will continue using the current Response Factors as determined in the last successful calibration run.
Figure 391 Peak Identification, limits RF
Figure 392 Rw Calibration Limit %
705
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
20 I/O Cases
General Setup 706
Case 1: Analog Output 709
Case 2: Alarms 713
Case 3: Timed Relays 714
Case 4: Digital Inputs 715
The cases below describe how all I/O's can be configured and used in a 490-PRO Micro GC. The following hardware has been used for these cases:
Extension boards: basic extension board (CP741116), analog output board (CP741117), digital extension board (CP741118)
25-pin digital I/O interface cable and 15-pin analog I/O interface cable (CP741120)
706 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
20 I/O Cases
General Setup
The following licenses have been activated:
The following 490-PRO Micro GC setup has been configured:
Figure 393 User tab
Figure 394 Automation tab
I/O Cases 20
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 707
Cases preparation
1 Perform an analysis of gas sample and ensure peak integration and calculation is enabled.
2 Enter some applicable integration events for the peaks to get properly identified.
3 After the run has finished, all detected peaks should be visible in the chromatogram, and the peak identification table should be filled with all detected peaks.
Figure 395 Method properties
Figure 396 Integration events
Figure 397 Identified peaks
708 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
20 I/O Cases
4 Name the identified peaks.
Integration report
After analysis or recalculation, the integration report is generated.
Figure 398 Named peaks
Figure 399 Integration Report
I/O Cases 20
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 709
Case 1: Analog Output
This case describes the use of analog outputs. As can be seen in the automation tab on the last picture, there are eight analog outputs configured.
In PROstation, go to Application in menubar and select Analog Outputs.
Ensure the analog outputs table is enabled by checking the checkbox.
You can now scale lower and upper input values (X1, X2) to lower and upper output values (Y1, Y2) and select an occasion on which the outputs are updated.
Figure 400 PROstation
Figure 401 Analog outputs
Figure 402 Setting outputs
710 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
20 I/O Cases
The application report shows that the ESTD concentrations are properly scaled to set the specific analog output values; note that 80.5 ESTD concentration of Methane results in a 100 % clipped output value, because the ESTD input value was limited to 10.
The link between the method peak tables and the Application Report is defined by the normalization table. This table holds all system-wide parameters and defines which parameters are shown in the Application Report. On its turn, the normalization table serves as an input to all I/O tables, including peak naming.
See the schematic overview of and interaction between various tables/processes:
Figure 403 Application Report
I/O Cases 20
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 711
Figure 404 Relationships
Normalize (Application)
I/O tables (e.g. Alarms, Timed Relays)
Peak matching by name Peak matching by name
serves as input for
Application report
Method peak table chan 1 Method peak table
chan 2
Ethane Methane
Nitrogen Butane
Ethane chan 1 Methane chan 1 Nitrogen chan 2 n-butane chan 2
Ethane chan 1 Methane chan 1 Nitrogen chan 2 unidentified chan 2
Ethane chan 1 Methane chan 1 Nitrogen chan 2 n-butane chan 2
712 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
20 I/O Cases
The names in the normalization table must match the names in the peak table, otherwise wrongly named peaks (a.k.a. nonapplication peaks) will not show up in the report. These nonapplication peaks can be hidden by checking the Hide non Appl.pks checkbox in the Application Report.
Figure 405 Normalization table
I/O Cases 20
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 713
Case 2: Alarms
Alarming can be used to inform the user (or a subsystem) that certain parameters are in or out of range. See table below as an example:
1 The ESTD amount of Methane should be greater than 50 and less than 100. In our example, the ESTD of Methane is 80.5, which is within range, and no alarming will occur.
2 The sum of all ESTDs should be greater than 80 and less than 90. The actual sum is 90.86, so the alarming condition is met and the alarm will be set.
3 Analog input #1 should be greater than 95 and less than 105. By using the analog input table, the equation for the input value can be defined. As an example, the following 'Analog Inputs' table has been defined.
Input x is tied to output value y by this formula: y = ax + b, where a matches the 'Gain' factor and b matches the offset. If, for example, the analog input x (voltage) resembles the ambient pressure at time of sampling, we need to define the equation for converting Volts to Pa (or mbar if more suitable). In this specific Alarms table, line 3 should be interpreted the following way:
If at time of sampling, pressure is less than 95 Pa or greater than 105 Pa on a verification analysis, Alarm Relay 3 will be energized. To get from input x [volts] to output value y [Pa], according to 'Analog Inputs' table the following equation should be used: y = 5x
Figure 406 Alarms
Figure 407 Analog inputs
714 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
20 I/O Cases
Case 3: Timed Relays
Timed relays are relays that can be configured to switch on expiration of a selectable delay. Consider this example:
Explanation:
1 20 seconds after injection started, Timed Relay 1 will be energized.
2 25 seconds after injection started, Timed Relay 1 will be de-energized.
This shows that:
Relay 1 is energized for a period of 5 seconds from 20 to 25 seconds after start of injection.
3 30 seconds after sampling started, Timed Relay 2 will be energized.
4 35 seconds after sampling started, Timed Relay 2 will be de-energized.
This shows that:
Relay 2 is energized for a period of 5 seconds from 30 to 35 seconds after start of sampling.
This table does NOT force the relays to an initial state before they are energized, so it could well be the case that both timed relays are already energized before they are energized after expiration of the delay timer.
Figure 408 Timed relays
I/O Cases 20
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 715
Case 4: Digital Inputs
Digital inputs can be used to start a function upon receiving a high-to-low transition on the input (pull to ground) or to monitor some external device status and display this status info in some report.
A maximum of three digital inputs can be configured. In the table above, an example is shown how these inputs could be set up. The descriptions are self explanatory.
Figure 409 Digital inputs
716 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
20 I/O Cases
717
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
21 Errors
Error Handling 718
Error List 719
718 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
21 Errors
Error Handling
During operation, a series of events and error messages are generated indicating the start or finishing of certain actions and procedures as well as smaller and fatal errors somewhere in the instrument. This section describes how the Micro GC reacts to these events or messages.
The following error classes as well as the subsequent actions are available:
Class 0 Internal event: These are events indicating a certain procedure has started or finished. In no way do they influence the proper functioning of the instrument.
Class 1 Advisory fault; the instrument continues: These are the less critical advisory errors not requiring immediate action by the user. The ongoing run may be minimally effected by it and thus need not be stopped. Class 1 error messages indicate certain malfunctions of the instrument. Some errors of this type keep the instrument from becoming ready.
Class 2 Critical errors for logging; error LED ON: These are critical errors for which the user needs immediate warning (a popup or warning may appear in the data system and the Error LED lights). The run in progress is stopped since its results will definitely be wrong. Corrective action by the user or instrument service may be required.
Class 3 Fatal errors for logging; instrument shutdown, error LED and buzzer ON: These are fatal errors for which the user needs immediate warning. The Error LED lights. An instrument shutdown occurs. Corrective action by the user or service is required.
All errors, regardless of class, are available to the data system under instrument status (for troubleshooting). All Class 1 and higher errors are also logged in the instruments flash memory.
Individual numbers identify all errors; these numbers are built using the error class and a number. Events are not numbered.
Errors 21
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 719
Error List
The GC error code is reported as CLNNN in which: C = error class (severity) L = location NNN = error number or event number.
The Error class can be one of the following values:
0=diagnostic error.
1=advisory error.
2=critical error.
3=fatal error.
There are five locations:
0=mainboard.
1=channel 1.
2=channel 2.
3=channel 3.
4=channel 4.
Table 42 Error list
Error number
Error class
Event / error code Description Action needed
1 0 Init passed (event) End of initialization phase
1 0 Init passed (event) End of initialization phase
2 0 Pressure restored Pressure restored after Too Low Pressure
3 0 Start flush cycle Is a part of the initialization cycle
4 0 Flush cycle passed Is a part of the initialization cycle
5 0 TCD calibrating Automatic generation after method activation or download.
TCD off and temp. control to default
6 1 Too low pressure Pressure drops below 35 kPa Check gas supply
7 1 Pressure fault Pressure state not ready after 5 minutes Check gas supply or replace manifold
8 1 Low battery 1 Battery 1 low power (portable Micro GC only) Recharge battery
9 1 Low battery 2 Battery 2 low power (portable Micro GC only) Recharge battery
720 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
21 Errors
10 2 Sample line sensor fault Sample line temperature sensor error Heater turned off
11 2 Sample line temperature fault Temperature not reached within 35 min (heater error)
Replace sample line heater
12 2 Injector temperature fault Temperature not reached within 35 min (heater error)
Replace module
13 2 Column temperature fault Temperature not reached within 35 min (heater error)
Replace module
14 1 TCD Temperature limit activated
Hardware protection activated
15 0 EDS logging error Unable to update EDS log Call service
16 1 Low power supply Voltage < 10 Volt Recharge battery
17 2 Injector sensor fault Injector temperature sensor error Replace module
18 2 Column temperature sensor fault
Column temperature sensor error Replace module
19 2 TCD control error TCD voltage not or incorrectly set Call service
20 2 TCD calibration failed Any error during TCD calibration Replace module or TCD controller board
21 2 Hardware reset Instrument reset request from WS
22 2 Pressure too high Pressure > 450 kPa for at least 2 minutes Replace manifold
23 3 Initialization error During initialize Call service
24 3 Internal communication error During/after initialization, between MPU and IOC/IOE
Call service
25 3 Instrument EDS incorrect Instrument Electronic Data sheet incorrect Call service
26 3 EDS incorrect Electronic Data sheet incorrect Call service
27 3 Internal power failure During/after initialization, internal supplies Call service
28 0 Flush cycle aborted Flush cycle stopped before completion
29 0 GC module changed Changing a channel (controller or module) and restarting the instrument
30 0 TCD Gain calibrated End TCD Gain calibration
31 0 TCD Offset calibrated End of Offset calibration
32 0 Null String Not used
33 0 ADC reading out of range Analog Digital Control out of range
Table 42 Error list
Error number
Error class
Event / error code Description Action needed
Errors 21
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 721
34 0 EDS Analytical Module incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module incorrect
35 0 EDS Config checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Configuration checksum incorrect
36 0 EDS Logbook checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Logbook checksum incorrect
37 0 EDS Protected checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Protected checksum incorrect.
38 0 EDS C.C. Config checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control checksum incorrect.
39 0 EDS C.C. Logbook checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control Logbook checksum incorrect
40 0 EDS C.C. Protected checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control Protected checksum incorrect
41 0 EDS A.M. Config. checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module Configuration checksum incorrect
42 0 EDS A.M. Logbook checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module Logbook checksum incorrect
43 0 EDS A.M. Protected checksum incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module Protected checksum incorrect
44 0 EDS Config SVER incorrect Electronic Data Sheet Configuration Structure Version incorrect
45 0 EDS Protected SVER incorrect Electronic Data Sheet Protected Structure Version incorrect
46 0 EDS C.C. Config SVER incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control Structure Version incorrect
47 0 EDS C.C. Protected SVER incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control Protected Structure Version incorrect
48 0 EDS A.M. Config SVER incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module Configuration incorrect
49 0 EDS A.M. Protected SVER incorrect
Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module Protected Structure Version incorrect
50 0 Pressure Offset calibration complete
Notification Pressure Offset calibration is completed
51 0 Pressure Offset calibration Failed
Calibration offset out of range
52 0 Unable to store pressure offset Pressure off set is out of valid range
Table 42 Error list
Error number
Error class
Event / error code Description Action needed
722 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
21 Errors
53 2 Temperature sensor disconnected
Temperature sensor not connect to instrument Call Service
54 1 Not ready to start run Issued by Safety Control Object in Hardware domain. Bridge Call to GC domain (Reporting Not Ready To Start Run Error)
Check method
55 1 Stream selection failed Stream selector (VICI) failed switching Check valve
56 1 Ambient pressure or temperature alarm
Issued by Safety Control Object in Hardware domain whenever ambient temperature has passed a certain value.
57 1 Column cleaning Instrument in column cleaning state NA
58 1 Equilibrating temperature zones
Instrument stabilizing after column cleaning Wait until Ready
76 3 IOC Communication error MPU is not able to communicate with IOC Call service
77 3 Read mainboard EDS error Not able to read Mainboard EDS Call service
78 3 Read channel controller EDS error
Unable to read EDS controller Call service
79 3 Read channel analytical module EDS error
Not able to read analytical module EDS Call service
990 3 Watchdog Error: Store Application report on flash error
Internal Software Error, cannot store application report on flash memory.
Auto reboot
991 3 Watchdog Error: Store ErrorLog report on flash error
Internal Software Error, cannot store ErrorLog report on flash memory.
Auto reboot
992 3 Watchdog Error: Instrument frozen (hazardous error)
Internal Software Error, software hanging Auto reboot
993 3 Watchdog Error: OOA Timer error
Internal Software Error, OOA Timer could not be created.
Auto reboot
994 3 Watchdog Error: ACE reactor stopped
Internal Software Error, ACE reactor stopped. Auto reboot
995 3 Watchdog Error: Event pump stopped for 20 s
Internal Software Error, Event pump stopped. Auto reboot
996 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal error 0
Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 0 Auto reboot
997 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal error 1
Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 1 Auto reboot
998 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal error 2
Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 2 Auto reboot
Table 42 Error list
Error number
Error class
Event / error code Description Action needed
Errors 21
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 723
999 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal error 3
Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 3 Auto reboot
Table 42 Error list
Error number
Error class
Event / error code Description Action needed
724 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
21 Errors
725
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
22 WinDCS
Setting up the WinDCS Communication 726
WinDCS Modbus Table 729
The 490-PRO can be connected to a Distributed Control System (DCS) using Modbus.
Before connecting, check if the Modbus table downloaded to the 490-PRO is correct and communication parameters as well as communication hardware are correct. WinDCS simulates a Modbus master. By running WinDCS, real 490-PRO data provided through Modbus can be validated.
WinDCS must not be used to prove modbus communication stability.
WinDCS must not be used to continuously monitor analysis results.
It is only designed to validate registers.
First, set up the Modbus table in PROstation, containing all the Modbus registers you want to provide to a DCS. Second, set up the identical register numbers in WinDCS.
The WinDCS program consists of two parts; a communication part and a table part. Both parts are discussed in the following sections.
726 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
22 WinDCS
Setting up the WinDCS Communication
To show the communication part, click Connect or select Start communication from the command menu.
Win DCS has two communication modes: Modbus Serial and Modbus TCP/IP. Also an offline mode is available.
Serial communication settings
The following serial port parameter can be set:
Comport Any of the PC comports can be selected to communicate with the instrument.
Baudrate Baudrate of the serial connection. The speed in characters per second in which data is transmitted over the serial connection between the GC and the DCS system.
Slave address The Slave address of the 490-PRO as set up in PROstation.
Serial Protocol Mode
RTU RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)
ASCII ASCII is a standard for sending information (American Standard Code for Information Interchange).
Make sure this is identical to the Modbus setting as selected in PROstation.
Ethernet communication settings
When selecting Ethernet communication settings, some fields in the layout of the communication settings will change and some will be disabled, since they are only valid when using Serial Communication. Modbus ASCII and Modbus RTU do not exist in Modbus TCP/IP.
IPAddress
Fill in the IP address of the 490-PRO you want to connect to.
Slave Address
The Slave address in Modbus TCP/IP is only used if a modbus
WinDCS 22
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 727
bridge is used to convert Modbus TCP/IP to serial. If this is not used, select 1.
General Modbus communication settings
If communication is set to a mode other than Offline, WinDCS will try to connect to the 490-PRO as soon as the OK button is clicked.
ModbusType
MODICON/Daniel and others
Change the protocol from standard MODICON to other derived protocols.
Difference will only be found in the holding and input registers
Figure 410 Communication setup
728 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
22 WinDCS
above the address 5000 range and above the 7000 range. Above address 4999 the non-MODICON protocol will return 4 byte integers, above 6999 the protocol will provide 4 bytes floating point values.
Options
Swap Floating-Point bytes A floating point consists of four bytes. Swapping floating points means that the first two bytes are swapped with the last two bytes. This option will not be needed for connecting to the 490-PRO.
Swap 32 bit integer bytes A 32-bit integer consists of 4 bytes. Swapping 32 bit integers means that the first 2 bytes are swapped with the last 2 bytes. This option will not be needed for connecting to the 490-PRO.
Shift Modbus register one up Some Modbus applications or Modbus devices count Modbus registers starting with 0 instead of 1, while the register count shown to the user starts at 1. When the Modbus table in such an application or device shows Register 7001, it will send a request for register 7000. This option will not be needed for connecting to the 490-PRO.
Export Data
Export Sample Results With selecting this option, Sample results recorded from the 490-PRO are stored on disk in the file WinDCS_Analysis.txt, located in the directory where WinDCS is installed.
Export Instrument Status With selecting this option, Instrument Status recorded from the 490-PRO is stored on disk in the file WinDCS_Status.txt, located in the directory where WinDCS is installed.
WinDCS 22
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 729
WinDCS Modbus Table
The Modbus table of WinDCS is quite similar to the Modbus table in the 490-PRO and PROstation or to any other Modbus table, but there are some differences.
Register type
In the WinDCS Modbus Table, four types of Modbus registers can be used in the Register type column:
Data type
In the WinDCS Modbus Table, four Datatypes can be used in the Date Type column:
Ensure the data type used is identical to the data type used in the PROstation table.
WinDCS Modbus table setup
Input status(R): This is a single bit. Can only be read from the 490-PRO.
Coil status (RW): This is a single bit. Can be read from and written to the 490-PRO.
Input register (R): This is an integer register; Can only be read from the 490-PRO.
Holding register (RW): This is an integer register; Can be read from and written to the 490-PRO.
Bit: a single 0 or 1 value Int16: 16-bit integer value. Int32: 32-bit integer value. Float: 4-byte floating-point value.
Figure 411 WinDCS Modbus Table setup
730 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
22 WinDCS
All Modbus registers that are defined in the Modbus Table in PROstation, should also be defined in the Modbus Table of WinDCS (or at least the ones you want to test). Ensure that address, type and datatype of all registers are the same as the registers in the Modbus table of the 490-PRO.
Unlike the table in the 490-PRO, the registers are divided over the different parts of the WinDCS Modbus Table. The Register table of WinDCS consists of four parts. All registers in each part have a particular meaning. This way WinDCS is a neat testing tool. Registers used for GC Status are put in the yellow part.
Registers used for sending commands are put in the pink part, new analysis data trigger in the green part and analysis results in the purple part.
GCStatus - Yellow section
The yellow section should contain instrument status, and it will be requested every 2 seconds.
The clear button resets all the actual values that were received the last cycle. The clear button does not reset the counter. The counter is reset each time the connection is closed and re-established again.
Commands - Pink section
The pink section should contain commands that can be sent to the 490-PRO.
New sample data detection - Green section
The green section should contain the data available trigger as specified in the 490-PRO Modbus table. Make sure that both 490-PRO and WinDCS have the same setting for resetting. In the example, WinDCS has a trigger that will be reset after reading, and the 490-PRO knows that by means of the parameter selected (Modbus register 15 - Parameter ID 2201)
Sample results - Purple section
The purple section should contain sample data and it will be updated every time the data available trigger (in the green part) gets the trigger value as specified (equals value).
Note that editing the Modbus table of WinDCS is only possible when WinDCS is not connected (or trying to connect) to a 490-PRO or other device.
WinDCS 22
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 731
Figure 412 WinDCS table
732 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
22 WinDCS
733
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph User Manual
Agilent Technologies
23 History Log
Operation 734
Report Data 747
This software will only run with the appropriate license installed.
734 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
Operation
To use the History Log, see:
Starting the application on page 734
Setup for data download on page 735
Data download on page 736
Setup for report on page 737
Report control on page 743
Chromatogram control on page 745
Exit history log on page 746
Starting the application
When the application History Log is started for the first time, default settings are used. A default IP-address is selected. After saving a configuration, History Log will start with the last configuration used. The warning no data available indicates that no data is downloaded from the GC yet.
History Log is also started with default settings when no configuration file is found.
Figure 413 History Log
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 735
Setup for data download
To download information from the 490-PRO, it is necessary to configure the application. Configure the IP-address where the 490-PRO is located by selecting: Settings/GC.
Select the IP-address where the 490-PRO is located in your network (SettingsGC). The IP-address is also shown in the titlebar of History Log.
To select the files which are necessary for proper operation of History Log, select Settings/Applications.
In the Binary Data window, two fields can be configured: the folder where the binary data is stored after a download. Location can be changed by pressing the button at the end of the input line.
You can also set the number of minutes after which History Log will display a warning message, reminding you that data is older than the entered number of minutes.
Figure 414 History Log settings
Figure 415 GC settings
Figure 416 Application settings
736 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
In the XML files box, the file for data storage is selected. When a non existing *.xml file is typed, History Log will generate this file.
The XSML Style Sheet file is selected. This file is responsible for the layout of the output document. The XSML file is supplied with the installation.
When a report is generated, it is stored in the XHTML output file. This file has an *.html extension. This file will also be generated by History Log if it does not exist.
Data download
When everything is properly configured, a download can be performed. Press Start Download from GC. When Yes is selected, a Processing bar will appear and the data is stored in the selected XML file under Settings/Application.
With each new download, the XML file with data from the last download is cleared and new data is stored in this file. When the last download has important data, it is possible to save this data first with the XML/Save As option.
After downloading the 490-PRO data, the screen will show that data is available and how old the data is. If the last data download exceeds the time selected in Settings/Application a warning will appear. The text will become red and a warning icon is blinking.
Figure 417 Data download
Figure 418 Save XML
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 737
Setup for report
To mold the data of the *.xml file into an output *.html file with preferred data for the user, different options can be selected.
Report interval
The data which is selected as a standard of the History Log is between the date and time of download (start) and 35 days before (end)
Use the arrows next to the time box to change the time, or click time and enter a new time with the keyboard. To change the date, click the arrow and a calendar is shown, It is also possible to change the date by clicking in the box and change the date by entering a number with the keyboard.
Figure 419 Download with error warning
738 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
When the selected time exceeds the end date of the download, a warning appears, because no data is available after your last download. If you want this data, a new download is necessary.
When the selected time in the start box lies before 35 days, a warning will appear. However, it is still possible that this data is available. The 490-PRO buffers all its data and when the 490-PRO was shutdown for a few days, it is possible that data from 36 days ago is still available, because its buffer was not full yet.
Another option is to select all data available. With this option all the data stored until the last download is used for the report. It is possible that data older than 35 days is displayed, because the buffer of the 490-PRO was not full yet.
Figure 420 Calendar
Figure 421 No data
Figure 422 Startdate possible error
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 739
The reset button restores the original start and end dates.
Report selection
Two types of report selection are possible: a standard report selection or a report selection for one time purpose.
When the standard selection is not used, the user can rapidly select the options he/she wants. For example, if for some reason the 490-PRO stops working now and then, it is possible to only select power on events to see when and in what condition the 490-PRO stopped. But also other analysis options can be selected see Figure 424 on page 740.
With the standard selection checkbox enabled, the options selected in Settings/Report are used. See Figure 425 on page 740.
Figure 423 All GC Data
740 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
Figure 424 One time report selection
Figure 425 Standard report selection
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 741
It is possible to change the standard report options in the menu Settings/Report.
By default all options are selected with the exception of Power On & Last Analysis and Alarm Status Change & Analysis before/after Alarm status change.
The Standard Report Settings resembles the settings for the one time report configuration.
In the Header Data, Calibration Data, Power On, Alarm Status Change and Analysis Data all options desired can be selected. These options are used in both the one time report as in the standard report.
For Analysis Data you can select the number of decimal places used.
With the free parameter, all decimals available in the data from
Figure 426 Default report settings
742 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
the 490-PRO are used.
When all selections for the reports are made and confirmed with OK, save the configuration. Go to File/Save As.
Select the directory where the configuration file (in this example the name sample.cfg is used) will be saved.
After saving the file, the next time the History Log is started this configuration is loaded. In the title bar sample.cfg and the IP-address are shown.
To open a configuration which was previously saved, select File/Open and select the configuration you want to use.
Figure 427 Report options
Figure 428 Saving the configuration
Figure 429 History Log startup
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 743
When the configuration you are working with is modified, the user can save any changes by selecting File/Save.
Report control
In the Report Control box three options are available; display, print and store report. When the user wants to display the report, a pop-up box appears:
After confirmation, the processing bar will be shown and in your web browser the data is shown as an *.html file.
To print the report, a pop-up box appears as shown. When Yes is selected, the default printer screen is shown (see Figure 432 on page 744). This screen could differ for every computer.
Figure 430 Report control box
Figure 431 Report print box
744 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
After selecting Print, the report is printed.
The last option is to store the report. By clicking store, the pop-up will appear. After confirmation the file can be stored in the selected directory.
Figure 432 Default printer screen
Figure 433 Storing control
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 745
The file is stored in *.html format and gets a date and time stamp automatically. The name can be changed to a more intuitive name, like power on events 20040519 1259.html.
Chromatogram control
Chromatogram Control can show the analysis chromatogram for:
The last five alarms;
The last calibration for all two calibration streams;
The last sample stream for all four sample streams.
After the selection shown and the Display button is pressed, the Processing bar will appear and the chromatogram for the selected option is shown.
Figure 434 Storing the report
Figure 435 Chromatogram control
746 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
Exit history log
To exit the History Log, select File/Exit. The application will exit. When a change is made to the configuration, a pop-up box will appear.
To save the settings, click Yes, to ignore the changes, click No, to stop exiting, click Cancel.
Figure 436 Save settings
History Log 23
490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 747
Report Data
HistoryLog can generate several types of reports.
Header
Every report has a header. It contains information about the company selected in report settings. For example, when the checkboxes Site Name, Company ID and Software Version are selected, these items are shown in the header.
Calibration results
If the checkbox Calibration Results is selected, calibration data is shown. Use the report settings to select the options to appear in the report, for example Area, Retention Time and Initial Response factor.
Analysis data
When Analysis Data is selected, the data can be displayed in either concentrated or extended form. In the concentrated version, all data is placed on one line after each other. In the extended version, all data is stretched out in separate headers. This makes it easier to read one analysis. However for a lot of analyses the concentrated report is preferred.
In the Report Settings, all options for general and component data for the analysis can be selected, including the number of digitals. When free is selected, all digitals available are shown in the analysis data.
Avg/Min/Max
The Avg/Min/Max shows the average, minimum and maximum values of all selected general and component analysis for every stream.
There are three types of Avg/Min/Max:
Hourly
Daily
Monthly
When an Hourly Avg/Min/Max is selected and two days are filtered, then 48 separate data of Average, Minimum and Maximum are shown. For each stream there is also an Average, Minimum
748 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
23 History Log
and Maximum available, which means that 4 * 48 analyses are shown.
The Avg/Min/Max report depends on the contract hour. For example, the contract hour is set on 06:00:00 and the filter is between 12 May 07:00 and 17 May 07:00, then for a daily report 13, 15, 16 and 17 may are displayed (until 18 May 05:59). The selection is ON 06:00 AM.
The monthly report starts on the first day of the month. When the filter is selected between 02 March and 02 May, 2 months will be displayed, April and May. March is not displayed because the trigger is set on the first day of the month.
For an hourly report the contract hour is not used.
In the 490-PRO no distinction is made between standard time and daylight saving time, so mind out that the time stamp of the data in this switch is not changed and might have a different time stamp than you expect.
Power on
With the Power On option it is possible to see when the 490-PRO was started. Only the last 10 Power On events are stored. In the report settings it is possible to enable the Last Analysis at the power on events. With this option selected the power on event and its last known analysis is shown. The user might find a reason why the Micro GC shut itself down, in case of malfunctioning.
Alarm status change
The option Alarm Status Change displays the status when an alarm occurs or is cleared. When the option Analysis before/after Alarm Status Change is checked the analysis is displayed before and after an alarm change. With this option it may be possible to see why an alarm is set or reset.
Parameter change
With Parameter Change selected all parameters changed in the 490-PRO are shown with their old and new value. Parameters are some of the header values like contract hour, Date/Time of GC, Calculation Method, Tag No. and so forth. But also Pressure and Temperature settings, which are changed
Related manuals for Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual
Manualsnet FAQs
If you want to find out how the 490-PRO Micro Agilent works, you can view and download the Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual on the Manualsnet website.
Yes, we have the User Manual for Agilent 490-PRO Micro as well as other Agilent manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.
The User Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Agilent 490-PRO Micro. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.
The best way to navigate the Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.
This Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.
You can download Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.
To be able to print Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Agilent 490-PRO Micro Chromatograph User Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.